Download free for 30 days
Sign in
Upload
Language (EN)
Support
Business
Mobile
Social Media
Marketing
Technology
Art & Photos
Career
Design
Education
Presentations & Public Speaking
Government & Nonprofit
Healthcare
Internet
Law
Leadership & Management
Automotive
Engineering
Software
Recruiting & HR
Retail
Sales
Services
Science
Small Business & Entrepreneurship
Food
Environment
Economy & Finance
Data & Analytics
Investor Relations
Sports
Spiritual
News & Politics
Travel
Self Improvement
Real Estate
Entertainment & Humor
Health & Medicine
Devices & Hardware
Lifestyle
Change Language
Language
English
Español
Português
Français
Deutsche
Cancel
Save
Submit search
EN
Uploaded by
محمود أحمد العسكري
946 views
غاية الرجاء في ضوابط الإفتاء
كتاب مفيد في الضوابط الواجب مراعاتها في الإفتاء والاستفتاء، للأستاذ الدكتور/ إبراهيم عطية قنديل
Law
◦
Read more
1
Save
Share
Embed
Embed presentation
Download
Downloaded 21 times
1
/ 217
2
/ 217
3
/ 217
4
/ 217
5
/ 217
6
/ 217
7
/ 217
8
/ 217
9
/ 217
10
/ 217
11
/ 217
12
/ 217
13
/ 217
14
/ 217
15
/ 217
16
/ 217
17
/ 217
18
/ 217
19
/ 217
20
/ 217
21
/ 217
22
/ 217
23
/ 217
24
/ 217
25
/ 217
26
/ 217
27
/ 217
28
/ 217
29
/ 217
30
/ 217
31
/ 217
32
/ 217
33
/ 217
34
/ 217
35
/ 217
36
/ 217
37
/ 217
38
/ 217
39
/ 217
40
/ 217
41
/ 217
42
/ 217
43
/ 217
44
/ 217
45
/ 217
46
/ 217
47
/ 217
48
/ 217
49
/ 217
50
/ 217
51
/ 217
52
/ 217
53
/ 217
54
/ 217
55
/ 217
56
/ 217
57
/ 217
58
/ 217
59
/ 217
60
/ 217
61
/ 217
62
/ 217
63
/ 217
64
/ 217
65
/ 217
66
/ 217
67
/ 217
68
/ 217
69
/ 217
70
/ 217
71
/ 217
72
/ 217
73
/ 217
74
/ 217
75
/ 217
76
/ 217
77
/ 217
78
/ 217
79
/ 217
80
/ 217
81
/ 217
82
/ 217
83
/ 217
84
/ 217
85
/ 217
86
/ 217
87
/ 217
88
/ 217
89
/ 217
90
/ 217
91
/ 217
92
/ 217
93
/ 217
94
/ 217
95
/ 217
96
/ 217
97
/ 217
98
/ 217
99
/ 217
100
/ 217
101
/ 217
102
/ 217
103
/ 217
104
/ 217
105
/ 217
106
/ 217
107
/ 217
108
/ 217
109
/ 217
110
/ 217
111
/ 217
112
/ 217
113
/ 217
114
/ 217
115
/ 217
116
/ 217
117
/ 217
118
/ 217
119
/ 217
120
/ 217
121
/ 217
122
/ 217
123
/ 217
124
/ 217
125
/ 217
126
/ 217
127
/ 217
128
/ 217
129
/ 217
130
/ 217
131
/ 217
132
/ 217
133
/ 217
134
/ 217
135
/ 217
136
/ 217
137
/ 217
138
/ 217
139
/ 217
140
/ 217
141
/ 217
142
/ 217
143
/ 217
144
/ 217
145
/ 217
146
/ 217
147
/ 217
148
/ 217
149
/ 217
150
/ 217
151
/ 217
152
/ 217
153
/ 217
154
/ 217
155
/ 217
156
/ 217
157
/ 217
158
/ 217
159
/ 217
160
/ 217
161
/ 217
162
/ 217
163
/ 217
164
/ 217
165
/ 217
166
/ 217
167
/ 217
168
/ 217
169
/ 217
170
/ 217
171
/ 217
172
/ 217
173
/ 217
174
/ 217
175
/ 217
176
/ 217
177
/ 217
178
/ 217
179
/ 217
180
/ 217
181
/ 217
182
/ 217
183
/ 217
184
/ 217
185
/ 217
186
/ 217
187
/ 217
188
/ 217
189
/ 217
190
/ 217
191
/ 217
192
/ 217
193
/ 217
194
/ 217
195
/ 217
196
/ 217
197
/ 217
198
/ 217
199
/ 217
200
/ 217
201
/ 217
202
/ 217
203
/ 217
204
/ 217
205
/ 217
206
/ 217
207
/ 217
208
/ 217
209
/ 217
210
/ 217
211
/ 217
212
/ 217
213
/ 217
214
/ 217
215
/ 217
216
/ 217
217
/ 217
More Related Content
PDF
Islamic Education Series Grades 5-12
by
Children of the Ummah
PPS
Islam what does it mean?
by
ghal60
PDF
Islamic Education Series Grades 2-12
by
Children of the Ummah
PDF
Haza Deen (Inilah Islam Erti Sebenar!) - Syed Qutb
by
Najid Jamal
PDF
Beriman dengan asma'ul husna
by
Khairul Anwar
PDF
معاني الحروف وقول معروف
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
PDF
قيلولة يوم الثلاثاء
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
PDF
جَامع الدَّعْوَات الَّتِي لَا تخْتَص بِوَقْت وَلَا سَبَب
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
Islamic Education Series Grades 5-12
by
Children of the Ummah
Islam what does it mean?
by
ghal60
Islamic Education Series Grades 2-12
by
Children of the Ummah
Haza Deen (Inilah Islam Erti Sebenar!) - Syed Qutb
by
Najid Jamal
Beriman dengan asma'ul husna
by
Khairul Anwar
معاني الحروف وقول معروف
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
قيلولة يوم الثلاثاء
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
جَامع الدَّعْوَات الَّتِي لَا تخْتَص بِوَقْت وَلَا سَبَب
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
More from محمود أحمد العسكري
PDF
شرح حروف خط الثلث
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
PDF
التوحيد في ضوء القرآن الكريم
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
PDF
شرح التآلفات
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
PDF
بحوث مجلة كلية الشريعة والقانون بدمنهور
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
PDF
كشاف كتب أصول الفقه
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
PDF
أرجوزة الملوخية
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
PDF
السلسبيل الشافي
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
PDF
المنظومات العلمية
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
PDF
متن التصريف العزي
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
PDF
القواعد البلاغية
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
PDF
أرجوزة ابن الصوفي في الكواكب والنجوم
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
PDF
تهذيب ياقوتة الصراط
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
PDF
الصيام في ضوء القرآن الكريم محمود أحمد العسكري
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
شرح حروف خط الثلث
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
التوحيد في ضوء القرآن الكريم
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
شرح التآلفات
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
بحوث مجلة كلية الشريعة والقانون بدمنهور
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
كشاف كتب أصول الفقه
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
أرجوزة الملوخية
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
السلسبيل الشافي
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
المنظومات العلمية
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
متن التصريف العزي
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
القواعد البلاغية
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
أرجوزة ابن الصوفي في الكواكب والنجوم
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
تهذيب ياقوتة الصراط
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
الصيام في ضوء القرآن الكريم محمود أحمد العسكري
by
محمود أحمد العسكري
غاية الرجاء في ضوابط الإفتاء
1.
ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮ
ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﻠﺮﺻﺪ ========== اﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ اﻹﻓﺘﺎءﺿﻮاﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﻗﻨﺪﻳﻞ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﻋﻄﻴﺔ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺪﻣﻨﻬﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻭﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﻭﺍﻷﺳ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺗﺬﺓ ﻟﺘﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻋﻀﻮﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﻳﻦ ﺎﺗﺬﺓ
5.
-٥- ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﷲ
ﺑﺴﻢ ﹰﻃﺻﺮﺍ ﻭﻫﺪﺍﻧﺎ ،ﻗﻮﳝﺎ ﺎﻨﺩﻳ ﺩﻳﻨﻨﺎ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﺭﺏ ﷲ ﺍﳊﻤﺪﻤﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴ ﺎ،ﺎ ﹰﻻﺭﺳﻮ ﻓﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﺳﻞﳝﻛﺮﻳﻫﺎﺩ ﺎﹰﻔﻭﻛﺎﺷ ،ﻟﻸﻣﺔ ﺎﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ،ﻟﻠﻐﻤﺔ ﺎ ﻭﺍﳍﺎ ،ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺼﻠﻮﺍﺕ ،ﻣﻌﺎﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺿﻲ ،ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺩﻱ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻭﺻﺎﱀ ،ﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦﺍ ﻭﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ،ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻳﲔ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﺓ ﻭﺗﺎﺑﻌﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺈﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ. ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻣﺎ:- ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﲤﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﲟﺎ ﺑﺮﺑﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥﻭﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦﺑﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺃﻧﺎﻃﺖ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﹰﺎﻘﳏﻘ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻊ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻟﺒﺬﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻳﻦ. ﺃﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﳊﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﳉﻤﺎﻫﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﺍﻭﺍﻷ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﳍﻢﹰﻼﻓﻀ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ ﻣﺎﻧﺔﻢﻭﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﻭﲤﺮﺳﻬﻢ. ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﳌﺎ ﺍﺮﻧﻈ ﺘﻤﻊ؛ﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﲑﺓ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﳍﺎ ،ﺟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻭﻫﺪﺍﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﺎﻭﺷﺄ ،ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻷﻥ ﺧﻄﲑ؛ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻭﺃﺛﺮﻫﺎ ، ﺍﻷﻣﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺏ. ﺗﻘﻊ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ،ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﳌﻦ ﺷﺮﻑ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﻭﻛﺒﲑ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻓﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻮﱃ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ–ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ-ﻳﺘﻬﻴﺒﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﻓﺧﻮ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺎﻭﻳﺘﺪﺍﻓﻌﻮ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎﺭﺯﻗﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﻟﺮﺏ ﹰﺔﻭﺭﻗﺎﺑ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻄﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﲑﺓ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱯ ﺎﻴﺗﺄﺳ ﻟﻺﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻱ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﳚﻴﺐ ﻓﻼ ﺎﻧﺃﺣﻴﺎ ﹶﻝﺄﺴﻳ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ
6.
-٦- ﺟﱪﻳﻞ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺣﱴ-ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ-ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ،ﻧﻌﺠﺐ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺣﺎﻝ ﳝﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﳑﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﺗﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﻛﻞﻭﺑﺮﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺗﺒﺼﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﳋﻮﺽ ﳍﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﳍﺠﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﳝﻠﻜﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺩﻭﻥ ،ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﲤﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﻏﻢ ،ﺭﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺫﻟ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔﻚ. ﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﹰﺔﻭﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﺪﺳ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ؛ ﻭﻟﻺﻓﺘﺎﺀ ،ﺎﺷﺄ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺒﻬﺎ ﲟﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻘﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺎﳊﺎﺟﺔ ،ﺩﻧﻴﺎﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻻ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀﷲ–ﺗﻌﺎﱃ-ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﳌﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﺤﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺟﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺗﻘﻒ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻘﻞ ﻻ ﺇﺫ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺴﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺎﻭﺃ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ. ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻱ ﻋﺎﺗﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺑﺮﺯ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻫﺬﺍﻯ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﳊﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺯﻟﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺣﺪﺙ ﳑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺫ ﻭﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺳﺎﻋﺪﻫﻢ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﻔﲔ ،ﺍﳌﻀﻠﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﻭﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﳋﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﻠﺖ ﺣﻴﺚ ،ﺍﳌﺸﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻼﻡ ﻣﺴﻠﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﱃﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺘﻔﻜﲑ. ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﺭﺁﺛﺎ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﻫﻼﻫﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﹰﺎﻛﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎ ،ﺍﷲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺎﻳﺪﺗﻌ ﺎﻛﻮ ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻠﻓﻀ ،ﺘﻤﻊﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﰲ ﻓﺎﺩﺣﺔ ﺍﺭﻭﺃﺿﺮﺍ ﰲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻹﻏﺮﺍﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﳋﻄﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻋﻼﺝ ،ﳊﺮﻣﺎﺗﻪ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻂﺃﻫﻞ ﻋﻦ ﹰﺓﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻄﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻰ ﺎﻴﺭﺍﺟ ،ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺎﻌﺭﺍﺟ ﺎﻴﺷﺮﻋ ﹰﺎﻠﺗﺄﺻﻴ ﻭﻣﺆﺻﻠﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﺭﺁﺛﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ؛ ﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺎﻴﻭﻣﺮﺍﻋ ،ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻣ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻝﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦﺍ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻦ ،ﻟﻠﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ،ﺍﶈﻘﻘﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ
7.
-٧- ﻋﻦ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻷﻥ
ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻂ؛ ﻭﻻ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ،ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﱘ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ،ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻳ ﻓﻼ ،ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﻫﺬﺍﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﻴﻪ ﲟﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺬﻫﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻟﻚ ﳛﻤﻞ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺑﺪ ﻻ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﻻﳓﻼﻝ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻪ ﳝﻴﻞ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻂ ﻭﻻ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ. ﻭﳍﺬﺍ:ﲟﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﳚﺘﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺎﻌﻣﺘﺎﺑ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻭﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻘﻮﻕﻭﺃﻻ ،ﺍﳌﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺎﻣﻊﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳌﺎ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﲞﻼﻓﻪ؛ ﻭﻳﻔﱵ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﲨﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ. ﻳﻌﻜﺮ ﳌﺎ ﺎﻌﻭﺩﻓ ،ﺍﻟﺰﻟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺎﻧﻭﺻﻮ ،ﺳﺒﻖ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﻏﻠ ،ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺮﺓﻴﺍﻟﻨ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺻﻔﻮﻣﻦ ﻟﻺﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻖ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﻄﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺅ ،ﳍﺬﺍ ﻳﺆﻫﻠﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻏﲑ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺀ؛ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺻﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ،ﺍﳉﻠﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎﺀ ﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﺮﺽﻳﺪ ))ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ((،ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺎﺤﻭﻣﻮﺿ ،ﺑﻪ ﻳﺸﺘﺒﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﻺﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﹰﺎﻓﺮﻣﻌ ، ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻊ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ،ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻭﺣﻜﻢ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ،ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻛﺄﺳﺎﺱ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﳓﻮ. ﻣﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺼﻮﻥ ﻭﺭﺍﺋﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﺪ ﳛﻘﻖ ﻭﺃﻥ ،ﺎ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺄﻝ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﺭﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ. ﻗﻨﺪﻳﻞ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﻋﻄﻴﺔ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺪﻣﻨﻬﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻭﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﻭﻋﻀﻮ
9.
ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ اﻹﻓﺘﺎﺑﻪﻳﺸﺘﺒﻪوﻣﺎء
11.
-١١- ﺍﻟﻐﺔ ﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ: ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ
ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﻳﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﰲ ﻭﻻﻣﻪ ،ﺃﻓﱴ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ" :ﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ:ﻗﻀﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻓﱴ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ)ﻱ ﺕ ﻑ(ﻭﻗﻠﺔ ،)ﻭ ﺕ ﻑ."( ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﲰﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ" :ﻳﻮﺿﻌﺎﻥ ﺍﲰﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﻔﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻻ ،ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ)ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ(ﻟﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻛﻼﻡ ﰲ ﹰﺎﻟﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ )ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ"()١( . ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ:ﻳﻘﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ،ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﲢﺎﻛﻤﻮﺍ ﻓﻼﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺗﻮﺍ ،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺒﻴﲔ ﻋﺰ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺘﺼﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﺗﻪ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻢﺃ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺟﻞ. ﹰﺔﻟﻐ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ:ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺄﺧﻮﺫ:ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺃﻓﱴ ،ﻟﻪ ﺃﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ؛ ﰲ ﺃﻓﺘﺎﻩ ﺃﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ؛:ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ ،ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺃﺑﺎﻥ:ﺃﻱ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ؛ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺫﻫﺐ:،ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﲢﺎﻛﻤﻮﺍ ﹰﺔﻟﻐ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺀ:ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ،ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻃﻠﺐ:))ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻔﺖ ﻭﻻ ﺍﺪﺃﺣ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ(()٢( . ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ:ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺒﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ:ﻓﻜﺄﻧﻪ ،ﻭﻗﻮﻱ ﺐﺷ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺏ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﻟﻔﱴ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺎﻳﻗﻮ ﺎﻴﻓﺘ ﻭﻳﺼﲑ ﺐﺸﻴﻓ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺃﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻱﻮﻳﻘ)٣( ﻭﻓﺘﺶ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﻓﱵ ﻟﺸﺒﻪ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ؛ ﻭﻫﻮ ، ﺍﻟﺸﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺖ ،ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻦ ﻭﻓﺘﻚ ،ﻭﻓﺘﻖﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﲟﻌﲎ ﻓﻜﻠﻬﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺼﺨﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻭﺍﳊﺪﺍﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﲟﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﳍﺎ ﺻﻠﺔ)٤( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻜﺮﻡ ﺑﻦ ﶈﻤﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ١٥/١٤٥-١٤٨،ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ﺩ ،ﺃﻭﱃ ﻁ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ.ﺕ. )٢(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ٢٢ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ،. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ١٥/١٤٨. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ-ﺃﺻﻮﱄ ﲝﺚ-ﺩ ،.ﻫﺎﻣ ،ﺍﻷﺷﻘﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﺹ ﺶ٨ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻁ ، ،ﺃﻭﱃ ﻁ ،ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ١٣٩٦ﻫـ-١٩٧٦ﻡ.
12.
-١٢- ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ
ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﺃﻥ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ: ١-ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻛﻼﻡ ﰲ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ. ٢-ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ،ﻭﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﰲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ)) :ﰲ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﻮﻧﻚ ﻓﻴﻬﻦ ﻳﻔﺘﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ(()١( ،))ﰲ ﻳﻔﺘﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻗﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﻮﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻟﺔ(()٢( . ﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻳﺆﻳﺪ.ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻷﺷﻘﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ)ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ" :(ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻏﻼ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﲔ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ؛ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺮ ﺍﳌﺒﺘﺪﺃ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻠﺖ ﺎﺼﻧ ﻧﺮ ﻭﱂ ،ﺳﺎﺋﻞﺳﻞ)٣( ﻟﻪ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﺘﺪﺃ ﻓﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ، ،ﺎﻌﻣﻮﺿ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﰲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻤﻦ ،ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ،ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲢﻤﻞ)) :ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻳﻔﺘﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻗﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﻮﻧﻚ(()٤( ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺇﱃ)) :ﻋﻠﻴﻢ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﷲ ﺗﻀﻠﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺒﲔ(()٥( . ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﱪ ﻓﻤﺎ ،ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﲎ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﺔ ﺍﺮﺁﺧ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﱪ ﹰﺎﻟﻭﺃ)٦( . ﻫﺬﺍ:ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﳎﻤﻊ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﰲ ،ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻘﺪ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ٢٤-٢٨/٦/٢٠٠٦ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺮﺭ ﻗﺪ ﻡ؛: ﺑﻴﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺑﻐﲑ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻥ ﻢﻭﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎ ﺍﻻﺱ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻟﺘﺼﺤﻴﺢ)٧( . )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ١٢٧. )٢(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ١٧٦. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻷﺷﻘﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ٨. )٤(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ١٧٦. )٥(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺁﺧﺮ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ١٧٦. )٦(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎﺩ ،ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻷﺷﻘﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ٨. )٧(ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ)١٥٣(٢/١٧.
13.
-١٣- ﻓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯـﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻲ: ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ
ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﲎ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻪ. ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﲨﻠﺔ:ﺍﻹﺍﷲ ﲝﻜﻢ ﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ. ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ: ١-ﲪﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ:ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻠﻪ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﲝﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﱪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ)١( . ٢-ﺍﳉﺮﺟﺎﱐ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ:ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ)٢( . ٣-ﺍﻟﻘﺎﲰﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ:ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ)٣( . ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻪ)) :ﺍ ﰲ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﻮﻧﻚﻓﻴﻬﻦ ﻳﻔﺘﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻗﻞ ﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ(()٤( ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ، ﺎﻀﺃﻳ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ)) :ﹰﺎﻘﺧﻠ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻔﺘﻬﻢ(()٥( ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ،)) :ﰲ ﺃﻓﺘﻮﱐ ﺭﺅﻳﺎﻱ(()٦( . ﻫﻮ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻭﺍﺿﺢ:ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺓ؛ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻻ ،ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺌﻞ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺃﻱﺃﻱ:ﺎﺃ ،ﺍﻹﻟﺰﺍﻡ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻻ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳﺄﻝ ﳌﻦ ﻟﻺﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻨﻪﻴﺒﻳ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﺑﲔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻔﺔ:،ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﱐ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺮﻱ ﲪﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ١/٤ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﻁ ، ،ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻁ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ١٣٩٧ﻫـ. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ،ﻟﻠﺠﺮﺟﺎﱐ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ٣٢. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﺹ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺎﲰﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﲨﺎﻝ ﶈﻤﺪ ،ﻹﺳﻼﻡ٤٦ﺗﺢ ،/ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ. )٤(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ١٢٧. )٥(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ١١. )٦(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ٤٣ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ،.
14.
-١٤- ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮ ﰲ
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ: ١-ﺎﺑﺄ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻄﻒ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻋﺮﻓﻬﺎ:ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺿﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﳛﻘﻖ ﲟﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻧﺼﻮﺻﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺒﺎﺩﺋﻬﺎ)١( . ٢-ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﰲ:ﺳﺄﻝ ﳌﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺗﺒﻴﲔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻋﻨﻪ)٢( . ٣-ﺩ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ.ﲨﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ:ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ)٣( . ٤-ﺩ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ.ﺍﻷﺷﻘﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ:ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ ﲝﻜﻢ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﲝﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺃﻣﺮ ﰲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳﺄﻝ ﳌﻦ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﺑ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ،ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﻫﻮ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻏﲑﺗﻌ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻣﺮ ﰲ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻪ،ﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﳑﺎﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ ﻳﺆﻳﺪ:ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃ ﺃﻥ،ﺎﺑﺑﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﻋﻘﺪ ﱯ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،ﺁﺧﺮ ﺎﺑﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻘﺪ ﰒ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺩﻓﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ)٤( . ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺫﻛﺮ ﳝﻜﻨﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ. ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ:ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ،ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓﺍﻹﻟﺰﺍﻡ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﲝﺚ)ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺿﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ(ﻟﻄﻒ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻟﻌﺒﺪ ، ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻠﻤﻲﺹ ،ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﳎﻤﻊ ﻠﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﲝﺚ ﻭﻫﻮ٥. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻮﻋﺔ٣٢/٢٠،ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻁ ،ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﻑ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ، ١٤١٤ﻫـ-١٩٩٣ﻡ. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﲝﺚ)ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ:ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻠﻪ ،ﺁﺩﺍﺑﻪ ،ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ(ﺃ ،.ﺩ.ﳌﺆﲤ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﲝﺚ ،ﲨﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻲﺍﻟﺬﻱ ،ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺮ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ،ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﲟﻜﺔ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﻤﻊﺍ ﻧﻈﻤﻪ١٤٣٠ﻫـ-٢٠٠٩،ﻡ ﺹ١٨. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻷﺷﻘﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ٩.
15.
-١٥- ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺮﺡ: ١-)ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ:(ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻸﻥ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻢ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﰲ ﻳﺘﻠﺨﺺ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻭﺩﻭﺭ ،ﻭﺷﺎﻗﺔ. ٢-)ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ:(ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ،ﺍﷲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻷﻥ ﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ. ٣-)ﻧﺎﺯﻝ ﺃﻣﺮ ﰲ:(ﺃﻭ ،ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻷﻥ ﺷﺎﺋﻜﺔ ﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺎﻧﺑﻴﺎ. ٤-)ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ:(ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺼﺪﻕ ،ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻭﻫﻲ. ٥-)ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺃﻭ ،ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ:(ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻭﻫﻲ. -ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻣﺎ:ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ،ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻬﻮﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻦﻴﻳﺘﺒ ﺃﻥ ﺇﱃ. ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ..." :ﻛﻼﻡ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ")١( . ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺎﺼﺣﺼ ﲣﺼﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﺘﲔ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ. -ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ:ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﰲ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ،ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺠﻮﺩ ﺭﻛﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻛﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ،ﻋﺪﺍﻩ ﳑﺎ ﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﺑﻪ. -ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ:ﺑـ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺄﻥ) :ﻧﻌﻢ(ﺃﻭ)ﻻ(ﳑﺎ ،ﻭﳓﻮﳘﺎ ، ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ ،ﺑﺎﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ:ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻗﻮﻝ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-" :ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ"ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻪ ﻭﺃﺷﺎﺭ ،)٢( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩﺭﺍﺯ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺑﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٤/٢٤٦،ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻁ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ،١٤١٧ﻫـ- ١٩٩٧ﻡ. )٢(،ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ٥/٢٠٣٠ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،٤٩٩٦ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺏ ،.
16.
-١٦- -ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ:ﻓﻬﻲﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺃﻥ
ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﺫ ﺫﻟﻚ؛ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻧﻔﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﹰﺎﻓﺃﻭﺻﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺔﻣﺸﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﺠﺪﺓ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﰲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﻄﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ،ﺣﺴﻦ ﻆﻭﺑﻠﻔ ،ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﲞﻂ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻛﺄﻥ ،ﺎ ﻳﻠﺘﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ،ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺭﻭﻳﺰ ﻟﺌﻼ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ)١( . ٦-)ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ(:ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻻ ﻯﻮﻫ ﻋﻦ ﺍﷲ ﲝﻜﻢ ﺃﺧﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ؛ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺮﻣﺖ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺬﺣﻴﻨﺌ ﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﹰﻻﻭﺇﺿﻼ ﹰﻻﺿﻼ. ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ" :ﻳﻜﺪ ﱂ ﺱﺃ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﲏ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﻥ ﻳﺒﲏ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪ ،ﻳﻌﺘﺪﻝﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ")٢( . ٧-)ﺍﻹﻟﺰﺍﻡ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ:(ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ؛ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻟﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﲞﻼﻑ ﺎ؛ﺑﺻﻮﺍ ﺃﻡ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ،ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﶈﻜﻮﻡ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻉ؛ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺎﺃ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﱂ ﻣﺎ ﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﳍﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﳏﺾ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺎﻷ ﻭﺫﻟﻚﻣﻦ ﺎﻋﺷﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻫﻮ ﲟﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ)٣( . ﻭﻟﻪ ،ﺁﺧﺮ ﺖﻣﻔ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﻟﻪ ،ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻪ ﻭﻻ ،ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻳﺒﲔ ﻓﺎﳌﻔﱵ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺩﺍﻡ ﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺔﳐﺎﻟﻔ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺖﻣﻔ ﺑﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﺪﳎﺘﻬ ﹰﺎﳌﻋﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ. ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ-ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﲞﺎﺻﺔ-ﺑﺎﻻﻧﻜﺒﺎﺏ ﺟﺪﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﲤﻴﺰﺕ ﺎﻷ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ؛ ﻭﺭﺩ ﲟﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﲪﺪﺍﻥ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻔﺔ١/٦١. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ٢/٧٠. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺗﺢ ،ﺍﻟﻠﻘﺎﱐ ﻹﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ،ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺭ/ﲪﻴ ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ،ﺪﺍﻥ ﺹ٢٠٣،ﺃﻭﱃ ﻁ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﻷﺣﺒﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ،١٩٩٢ﻡ.
17.
-١٧- ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺎﺕ
ﻭﻟﻴﺪﺓ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺎﻣﺃﺣﻜﺎ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺎﺃ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻻﻓﺘ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻏﻞ ﻋﻦ ﹰﺓﻭﺑﻌﻴﺪ ،ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ،ﻭﺃﺻﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺭﺑﻄﺖ ﻭﺣﻴﺚ ،ﺮﺍﺽ ﹰﻼﺩﻟﻴ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ،ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻭﺑﲔ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺻﻼﺣﻴﺘﻪ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺳﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻞ. ﻫﺬﺍ:ﺍﻵﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ:ﺍﳌﻔﱵ؟ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ.
18.
-١٨- ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺗﻌﺒﲑ
ﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺿﺎﺑﻂ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﲔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ: "ﻣﻌﺘﺮﺍﻷﻓﻬﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﺰﺩﺣﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﻼﻡ ﻙ." ﺍﳌﻔﺘـ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒﻲ: ﺍﳌﻔﺘـﻓ ﻲـﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻲ:ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ: ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻻﻥ ﻭﳍﺎ ،ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻞ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺀ: ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ:ﻭﺍﳉﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﻭﺓ. ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ:ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻓﺎﳌﻔﱵ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ؛ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺗﺒﻴﲔ ﻭﺯﻥ)ﻣﻔﻌﻞ(ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻧﺔ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺘﻖ:ﻦﻴﺑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ؛ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺃﻓﱴ ﺣﻜﻤﻬﺎ)١( . ﺍﳌﻔﺘـﺎﺣﺍﺻﻄﻼ ﻲ: ١-ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ-ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-:ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﺎﺓ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺳﱪ)٢( . ٢-ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﱄ ﻗﺎﻝ-ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-:ﻭﺍ ﺎﺼﻧ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺑﺄﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻫﻮﻭﺃﺷﺮﻧﺎ ،ﹰﺎﻃﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻷﻗﻴﺴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺺ)٣( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻠﻔﲑﻭﺯﺁﺑﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ١/١٥٩،ﻣﺼﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﻁ ،١٣٣٢ﻓﱵ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ،ﻫـ. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻰ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺃﺩﺏ:،ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ١/٢٦ﻁ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻁ ، ،ﺃﻭﱃ١٤٠٧ﻫـ. )٣(،ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻮﻝ،ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﱄ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ ﺃﰊ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ١/٤٦٣،ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﻭﺩﺍﺭ ،ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ،ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻁ ،ﺳﻮﺭﻳﺔ١٤١٩ﻫـ-١٩٩٨ﺗﺢ ،ﻡ/ﻫﻴﺘﻮ ﺣﺴﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ.
19.
-١٩- ٣-ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ
ﳎﻤﻊ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ:ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺍﻟﻌ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺯﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ،ﻭﺍﳊﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻠﻢ ﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺗﱰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ،ﺃﺩﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ)١( . ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻳﺘﺒﲔ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻭﳑﺎ: ١-ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺀ. ٢-ﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ ،ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻫﻮ ﳚﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺌﻮﻝ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻓﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻪ ﳚﻴﺐ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ)٢( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻘﺪ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻖ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﳎﻤﻊ ﳎﻠﺲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻋ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺗﻪﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﰲ ،ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ،ﺑﻌﻤﺎﻥ ﺸﺮﺓ٢٨ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﲨﺎﺩﻯ-٢،ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﲨﺎﺩﻯ١٤٢٧،ﻫـ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ٢٤-٢٨،ﺣﺰﻳﺮﺍﻥ٢٠٠٦ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ،ﻡ١٥٣. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ.ﺹ ،ﺯﻳﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻋﺒﺪ١٤٠،ﺗﺎﺳﻌﺔ ﻁ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻁ ، ١٤٢٢ﻫـ.
20.
-٢٠- ﺍﳌﻔﺘ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻫﻞـﺍ؟ﺪﳎﺘﻬ
ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻲ ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ،ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻁ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻁ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ)١( . ﺃﻭﻻ:ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻁ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ. ١-ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻠﻮﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ:ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ...ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ،:ﺘﻬﺪﻭﻥﺍ ﺇﻻ ﻳﻔﱵ ﻻﺍﺳﺘﻘﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ ، ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﳛﻔﻆ ﳑﻦ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻏﲑ ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ،ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﲔ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺖﲟﻔ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ)٢( . ٢-ﺍﻟﻌﻜﱪﻱ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ:ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﱪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺍﺪﳎﺘﻬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﱴ ﺎﻴﻣﻔﺘ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ)٣( . ٣-ﺍﻟﻘﺎﲰﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ:ﻭﺍﻟﻔ ﺘﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺇﻥﻭﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺩﻓﺔ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻗﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺮﻣﲔ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺷﺮﺡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﻱ ﻗﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻠﻧﻘ: "ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻭﺻﻔﺔ...ﺇﱁ"ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ؛" :ﻟﻠﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻳﻘﻠﺪ ﺃﻥ"ﺃﻱ ؛:،ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﺘﻬﺪﺍﰲ ﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﳌﻔﱵ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺷﺮﺡ ﰲ ﺎﻀﺃﻳ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ" :ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ"ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﳛﺘﻤﻞ ﹰﺎﻗﻣﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﲢﺎﺩﳘﺎ ﻭﺇﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺎﻣﻣﻔﻬﻮ ﺍﲢﺎﺩﳘﺎ)٤( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍ ﺃﰊ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ،ﺍﻵﻣﺪﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﳊﺴﻦ٤/٢٢٧ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻷﲪﺪ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻴﺪ ﻋﻘﺪ١/٣٥ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﻁ ، ،ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻴﺔ١٣٥٨ﺗﺢ ،ﻫـ/ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﳏﺐ. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺷﻬﺎﺏ ﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻷﰊ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ،ﺍﳊﻨﺒﻠﻲ ﻌﻜﱪﻱ٣/١٢٥ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻁ ، ،ﺃﻭﱃ ﻁ ،ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﻣﻜﺔ ،ﺍﳌﻜﻴﺔ١٤٣١ﻫـ-١٩٩٢ﺗﺢ ،ﻡ/ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺎﲰﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﲨﺎﻝ ﶈﻤﺪ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ٥٤-٥٥.
21.
-٢١- ﺎﻴﺛﺎﻧ:ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ،ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﰲ
ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻁ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ: ﻗﺎﻝ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﻴﻪ؛ ﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﺎ" :ﺇﺍﻟﻔﺘ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻒ ﻥﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻮﻯ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺣﺮﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ")١( ،ﻣﺴﺘﻋﻦ ﻋﺰﻓﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﺧﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﺪﺸﻬ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻁ)٢( . ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ: ﺍﻷﻭﻝ:ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺎﺻﻭﺣﺮ ﺎﻋﺭﺗﻮ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ؛ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﰲ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪﻫﻢ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﹰﺎﻠﺃﻫ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ. ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ:-ﻧﺘﻴ ﻭﻫﻮﻟﻸﻭﻝ ﺠﺔ-ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺑﻐﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺪﻘﹸﻓ ﻗﺪ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ. ،ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻔﱵ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺪﳎﺘﻬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﰲ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﰲ ﺍﺪﳎﺘﻬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﳑﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪ ﻓﻼ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ؛ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲝﺜﻬﺎ ﻳﺸﺘﻬﺮ ﱂ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻔﱵ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ. ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ: ﰲ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ ﳑﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﻐﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ﻢﻷ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ؛ ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻳﺮﺟﺢ ﺃﻗﺎﻭﻳﻠﻬﻢﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻪ ﻓﻼ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻬﻢ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﺩﻟﺔ ﳛﻴﻂ. )١(ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﲝﺚ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ) :ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺒﻞﺓ(ﻠﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﲝﺚ ، ﻟﻠﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ،ﲜﺪﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﳎﻤﻊ/،ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ،ﺑﻴﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ٢/٨. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺣﺎﺝ ﺃﻣﲑ ﻻﺑﻦ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺮ٣/٤٦٣،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺩﺍﺭ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﻁ ﻥ ،ﺃﻭﱃ ﻁ١٩٩٦ﻡ.
22.
-٢٢- ﺑﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻹﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﺇﱃ
ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﺩﻟﺔ ﳛﻴﻂ ﻻ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺒﻂ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺣﱴ ،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ–ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﰲ ﺳﺄﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ-ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﻻﻭﺣﱴ ،ﺳﻴﺄﰐ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺑﺄﺩﻟﺔ ﳛﻴﻂ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺼﺤﺘﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻃﻮﺍ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﺘﺠﺰﺋﺔ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﳚﺘﻬﺪ.
23.
-٢٣- ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﲔ
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ: ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ: ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺇﱃ ﺎﺃﻗﺮ ،ﻣﻌﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻭﺍﻹﻟﺰﺍﻡ)١( ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻥﲟﻌﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺇﲤﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻭﺇﺣﻜﺎﻡ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ،ﻭﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎﺅﻩ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻍ ،ﻭﺇﻣﻀﺎﺋﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ)) :ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﲏ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻗﻀﻴﻨﺎ(()٢( ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ،)) :ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻘﻀﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻓﻮﻛﺰﻩ(()٣( ، ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ)) :ﻣﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻟﻴﻘﻀﻰ(()٤()٥( ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻃﻼﻗﺎﺕ:،ﺍﳊﺘﻢ ﻭﻧﻮﺍﻟﻪ ،ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻭﺑﻠﻮﻍ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻴﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ،ﻭﺍﻹﺑﻼﻍ ،ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ)٦( . ﺎﺣﺍﺻﻄﻼ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ: ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﻪ: ١-ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ:ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺯﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ)٧( . ٢-ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ:ﺍﻹﻟﺰﺍﻡ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ)٨( . ٣-ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﺮﻓﻪﺍﻟﺰﺣﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﺒﺔ:ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻭﻳﻨﻔﺬ ،ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺨﺎﺻﻤﲔ ﺎﻣﻣﻠﺰ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ،ﺍﻟﱰﺍﻉ ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻭﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔﺩ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ.،ﻳﺎﺳﲔ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺹ٢١ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ،ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﺋﺲ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ،. )٢(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٤. )٣(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ١٥. )٤(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ٦٠ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ. )٥(ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ،ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺒﺎﱐ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻓﻘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻐﲏ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ:ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪﺑﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻦ ،ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺳﻲ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺔ١١/٣٤٧،ﺃﻭﱃ ﻁ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ،١٤٠٥ﻫـ. )٦(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ١١/٢٠٩ﻗﻀﻰ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ،. )٧(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﻋﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻻﺑﻦ ،ﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﺮ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﺘﺎﺭ ﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﺷﻴﺔ٥/٣٥٢. )٨(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻓ ﻻﺑﻦ ،ﺍﳊﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺍﻷﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺒﺼﺮﺓ،ﺮﺣﻮﻥ١/٨،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ،ﲟﺼﺮ ﺃﻭﱃ ﻁ ﻋﻦ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ١٣٠١ﻫـ.
24.
-٢٤- ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ)ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻳﺔ
ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ(،ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻹﺣﻘﺎﻕ ؛ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﱰﺍﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻣﻨﻊ ،ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ)١( . ٤-ﻟﻠﻤﻌﲎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺏﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺿﻲ؛ ﹰﺎﻠﻓﻌ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ: ﺇﻣﻀﺎﺅﻩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ)٢( . ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﳊﻜﻢ–ﺎﻀﺃﻳ-ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ،ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﳜﻄﺊ ﻗﺪ ﺇﺫ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ؛ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﺑﺄﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻳ ﻓﻼﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺼﻴﺐ)٣( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﺰﺣﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﲝﺚ) :ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺒﻞ.( )٢(ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺑﻴﲏ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﻘﻞ)ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﶈﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻐﲏ(،٤/٣٧٢ﻁ ، ﺩ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺩﺍﺭ.ﺕ. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻘﻲ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻪ٣٧،ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﺋﺲ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ،ﺃﻭﱃ ﻁ ،ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ١٤٢٥ﻫـ-٢٠٠٥ﻡ.
25.
-٢٥- ﺇﲨﺎﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ؛ﻓــ
ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﺃﻫﻢﻲ ﺍﻵﰐ: ١-ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ،ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺑﻌﻤﻮﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺎﺻﻤﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ. ٢-ﻏﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺗﻠﺰﻡ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﺃﻥ ﻭﻟﻪ ،ﺎﺑﺻﻮﺍ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺎ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻠﻪ ﻩ؛ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺎﺻﻤﲔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺇﻟﺰﺍﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺇﺟﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻼ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ،ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺇﺫ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ؛ ﺃﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺎﺋﻬﺎﻭﺇ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ. ٣-ﹰﺔﺩﻳﺎﻧ ﻳﻔﱵ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ–ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻃﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻱ-،ﻓﻴﻘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻦﻳﺪﻳﻭ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ. ٤-،ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺐ ﰲ ﻭﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﶈﻜﻮﻡ ﻏﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﻻ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻭﺃﻋﻢ ﺍﺮﺃﺛ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻓﺎﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ،ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻭﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺎﻣﻋﺎ ﺎﻌﺗﺸﺮﻳ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺻﺪﺭﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ؛ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﻘﺗﻌﻠ ﺑﻭﻏﲑﻩ ﺎﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ. ٥-ﺑﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﹰﺓﻭﺇﺷﺎﺭ ﹰﺎﻠﻭﻓﻌ ﹰﺔﻛﺘﺎﺑ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﻣﻨﻄﻮﻕ ﻆﺑﻠﻔ ﺇﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺖﻣﻔ)١( . )١(ﰲ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ) :ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ(،ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺍﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁﺗﺢ ،ﺃﻭﱃ ﻁ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺐ/ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪﻱ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ.
26.
-٢٦- ﺃﻳﻬﻤﺎﺃﺷﺪ:ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ؟ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ،ﻓﻴﻪ
ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻳﺜﺎ ،ﺣﻜﻤﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻳﺘﺜﺒﺘﺎ ﱂ ﺇﻥ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ؛ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺸﺮﻳ ﳛﻜﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻜﻞ ،ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻼﳘﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻓﺎﳌﻔﱵﰲ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﻭﻋﻼ ﺟﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻌﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻭﻳﻞ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﺭﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ،ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻬﺎﺑﻳﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺼﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺣﺎﺩ ،ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﰲ ﺟﺎﺭ. ﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻻ: ١-ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻓﺘﻮﻯﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﻓﺤﻜﻤﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ، ﺃﻥ ﺎﻴﻛﻠ ﺎﻣﻋﺎ ﺎﻤﺣﻜ ﻳﻔﱵ ﻓﺎﳌﻔﱵ ،ﻭﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﶈﻜﻢ ﻏﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﻯ ﻻ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻟﺰﻣﻪ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﻛﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﺐ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﻔﻌﻞ. ٢-ﻭﻓﺘﻮﻯ ،ﻣﻠﺰﻡ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻓﻘﻀﺎﺅﻩ ،ﻣﻌﲔ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺎﻨﻴﻣﻌ ًﺀﻗﻀﺎ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺧﻄ ،ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺃﺟﺮﻩ ﻓﻜﻼﳘﺎ ،ﻣﻠﺰﻣﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂﻛﺒﲑ ﺮﻩ)١( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﻟﻶﻣﺪﻱ ﺍﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ٣/١٧٦،ﻟﻠﺸﻮﻛﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ،١/٣٩١.
27.
-٢٧- ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﲔ
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ: ،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﰲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺭﻕ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ،ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺇﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻼ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﱂ ﺃﻡ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﺳﺌﻞ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻢ ﻓﺎﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ)١( . ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔﺃﺣﺪ ﻓﺎﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ،ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺎﺀ ،ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﺎﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺟﻬﻲ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﻭﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ:ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻜﻞ. ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺃﻭﺟﻪ: ١-ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻳﺒﺤﺜﺎﻥ ﺎﺃ. ٢-ﻓ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻻﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﱄ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻴﻬﻤﺎ ٣-ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﰲ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﺩﺍﻥ. ٤-ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ. ٥-ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺍﻹﻟﺰﺍﻡ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﻤﺎﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﻟﺰﺍﻡ ﻋﺪﻡ. ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭﺃﻭﺟﻪ: ١-ﻟﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ. ٢-ﺗﻜ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻻﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺇﺫ ،ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺑﺬﻝ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﲞﻼﻑ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺒﻞ.ﺍﻟﺰﺣﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﺒﺔ.
28.
-٢٨- ٣-ﲢﺼﻴﻞ ﻓﺒﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ
ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺇﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻻ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ)١( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﲝﺚ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﲪﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻟﺼﺎﱀ ،ﻌﺼﺮ ﺹ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﻤﻊﺍ ،ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﳌﺆﲤﺮ٢٠.
29.
-٢٩- ﻟﻺﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ: ﺃﺻ
ﺣﻜﻢ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻮﻯﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﻠﻲ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﺎ ﲝﺴﺐ. ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﱰﻟﺘﻪ؛ ﻭﻋﻈﻴﻢ–ﺗﻌﺎﱃ-ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﳛ ﳑﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻤﻮﻝﰲ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺣﻔﻆ ،ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﲔ ﻧﻔﻮﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻔﻆ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻻ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺏ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ. ﻓﺈﻥ ﻏﲑﻩ؛ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﱵ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﺮﻭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ؛ ﺍﻟﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ؛ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻓﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻦﻴﻳﺘﻌ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏﺍﻟ ﺟﺐﻜﻔﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳋﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﺘﺮﻳﻪ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﺫﻟﻚ ﻏﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻗﺮﺭﻧﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ. ﺍﳋﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﻌﺘﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ:،ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻣﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺪﺏ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻹﺑﺎﺣﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻫﺔ. ١-ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺏ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ: ﺑ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺫﻟﻚﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺎﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺎﺕﻻﺳﺘﺠﻼﺀ ﳍﺎ؛ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ؛ ﻟﻺﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺗﻌﲔ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﰲ ﻫﻮ ﺖﻳﻔ ﱂ ﺇﻥ ﻓﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﺧﻮﻑ ،ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ،ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﻠﺪﻩ ﰲ)١( . ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ:"ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺿﻊ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﺇﺫﺍﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﻩ؛ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﺰﻣﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﻴﻪ)) :ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺇﻥ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻔﺔ١/٦.
30.
-٣٠- ﻭﻳﻠﻌﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻠﻌﻨﻬﻢ
ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﻋﻨﻮﻥ(()١( ")٢( . ﲪﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ:"ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺖﻣﻔ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﲔ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ")٣( . ﻭﻫﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻭﱂ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﺖ ،ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻢ ﹰﺎﳌﻋﺎ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺬﺍ ﻏﲑﻩ. ﺭﺪﺗ ﱂ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻭﺗﺪﻓﻖ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻳﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺎﻋﻭﻧﻮ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺎﺑﺿﺮ ﻻﻋﺘﱪﻭﻫﺎ ﳍﻢ؛ ﺫﻛﺮﺕ ﺎﺃ ﺗﺼﻮﺭﻧﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺳﻠﻒ ﹶﺪﻠﲞ ﺍﻟ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞﺃﻥ ﺑﺪ ﻓﻼ ،ﻣﺬﻫﻠﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻄﺮﺃ ﱵ ﻭﻻ ،ﻟﻠﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻋﲔ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻮﻟﲔ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻳﻮﺍﺯﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﳝﻜﻦ-ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺺ ﻻ ﻣﺎ-ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺘﻼﺀﻡ ﻻ ﻢﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻷﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ؛ﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ. ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ:ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻳﻠﺘﺰﻡ ﲟﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﱂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﳍﻤﺎ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻻ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ: ﺍﻷﻭﻝ:ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﺳﻴﺤﺮﻡ ،ﺎﻻﺕﺍ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺳﺘﻐﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﳜﺎﻟﻔﻮﻥ ،ﺍﳌﺘﻔﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﻭﻧﺘﺎﺝ ،ﺍﳌﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢﻢﺭ. ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ:ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﲔ ﳝﻴﺰﻭﻥ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ،ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺤﻤﺴﲔ ﹰﺎﻘﻣﻄﻠ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺳﺘﻔﺘﺢ ،ﻭﻳﻀﻠﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻀﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﻓﻴﻔﺘﻮﻥ ،ﺍﻷﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺰﻟﺔ ﻳﻘﻴﻬﻢ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺑﻼ ﻭﻳﻠﺠﻮﻧﻪ ،ﻭﻣﺘﻐﲑﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺊ ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩﻩ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻛﻼ ،ﻳﺼﻠﺤﻮﻥ ﻢﺃ ﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻳﻔﺴﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ. )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ١٥٩. )٢(ﺹ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ١٨٢. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻔﺔ١/٦.
31.
-٣١- ﺑ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐ ﻓﻠﻬﺬﺍﺫﻭﻱ ﳎﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﳜﺘﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺄﻣﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺺ ﻻ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﻣﻠﻜﺔ. ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ؛ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺑﻨﺼﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ= ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﻝ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻣﻦ" :ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ:،ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ،ﺩﺍﻝ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺪﻝ ،ﻦﻴﻭﻣﺒﻓﺎﻟﺪﺍﻝ ،:ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ،ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ:ﻦﻴﻭﺍﳌﺒ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ:ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﻭﺳﻠﻢ)) :ﻳﺘﻔﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﺘﺒﲔ(()١( ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﻝ ،:ﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﳑﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﻻ ،ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﳚﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺻﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ")٢( . ٢-ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺏ:،ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻘﻊ ﱂ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺌﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺆﻫﻼﺗﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺕ ﳌﻦ ﺷﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ ﺪﳚ ﻗﺪ ﳌﺎ ﹰﺎﻃﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺇﻧﺎﻡ ﺇﰒ ﻭﻻ ،ﺗﻘﻊ ﺣﱴ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺮﻭﺍﺧﺃ ﺷﺎﺀﻭﺍ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﺍﲑﺧ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻓﺘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ. ٣-ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻫﺔ:ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻭﻩ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﲔ ﻓﺒﻌﺾ ،ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﳚﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻓﻼ ،ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺑﻮﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﲡﺮ ﱂ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻧﻔﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺟﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﻐﺎﺯ. ٤-ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﱘ:ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﶈﺮﻡ ﻓﻼ ،ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﲢﺘﻤﻠﻪ ﻻ ﲝﻜﻢ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﺃﻭ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﻧﺺ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ.ﺎﻣﺣﺮﺍ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ– ﺎﻀﺃﻳ-ﺇ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﺇﺫﺍﺗﺮﺗﺐ ﺫﺍ )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ١٤٤ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺀ ﻳﻌﻠﻰ ﺃﰊ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺿﻲ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺓ١/١٣٥،ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ ،ﺃﻭﱃ ﻁ ،١٤١٠ﺗﺢ ،ﻫـ/ﺩ. ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻛﻲ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ.
32.
-٣٢- ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ–ﺎﻬﻭﺟﻴ ﻛﺎﻥ
ﻭﺇﻥ-ﻓﺪﺭﺀ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﺕ ﻣﻔﺴﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻔﺴﺪﺓ ﻣﺘﻌﲔ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺪﺓ. ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺎﱐ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ: "ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺣﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺇﻥﻋﻠﻰﺛﻼﺛﺔﺃﺿﺮﺏ:ﻓﺮﺽ،ﻋﲔﻭﻓﺮﺽ،ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﻧﺪﺏ. ﻓﺎﻷﻭﻝ:ﻋﻠﻰﺣﺎﻟﲔ: ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ:ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﰲﺣﻖﻧﻔﺴﻪﻋﻨﺪﻧﺰﻭﻝﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ. ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ:ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺪﻓﻴﻤﺎﺗﻌﲔﻋﻠﻴﻪﺍﳊﻜﻢ،ﻓﻴﻪﻓﺈﻥﺿﺎﻕﻓﺮﺽﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔﻛﺎﻥﻋﻠﻰ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭﻭﺇﻻﻛﺎﻥﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻲ. ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ:ﻋﻠﻰﺣﺎﻟﲔ: ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ:ﺇﺫﺍﻧﺰﻟﺖﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ،ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔﻓﺎﺳﺘﻔﱴﺃﺣﺪ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀﺗﻮﺟﻪﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽﻋﻠﻰ ،ﲨﻴﻌﻬﻢﻭﺃﺧﺼﻬﻢﲟﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎﻣﻦﺧﺺﺑﺎﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ،ﻋﻨﻬﺎﻓﺈﻥﺃﺟﺎﺏﻫﻮﺃﻭﻏﲑﻩﺳﻘﻂ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺽﻭﺇﻻﺃﲦﻮﺍﲨﻴﻌﺎ. ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ:ﺃﻥﻳﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍﳊﻜﻢﺑﲔﻗﺎﺿﻴﲔﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﲔﰲ،ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥﻓﺮﺽﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺎ،ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎﻓﺄﻳﻬﻤﺎﺗﻔﺮﺩﺑﺎﳊﻜﻢﻓﻴﻪﺳﻘﻂﻓﺮﺿﻪﻋﻨﻬﺎ. ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ:ﻋﻠﻰﺣﺎﻟﲔ: ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ:ﻓﻴﻤﺎﳚﺘﻬﺪﻓﻴﻪﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂﻣﻦﻏﲑ،ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝﻳﺴﺒﻖﺇﱃﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﺣﻜﻤﻪﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﺰﻭﻟﻪ. ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ:ﺃﻥﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﻴﻪﻗﺒﻞﻧﺰﻭﳍﺎ")١( . ٥-ﺍﻹﺑﺎﺣﺔ:ﲢﻘﻘﺖ ﻃﺎﳌﺎ ،ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﺪﺍ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺎﺣﻣﺒﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﻪ. )١(،ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ١/٣٧٤.
33.
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﻣﻘـــــــــــاﻹﻓﺘﺎمـــــــــــــﺎء
35.
-٣٥- ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ،ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺭﻓﻊ
ﺃﺭﻗﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺇﻥﺭﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ؟.! ﻋﻨـﻬﻢ ﺗﺆﺧـﺬ ﻣـﻦ ﲟﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻌﻠﻮ ﺍﺮﻭﻧﻈ ﻭﺗـﺴﻮﺭﻭﺍ ،ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﺣﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺮﺃﺓ ﺫﻭﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﲑﻛﺜ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ؛ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﺎﺀﻩ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﺿﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ؛ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﺼﻦﲢﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻏﲑ ،ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻈﻠﺔ-ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻬﻢ-ﺍﷲ ﺷـﺮﻉ ﰲ ﳚﺘﻬـﺪﻭﺍ ﱂ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺃﺳﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﺕ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺇﻥ ﺑﻞ ،ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺘﺠﻬﻮﻥ ﰒ ،ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﳛﺪﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻬﻢ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ،ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺎ ﻳﻬﺘﺪﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺭﺓ ﹴﻉﻭﺍ ﻭﻋﻘﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﲞﻄﻮﺍﺕﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟـﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺤﻘﻘﻮﺍ ، ﺍﳌﻨـﻬﺞ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﲔ ﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﻀﺒﻂ ﺎ ﺇﺫ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ؛ ﻣﱰﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﻻﻫـﺎ ﻗـﺪ ﻭﺟـﻞ ﻋﺰ ﺍﳌﻮﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺎﻧﺷﺄ ﻭﺣﺴﺒﻬﺎ ، ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﳊﻼﻝ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺎﻭ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﱐ ﰒ ،ﻭﺳـﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﰒ ،ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤـﺎﺀ ﻋﻨـﻪ ﻭﺭﺛﻬـﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘـﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺪﻋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﲑﻛﺜ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﲡﺎﺳﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻷﺳﻒ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﻻ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺨﻮﻥ ﺍﺳـﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﹰﺎﻓﺣﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻢ ﰲ ﺳﺎﺋﻐﺔ ﻭﻟﻘﻤﺔ ،ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺎﻌﻣﺮﺗ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﱴ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻳﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺣﱴ ،ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻓﻴﻤﻦﻋﻨﻪ.
36.
-٣٦- ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﲔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ
ﻣﻘﺎﻡ: ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺎﻤﻗﺎﺋ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ،ﻛﺘﺒﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﻮﻩ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ- ﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻌﲔ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﻛﺎﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﰲﻛﺎﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ. ﺃﻭﻻ:ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻴﻒ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-؟. ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ:ﺍﳌﻔـﺍﻟﻨ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﱵـﱯ–ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ-)١( ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻮﺭﺍﺛﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ؛ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،–ﻋﻠﻴـ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ-ﻟﻠﻨﺎ ﻭﺇﺑﻼﻏﻬﺎ ،ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺎ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺬﺍﺭ ،ﻟﻠﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻬﺎ ،ﺱ–ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ-ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻴﺪﻝ ﺎ؛ ﺍﻹﻧﺬﺍﺭ ﰲ)) :ﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺇﳕﺎ(()٢( ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ، ﺗﻌﺎﱃ)) :ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻮﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﻴﻨﺬﺭﻭﺍ(()٣( . ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ: ﺃﺣﺪﻫﺎ:ﺍﳊﺪﻳ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞﺚ)) :ﱂ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺭﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺭﺛﻮﺍ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﹰﺎﳘﺩﺭ ﻭﻻ ﺍﺭﺩﻳﻨﺎ ﻳﻮﺭﺛﻮﺍ(()٤( . ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ:"ﺑﺼﺪﺩﻩ ﻫﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺎ ﻓﺎﻗﻮﺍ ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺎﺇ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﰲ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻮﺿﺢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﲢﻘﻘﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺗﻌﺎ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﷲﱃ")٥( . ﺍﻟﺸﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻄﺮﺩﹰﻼﻗﺎﺋ ﻃﱯ" :ﺍﻟﻨ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺛﺒﺖـﱯ –ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺭﺛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ،–ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٤/٢٤٤. )٢(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ١٢ﻫﻮﺩ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ. )٣(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ١٢٢ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ،ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ:ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ١/١٣٠. )٥(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺃﺩﺏ١/٧ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ،١/١٤.
37.
-٣٧- ﻭﺳﻠﻢ-ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻳﺪﻝ ﻭﺍﺭﺛﻪ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻭﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭﻩ ﻭﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻭﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭﻩ ﻭﻓﻌﻠﻪ")١( . ﻭﻣﻦﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺍﺛﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺣﻖ: ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ،ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ،ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﲪﻞ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ،ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﰲ ﲡﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ،ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﻭﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﳛﻘﻖ ﲟﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺇﻋﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻋﻠﻰ ﺎﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺠﺰ ﺎﻡﺍﻻ ﺃﻭ ، ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻻ ﺣﱴ ،ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﺯﻧﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ،ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻔﱳ ﻻ ﻭﺣﱴ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﺰ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﺼﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﲜﻬﻮﺩ ﰒ ،ﻭﺟﻞﻭﺟﻞ ﻋﺰ ﺍﷲ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ)٢( . ،ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻋﺘﲎ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺐ ﻣﺎﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-ﻗﺎﻝ ﺣﲔ: "ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺭﺻﲔ ،ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺟﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻗﻮﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ،ﺑﺎﳌﺸﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﹰﺎﻔﻣﺴﺘﻮﻗ ،ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ،ﻣﺮﻭﺀﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺎﺒﻣﻮﺍﻇ ،ﻣﻠﺘﻪ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹰﺎﻘﻣﺸﻔ ،ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻪ ﹰﺎﻈﺣﺎﻓ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺎﻋﻣﺘﻮﺭ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﻣﺄﻛﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺎﺼﺣﺮﻳ ﻭﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﲟﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ،ﺍﳊﻖ ﰲ ﺎﺒﺻﻠﻴ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ ﻓﺎﺳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻓﺻﺎﺩ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ")٣( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻧﺎﻃﻲ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻷﰊ ،ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺼﺎﻡ١/٣٦٤،ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ ،ﻋﻔﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ١٤١٥ﻫـ-١٩٩٤ﺗﺢ ،ﻡ/ﺳﻠﻴﻢﺍﳍﻼﱄ ﻋﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﲝﺚ)ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺿﻮﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ(ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻟﻌﺒﺪ ، ،ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻠﺪﺍ ،ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﳎﻤﻊ ﻠﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﲝﺚ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻠﻤﻲ ﻟﻄﻒ ١٤١٩ﻫـ-١٩٩٨ﻡ. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ٢/٣٥.
38.
-٣٨- ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ ﻓﻤﻦ:ﺃ
ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻧﻪﷲ ﺎﺼﳐﻠ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻥ–ﺗﻌﺎﱃ-،ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻔﱵ ﲟﺎ ﺎﻣﻣﻠﺘﺰ ،ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﺎﻋﻭﺭ ﹰﺎﻔﻣﺘﻌﻔ ،ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﲟﺎ ﹰﺎﻓﻋﺎﺭ ،ﻭﺳﻜﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﺭ ﺫﺍ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺎﺕﺍﳌﺘﺸﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺎﻴﻣﺘﺄﻧ ،ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻮﻃﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺪﺑﻌﻴ ،ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺎﻣﻣﺪﺍﻭ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻩ ﺍﺭﻣﺸﺎﻭ ،ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺎﻨﺃﻣﻴ ،ﻃﻼﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻻ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﹰﺎﻔﻣﺘﻮﻗ ،ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻓﻘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺎﻴﺩﺍﻋ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﳎﻤﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﺖ٢٤-٢٨ ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ٢٠٠٦ﻡ. ﲨﻌﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺎ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﲢﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻼﺣﻆﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺑﲔ ﻫﻲ:ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻓﻮﻥ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺨﻮﻥ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﻮﻥ. ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺹ ،ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﳝﺘﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﻢﻓﻸ ﺭﺑﺎﻧﻴﲔ ﻢﻛﻮ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻢﻓﻸ ﺭﺍﺳﺨﲔ ﻢﻛﻮ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ،ﺍﳊﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺒﻖ ﺔﺩﺭﺍﻳ ﻋﻠﻰﻭﺍﳊﻜﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊﻭﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺻﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻌﻴﻮﺍ ﺣﱴ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﺸﺔ؛ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻓﻸﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺒﻄﲔ ﻢﻟﻜﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻌ ﻭﻃﺎﻟﱯ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﺎﻭﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻠﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ. ﻭﳍﺬﺍ:ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﲔ؛ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺗﻜﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ﺃﺷﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﺘﻤﻊﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺸﺪﺩ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻟﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ. ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ:ﻭﺑﺄﻗﻮﺍﻟﻪ ،ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﳐﱪ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻷﻥ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻷﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﺝ؛ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺀ ﺗﺴﺘﺒﺎﺡﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻌﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﻪ ﺎﻤﻗﺎﺋ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ،ﺎﻐﻣﺒﻠ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﺎﻷﻭﻝ ،ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺒﻂ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ،ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻫﻮ ﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺐﻭﻭﺍﺟ ،ﺷﺎﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻈﺮﻩ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻗﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻼﻓﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ،ﺎﻟﻪ.
39.
-٣٩- ﻧﻈﺮﻩ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﲔ
ﺃﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻊ ،ﻛﺎﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﳐﱪ ﻓﺎﳌﻔﱵ ﻭﻗﺮﻧﺖ ،ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻭﱄ ﲰﻮﺍ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻛﺎﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﳋﻼﻓﺔ ﲟﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻭﻧﺎﻓﺬ ،ﻛﺎﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻃﺎﻋﺘﻬﻢ. ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻓﻘﺪ ،ﺗﻌﺎﱃ–ﻭﷲ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺜﻞ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ-ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﻔﻮﺽ ﺇﺫ ،ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﱰﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﻋ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﻭﺇﳕ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﳎﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﻻ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺍﳌﻔﱵﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ،ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻪ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻮﻗﻊ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺣﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺮﺒﻋ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻪﻭﺟ ﻣﻦ ﺎﻋﺷﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ،ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﰲ ﺎﻧﺃﺣﻴﺎ ﳚﺘﻬﺪ)١( . ﻭﱂ ،ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﲟﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻣﺮﺗﺒ ﺗﺼﻠﺢ،ﺑﻠﻎ ﲟﺎ ﹰﺎﳌﻋﺎ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﺗﺼﻒ ﳌﻦ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺔ ،ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﰲ ﹰﺎﻟﻋﺪ ،ﺍﻟﺴﲑﺓ ﻣﺮﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻊ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ،ﻓﻴﻪ ﹰﺎﻗﺻﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻭﳐﺮﺟﻪ ﻣﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﰲ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﻠﻪ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺎﶈﻞ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ،ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ﳚﻬﻞ ﻭﻻ ، ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺭﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﲟﻨﺼﺐ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ. ﺍﳌﻨﺼﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻥ)ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﺭﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ(،ﻭﺃﻋﻼﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﺃﺭﻗﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻨﻔﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻭﻫﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﲔ ﻣﻼﺫ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻮﻥ ﻳﺸﻴﻨﻪ. ﻫﺬﺍ:ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﻟﺌﻦﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻀﻰ؛ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ،ﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻻ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺪﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ،ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻰ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ،ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﺒﺎﻝ ﳜﻄﺮ ﱂ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﻟﻸﻣﺔ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﺖ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ–ﺗﻌﺎﱃ-ﺇﺫ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲﺗﻘﻒ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻘﻞ ﻻ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﺩ ،ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﻔﺘﻴﺎ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻷﺷﻘﺮ١٨.
40.
-٤٠- ﺎﺃ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺸﻌﺒﺔ
ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻢﳌﺸﻜﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﺤﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺟﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮﺓ ،ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ.
41.
-٤١- ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺐﻴﻭ
ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ: ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺐﻴﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ: ﺫﺍﺕ ﻭﰲ ،ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﳌﻦ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺷﺮﻑ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻧﺴﺐ ،ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﻞ ﻋﺰ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻮﱃ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺣﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺬﺍﺗﻪ)) :ﻳﻔﺘﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻗﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﻮﻧﻚ(()١( . ﺍﻟﻔ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﳍﺬﺍﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﳌﺎ ﺍﺮﻧﻈ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ؛ ﺘﻮﻯ ،ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﻻ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺔ ،ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻭﻫﺪﺍﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻷ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻪ ﻓﻬﻲ،ﻭﺟﻞ ﻋﺰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ،ﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻩ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻭﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﺭﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ–ﺗﻌﺎﱃ-ﰲ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻧﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ،ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ. ﺃﻓﱴ ﺣﻴﺚ ،ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﺐ ﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ؛ ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻳﻪ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ،ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﻮﺣﻴﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺟﻮﺍﻣﻊ ﻛﻮ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ ﰒ ،ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻠﺔ،ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺻﺤﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰒ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﳍﺬﺍ ﻣﺒﻠﻎ ﻭﺧﲑ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﲔ ﺳﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ،ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻭﺃﺩﺗﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻓﺄﻓﺘﻮﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ،ﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦﺍ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻛﺜﲑ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﻭﺃﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ-ﺗﻌﺎﱃ-ﺍﻟﻌ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﳌﻮﱃ ﻭﺭﻗﺎﺑﺔ ،ﻣﺴﺘﻨﲑ ﻭﻗﻠﺐ ،ﻏﺰﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺁﺗﺎﻫﻢ ﲟﺎﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﺍﳋﺒﲑ" :ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ -ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-")٢( ﺑﺄﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﺒﲔ ﻓﺎﳌﻔﱵ ، ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﲔ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-" :ﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﻓﻜﻴﻒ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ﳚﻬﻞ ﻭﻻ ،ﻓﻀﻠﻪ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﶈﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺭﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﲟﻨﺼﺐ." )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ١٧٦. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٤/٢٤٤.
42.
-٤٢- ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ
ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻀﻰ؛ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ،ﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻻ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺪﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ،ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻰ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻧ ﻟﻸﻣﺔ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﺖﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ،ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﺒﺎﻝ ﳜﻄﺮ ﱂ ﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ–ﺗﻌﺎﱃ-ﺗﻘﻒ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻘﻞ ﻻ ﺇﺫ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺎﺃ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺸﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻢﳌﺸﻜﻼ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﺤﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺎﺟﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﳉﺪ ،ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻳﺮﺓ. ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹲﻝﻮﺗﻘ ﳍﺎ ﻳﺆﻫﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻹﻗﺪﺍﻡ ،ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻓﺎﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ،ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ)) :ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺘﻜﻢ ﺗﺼﻒ ﳌﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺘﻔﺘﺮﻭﺍ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻳﻔﻠﺤﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺬﺏ(()١( . ﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ﰲ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺯﺍﻍ ﳌﻦ ﲟﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ:ﺍﳊﻼﻝ ﰲ ﺃﻭ ،ﺣﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ: ﺫﻟﻚ ﳓﻮ ﺃﻭ ،ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ)٢( . ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ)) :ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﺟﺎﺀﻩ ﺇﺫ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﻛﺬﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺬﺏ ﳑﻦ ﺃﻇﻠﻢ ﻓﻤﻦ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﻮﻯ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﰲ(()٣( . ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺔﺍﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺷﺮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻭﺑﺎﻷﺧﲑ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺒﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻛﻞ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﺎ ﻭﺇﺭﺑﺎﻙ ،ﺷﺮﻋﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺇﺿﻼﻝ. ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﳓﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ؛ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺇﺭﺑﺎﻙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﳍﺬﺍ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻻ ﺣﱴ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﳌﺴﺆ ﺍﺮﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﰲ ﺎﻨﺃﻣﻴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﺇﺿﻼﻝ ﰲ ﺎﺒﺳﺒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺣﱴ ﻭﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎ؛ ﻣﺸﻮﻫﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﺃﻭ ،ﻣﻨﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻨﺴﺐ ﻭﻟﺌﻼ ،ﺇﻫﻼﻛﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺘﻤﻊﺍ ﻭﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ. )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ١١٦. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺃﺩﺏ١/١٩. )٣(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٣٢.
43.
-٤٣- ﳛﺠﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺗﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺗﻪ؛
ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺎﻋﻭﺩﻓﺎ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﹰﺔﲪﺎﻳ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﺬﺍ؛ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻻﺳﺘﺼﻼﺡ ﻓﺎﳊﺠﺮ ،ﳛﺴﻦ ﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺎﳝﻭﲢﺮ ﹰﺎﻠﲢﻠﻴ ﻳﻌﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﺭﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﲑﺓ ،ﻭﺍﻷﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻻﺳﺘﺼﻼﺡ ﺍﳊﺠﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﱃ ،ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ،ﺍﶈﺎﺭﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﱃ ﻭﺗﻮ ،ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﹰﺎﻈﺣﻔ ،ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻼﺀ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻼﺀﳌﺴﺎﻟﻜﻬﺎ ﹰﺎﻄﻭﺿﺒ ،ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﺪﺣﻴ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻﻢ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻔﱳ ﻭﺑﻮﺍﻋﺚ ،ﺍﶈﻦ ﻏﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺗﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻫﺠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﺻﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ. ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻠﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﻈﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﻭ ،ﻋﻴﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻧﻔﻠﺖ ﻗﺪ،ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﻂﺿﺒ ﺇﱃ ﺔﺤﻣﻠ ﲝﺎﺟﺔ ﻏﺪﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻆ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﻭﺭﺿﺎﻩ ﺍﷲ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﰲ ﻢﺣﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﻴﺴﺮ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻳﻮﻇﻔﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﱂ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻳﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺧﻴﺼﺔ ﺑﻀﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﻟﻠﺨﻠﻂ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎﺍﻵﻭﻧﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺔ،ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ؛ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺗﻔﻀﻠﻬﺎ ،ﺁﺭﺍﺀﻫﺎ ﲢﺘﺮﻡ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻠﻓﻀ=ﺃﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳜﻔﻰ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺉ ﻣﻦ ﹴﲑﻟﻜﺜ ﺍﻷﺑﺮ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺩﻳﻪ؛ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺘﺤﻤﺲ ﻣﻨﺪﻓﻊ ﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﺑﺎﺣﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﲑﻳﺔﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺎﺣﺔ ﻳﺎﺀ ﲟﺼﺎﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺚ ﻭﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﻞ ،ﻭﻃﻨﻪ ﻭﻣﻨﺸﺂﺕ ﳑﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﻣﲑ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ،ﺩﻣﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻣﻈﻠﺔ ﲢﺖ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻤﻮﻳﺔ. ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺡ ﺎﻷ ﻭﺍﳓﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ؛ ﺎﺛﺒﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﻟﻴﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺘﻤﻊﺍ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺤﺜ ﻓﺘﺪﻋﻮﻩ ،ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻪ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﻋﻮﺍﻃﻒ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥﳍﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﳊﻤﻼﺕ ﻪ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻓﺌﺔ ﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺐﺗﺼ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﳍﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻬﺎ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﳎﺮﺩ ﺇﻥ ،ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺃﻛﱪ ﳉﲏ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﳍﺎ ﺧﻄﻄﺖ ،ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﳍﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﺎﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﶈﻔﺰ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺎﺃ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ؛ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﳍ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺤﻤﺴﲔﺍﻟﺼﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺹ ﻗﻨﺎﺻﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﺃﺗﺎﺣﺖ ﺎﺃ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺎ-ﻫﺬﻩ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ-ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﺘﺎﻭﺍﻫﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﺳﺒﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﳒﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ
44.
-٤٤- ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺳﺮ ﻭﺃﻥ
،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺮﺃﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺎﺑﻘﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ،ﳉﺮﺍﺛﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡ. ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻢﻷ ﺎ؛ﻋﺷﺮ ﺎﻣﳏﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺎﺩ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺮﺃﻣ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ،ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ ﹰﻼﺃﻫ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺕ؟ ﺗﻠﻚ ﳝﻠﻚ ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﲝﺎﻝ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺗﻪ؛ ﳝﻠﻚ ﳑﻦ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺭﺓ.! ﻣﺴﺆﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺇﻻ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻣﺎﻭﻋﺪﻡ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﻻ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺊ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳜﻔﻰ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﻀﺮ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺗﻌﻲ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ. ﻛﻞ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﲑﺓ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﲝﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ،ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺷﻲﺀ،ﻭﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﲔ ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ،ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ ،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﲑ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺎﺣﺴﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺗﻀﻊ ﺎﺑﻛﺘﺎ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ؛ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﳛﺴﻨﻮﻥ ،ﺍﷲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﲔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﺇﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺁﺧﺮ. ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺇﻥﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺍﷲ ،ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﳜﺪﻉ ﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻷﻥ ﻭﺷﺮﻋﻪ؛ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺧﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺟﻞ)) :ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺎﺗﻜﻢ ﻭﲣﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﲣﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ(()١( ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﰲ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﺪ ،)) :ﻓﻠ ﻏﺸﻨﺎ ﻣﻦﻣﻨﺎ ﻴﺲ(()٢( . ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺊ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ؛ ﻧﺰﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻓﻜﻢﻢﺩﻳﺪ ،ﺷﻲﺀ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻭﻫﻢ ،ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺣﻼﺋﺐ ﰲ ،ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻻ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﻥ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺳﺮ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﻫ ،ﻳﻔﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻭﳚﻤﻠﻮﻥﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﲰﻌﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻀﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻢ )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٢٧. )٢(،ﻫﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺃﰊ ﻋﻦ ،ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ١/٩٩ﺣ ،ﺭﻗﻢ ﺪﻳﺚ١٠١ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺏ ،-ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ-" :ﻣﻨﺎ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻏﺸﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ."
45.
-٤٥- ﻳﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺴﺐ
ﻭﻟﺮﲟﺎ ،ﺗﻮﺭﻋﻪ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺟﺰﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﱰﻝ ﻓﻜﺄﳕﺎ ﻳﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﳍﺎ ﳉﻤﻊ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻟﻮ ﳑﺎ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﰲ ﳚﻴﺐ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺗﺮﻯ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﺔ؛ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﺀ ،ﺑﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﲔ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻭﳑﺎ ،ﺑﺪﺭ،ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺒﻠﺔ ﺇﺛﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﺒﺒﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻓﻮﺿﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﺸﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻃﻴﻨﻬﺎ ،ﺍﻹﺛﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻋﻤﻠﺘﻬﺎ ،ﺍﳉﺮﺃﺓ ﻓﺒﻀﺎﻋﺘﻬﺎ ،ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﻪ،ﳎﺎﻫﻴﻞ ﻧﻜﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻔ ﻳﺰﻳﻨﻮﻥﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺀ ﻚﺇﱃ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻹﺭﻫﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻒ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻷﺷﻼﺀ ﻭﺗﻨﺎﺛﺮ ، ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻛﺘﺮﺍﺙ ﺩﻭﻥ ،ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺟﺮﺓ ﳘﻬﺎ ،ﺧﺎﺹ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﲔ ،ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﺻﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻨﻀﺒﻄﺔ ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺧﻄﲑﻩ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳑﺎ ،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ. ﺻﻠﺢ ﻓﻤﻦ ،ﺍﳌﻔﺘﲔ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ ،ﻋﺎﺩ ﺇﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺍﻋﺪﺗﻪ ،ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻪﻭ ﻣﻨﻌﺘﻪ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﱂ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺃﻗﺮﺗﻪ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ" :ﺃﻓ ﻣﺎﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﱄ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺣﱴ ﺘﻴﺖﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺃﱐ"،ﻭﰲ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ:"ﹰﻼﺃﻫ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻻﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺣﱴ ﻟﺸﻲﺀ")١( . ﺍﳉﻮﺯﻱ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺭﻭﻱ-ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-ﻗﻮﻟﻪ" :ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ،ﻣﻨﻌﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﱄ ﻭﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺮﺷﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﻰ ﻭﲟﱰﻟﺔ ،ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺐ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻣﻦ ﲟﱰﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﲟﱰﻟﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻠﺔﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﻟﺣﺎ ﺃﺳﻮﺃ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻄﺐ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺐ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻻ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ،ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻰ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﺍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﺐ ﳛﺴﻦ ﱂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻦﻴﺗﻌ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ،ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻳﺘﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﱂ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﱂ ﲟﻦ!ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺃﺛﺮ ،–ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ-ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺟﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺍﳉﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﻊﻭﺃﻓﱴ ﺑﻞ ،ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺰﺍﻭﻟﺔ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻷﺻﺒﺤﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺃﺑﻮ ،ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﳌﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻮﻃﺄ١/٢٨ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ،.
46.
-٤٦- ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻳﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ
،ﲜﻬﻠﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﺘﻠﻬﻢ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻳﺰﻫﻖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻷﻥ ﺑﺘﻀﻤﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ؛ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﺭﺏ ﺷﺮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻳﺴﻲﺀ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ)١( . ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻋﻠﻢ؛ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺎﻳﻭﺗﻔﺎﺩ ﺗﺒﺬ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺗﻘﻮﻡﻣﻨﺎﺻﺐ ﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﻟﻺﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﲔ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺳﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺘﺨﺬ ﺃﻥ ﺎﻀﺃﻳ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻒﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﳜﺘﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ ،ﻓﺘﺎﻭﺍﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻘﻠﲔ ،ﺑﺎﳊﻖ ﺻﺎﺩﻋﲔ ﲡﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﱰﺍﻫﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﻧﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﺍﳋﻄﲑﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻬﻲ ،ﹰﺎﻠﻣﺜ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻘﻀﻴﺔ ،ﺘﻤﻊﺍ ﺑﺄﻣﻦ ﲤﻨﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺔﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺘﺴﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻭﺇﳚﺎﺩ ،ﺘﻤﻊﺍ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺎﺻﺣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ؛ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﱃ. ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﳊﻼﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ؛ ﻭﺟﺎﻣ ﺎﻌﺟﺎﻣ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻫﻢ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺒﺔ ﻣﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ،ﻌﺔ ﻭﲤﺮﺳﻬﻢ ﻢﻭﻣﺮﺍ ﺩﺭﺑﺘﻬﻢ ﻃﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﻴﺚ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﳍﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻫﻢ ﻓﻬﺆﻻﺀ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﹼﻔﻪﻠﺧ ﳌﺎ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﺸﺘﻬﻢ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺄﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻛﻤﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﹰﺎﻘﲢﻘﻴ ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺔ؛ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ. ﻳﻘﻴﻤﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻭﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﺐ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ؛،ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺄﺻﻮﻟﻪ؛ ﻟﻪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ،ﺑﻔﻨﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻻ ﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﻷﻥ ﺎ؛ﺑﻔﻨﻮ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﻀﻤﲔ ﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺇﻥ ﺣﱴ ،ﺃﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﲤﻦ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺎ؛ﻋﻭﺷﺮ ﹰﺎﻠﻋﻘ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﺽ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ. )١(،ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺧﺴﻲ ﺳﻬﻞ ﺑﻦ ﶈﻤﺪ ،ﺍﳌﺒﺴﻮﻁ٢٤/١٥٧،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ،١٤٠٦ﻫـ.
47.
ﻭﺍﻟﺘ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺪﺎﺑﻌﲔ)١( ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﻉ ﻳﻜﺮﻫﻮﻥ ﻓﻼ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ،ﻏﲑﻩ ﺇﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻳﻮﺩ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ،ﻏﲑﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻭﳛﻴﻞ ،ﳚﻴﺐ:ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺬﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺎﺃ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ،ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻻ ﺃﻓﱴ ﰒ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ. ﺎﻣﻀﻤﻮ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻭﻗﺪ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺇﺣﺠﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻴﺒﻬﻢﻭﺗﺪﺍﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﳚﻴﺐ ﻻ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻢﻗﻠﻮ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻌﻞ ﳌﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ؛ ﰲ ﻭﺇﻣﺎﻣﻬﻢ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﲑﺓ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺯﻗﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ،ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻧﺒﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﱃ-ﺃﺣ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱﺣﱴ ﳚﻴﺐ ﻓﻼ ﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ-ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ-. ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭﻋﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺎﻣﻀﻤﻮ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻴﺒﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﺎﻟﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﳍﻢ؛ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ،ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺰﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﺎﻣﻀﻤﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻮﻯﺗﻌﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺫﺍ ﻭﱂ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻬﻢ ﺃﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺺ ﻻ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﰲ ﻟﻺﻓﺘﺎﺀ ،ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﳜﱪﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻢﺃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﱃ ،ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻻ ﳚﻴﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹰﺎﻟﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﰲ ﻭﺃﻥ ،ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﱂ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ. ﻓﻌﻦﻟﻴﻠﻰ ﺃﰊ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-،ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﲔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ" :ﻭﻣ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﺖﺎﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺋﺔ–ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ )١(ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ:ﻫﻮﳏﻤﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻭﻥ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ- ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﻭﺧﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ ،ﻭﺗﺎﺑﻌﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﻭﺗﺘﺎﺑﻊ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ،ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﻣﻦ. ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺫﺍﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﺭﺉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﳋﻄﺈ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺎ؛ﺤﻭﺍﺿ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻻ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ)ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻴﺔ(ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﱂ ﻃﺎﺭﺋﺔ ﺑﺪﻋﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﲟﻀﺎﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺇﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ ، ﲟﻨﻬﺠﻪ ﺍﳌﻠﺘﺰﻡ ﺍﳋﻠﻒ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ. ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻻ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻴﺔﻟﻠﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ،ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻲ/ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻃﻲ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ٩-١١.
48.
-٤٨- ﻭﺳﻠﻢ-ﻭﺩ ﺇﻻ ﹰﺎﺜﺣﺪﻳ
ﳛﺪﺙ ﻭﻻ ،ﻛﻔﺎﻩ ﺃﺧﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺩ ﺇﻻ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻔﺎﻩ ﺃﺧﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ")١( . ﻣﻦ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﳒﺪ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺧﲑﺓ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ- ﻢﻷ ﺇﻻ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﻳﻜﻔﻴﻪ ﺃﺧﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﲎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻛﻞ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﻳﺘﺪﺍﻓﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﲞﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ. ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻗﺪ–ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ-ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ:ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﱂ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻴﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻩﻓﻠﻴﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﻜﻦ:ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﷲ- ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-)) :ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻔﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺟﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺳﺄﻟﻜﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻞ(()٢( . ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ-ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻮﺍﻥ-ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻭﺃﻓﻘﻬﻬﻢ ﺳﻴﺪﻫﻢ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ، ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻻ ﹰﺎﺌﺷﻴ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﱵ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻻ ﻛﺎﻥ ،ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺐ ﺍﺑﻦ" :ﺍﻟﻣﲏ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ،ﺳﻠﻤﲏ ﻠﻬﻢ")٣( . ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ)ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻻ(ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ،ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﻭﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ،ﻣﱰﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺍﻣﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻘﻮﻟﺔ)ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻻ(ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﲢﺼﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ: ١-"ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ:ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻭﻻ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ")٤( ﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻣﻌﲎ ،:ﺃﻱ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ،ﻣﺒﲔ:ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻱﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻭﻻ ،ﺓ:ﳌﻦ ﻴﺐﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻻ ﺣﻜﻤﻬﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻻ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ. ٢-ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺛﻼﺛﲔ ﺍﺛﻨﺘﲔ ﰲ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻭﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﲦﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺳﺌﻞ:ﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ)٥( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺳﻨﻦ١/٦٥ﺭﻗﻢ ﺃﺛﺮ ،١٣٥ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻄﻊ ﻭﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ،. )٢(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺹ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٨٦ﻭﺍﻧﻈﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻷﺛﺮ ،:ﺍﳌﻨﺜﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺭ١٢/٦٢٩. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺑﻦ ﶈﻤﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ،ﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ٣/٥١١ﺗﺢ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ،/ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻭﻱ ﻫﺎﺷﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﳍﻴﺘﻤﻲ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺃﰊ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺋﺪ ﳎﻤﻊ١/١٧٢ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻁ ، ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺳﻲ. )٥(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺃﺩﺏ١/١٣.
49.
-٤٩- ٣-ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ
ﻗﺎﻝ" :ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺳﺌﻞ:ﻟﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ:ﺃﺭ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺎﺇﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ،ﺍﻷﻣﲑ ﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺩﺕ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ،ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻓﻐﻀﺐ ،ﹴﺭﻗﺪ ﺫﺍ:ﺳﻬﻠﺔ؟ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ!ﺷﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﰲ ﻟﻴﺲ ، ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻗﻮﻝ ﲰﻌﺖ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺧﻔﻴﻒ)) :ﺳﻨﻠﻘﻲ ﺇﻧﺎﹰﻼﺛﻘﻴ ﹰﻻﻗﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ(()١( ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ، ،ﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﻪﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻭﲞﺎﺻﺔ)٢( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ،:ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ–ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ-ﳚﻴﺐ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺗﺼﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺯﻗﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ،ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺣﱴ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ؟ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﻳﺎ ﻏﻄﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ،ﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ.! ٤-ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺎﻥ ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﰊ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺛﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ:ﻻ ﻣﻊ ،ﺃﺩﺭﻱﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ،ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﰲ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﺘﻪ. ٥-ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻫﻮ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-،ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﰲ ﻢﺠ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ" :ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﱴ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﳚﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻻ")٣( ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﺟﺎﺀﻩ ، ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺷﻲﺀ" :ﺷﻲﺀ ﰲ ﺃﺟﻴﺒﻚ ﻻ"ﻗﺎﻝ ﰒ ،" :ﻣﺴﻌﻮﺩ ﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ–ﺭﺿﻲ ﻋ ﺍﷲﻨﻪ-:ﻨﻮﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻔﱵ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻥ")٤( . ٦-ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﱯ ﺳﺌﻞ:ﻓﻘﻴﻞ ،ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻻ:ﻻ ﻗﻮﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﻲ ﺃﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ؟ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻓﻘﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ،ﺃﺩﺭﻱ!ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،:ﻗﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﲔ ﺗﺴﺘﺢ ﱂ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ: ))ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻻ(()٥( ﺎﻀﺃﻳ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ،:ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻻ)٦( ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ، ﺇﱃ ﻣﺸﺮﻗﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﳍﻢ ﺩﺍﻧﺖ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺎﻣﻐﺮ. )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﳌﺰﻣﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٥. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎ٤/٢٨٩. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺻﻔﺔ٨٠ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ،٢/١٢،١٥،١٥٥ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﻭﺳﻨﻦ ،١/٥٢. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻌﲔ ﺇﻋﻼﻡ٤/١٢٧. )٥(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٣٢. )٦(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻔﺔ١/٩.
50.
-٥٠- ٧-ﻗﺎﻝ ﻋﻴﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻦ
ﺳﻔﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ" :ﻣﻘﺎﺗﻠﻪ ﺃﺻﻴﺒﺖ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ"ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﰲ ،: "ﻣﻘﺎﻟﺘﻪ")١( . ٨-ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ،ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺭﻭﻯ:ﲰﻌﺖ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ،ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ:ﲰﻳﻘﻮﻝ ،ﺃﰊ ﻌﺖ:ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﲰﻌﺖ:ﲰﻌﺖ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ،ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ:ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ،ﻋﺠﻼﻥ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﲰﻌﺖ" :ﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﻏﻔﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﺗﻠﻪ ﺃﺻﻴﺒﺖ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ")٢( ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﹼﺐﻘﻋ ﻭﻗﺪ ،" :ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ،ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ،ﺍﺪﺟ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ")٣( . ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ:ﺇﻏﻔﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ)ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻻ(ﻳﺪﺭﻱ؛ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ ،=ﻣﻦ ﺎﺒﺳﺒ ﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺪﻌﺑﻭ ﻂﺒﲣ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﳓﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻳﻘﻮﻝ" :ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﺮﺅﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﺮﺅﻛﻢ")٤( ﺣﺼﲔ ﺃﰊ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻷﺳﺪﻱ:"ﻟﻴﻔﱵ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺑﺪﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﳍﺎ ﳉﻤﻊ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻭﻟﻮ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ")٥( . ﺍﻵﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﻣﻦ:ﻣﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ)ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻻ(ﺎﻴﻋﻠﻤ ﺗﻌﲏ:ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺝ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﳉ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻦﻭﺗﻌﲏ ،ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻬﻞ-ﺎﻀﺃﻳ-ﺎﻴﻋﻤﻠ:ﺃﻥ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻱ ﳑﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ؛ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ،ﺷﻲﺀ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻻ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺎﻴﺃﺧﻼﻗ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺗﻌﲏ ،ﻭﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻭﻳﺒﻌﺚ ،ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ:،ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺎﻳﺃ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﱪ ﻭﻧﻔﻲ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﻟﻸﺻﺒﻬﺎﱐ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺣﻠﻴﺔ٧/٢٧٤. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺧﻴﺜﻤﺔ ﻷﰊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ١/٨ﺭﻗﻢ ،١٠. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺃﺩﺏ١/١١. )٤(ﺎﻋﻣﺮﻓﻮ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﻴﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ١/٦٩ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ،١٥٧. )٥(ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺪﺭﻙ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ١/٢١٥ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ،٤٣٦.
51.
-٥١- ﻫﻜﺬﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻓﺔ ،ﻭﺗﺎﺑﻌﻴﻬﻢ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍ ﻣﺴﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺹ ،ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﲟﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺝ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﳛﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺎﺳ ﻭﺩﻓﻌﻪ ،ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﱀ ﺑﺼﻴﺎﻧﺘﻪ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﳌﺒﺪﺇ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺇﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﶈﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﺒﺔ ﺪ،ﲟﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﺪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ. ﻭﺇﺫﺍﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﺗﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻝ ﻓﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ–ﻭﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﳝﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﳑﻦ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﻄﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ،ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻋﺔ ﲟﺆﻫﻼﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﳝﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ؛ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺎﻳﻳﺘﺰ ﲟﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺰﻳﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ-،ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳍﺠﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﺭﻋﻮﻥ ﻧﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺭﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺒﺼﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﰲ ﻭﺍﳋﻮﺽ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﺎﻝ)) :ﻓﺎﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ((ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺃﻫﻞ ،:ﻓﺎﻟﺸﺮﻉ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﳚﻌﻞ-ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻱﺃ-ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﺴﺄﻝ ﻟﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﺍﻷﻃﺒﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﺴﺄﻝ ﻃﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﺴﺄﻝ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻦ ﻛﻞ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ.
53.
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﻤﻔﺘﻲﺷﺮوط
55.
-٥٥- ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﲔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ
ﺇﺫ ،ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺎﺫﺍ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ:ﺃﻭ ﺘﻬـﺪﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ. ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻛﺸﻲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ" :ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ")١( . ﺍﻵﻣﺪﻱ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ" :ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺑﺪ ﻓﻼ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ")٢( . ﻫﺬﺍ:ﻟﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﻮﻥ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺘﻬـﺪﺍ ﰲ ﺗـﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ؛ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﰲ ﻳﻔﱵ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖﻭﻧﻮﺍﺯﻟﻪ ﻪ. ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ:ﺍﻹﺧﺒـﺎﺭ ﺗﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﺫ ﺍ؛ﺪﳎﺘﻬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺖﻣﻔ ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﺑﺪ ﻓﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺎﻨﻣﻌﻴ ﺎﻋﻧﻮ ﺗﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﻓﺎﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺺ ﻻ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﲰﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻁ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ)٣( ﻋـﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ، ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﳏﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺑﻌﺪ ،ﺍﻟﱰﺍﻉ ﳏﻞ)٤( . ﻭﻗﺪﺃﻧ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﺫﻛﺮﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻏﲑ ،ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺘﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺑﲔ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻻ ﻪ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﳝﻠﻚ ﻻﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ؛ ﲝﻔﻆ ﻭﻳﻜﺘﻔﻲ ،=،ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘـﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺎﻬﻓﻘﻴ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻻ ﻟ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﰲ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﻟﺰﺭﻛﺸﻲ ﻺﻣﺎﻡ" :ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻪﺑﻔﻘﻴ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ،ﺎﺣﺍﺻﻄﻼ ﺑﻔﻘﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﻭﻧﺔ"ﹰﺎﻠﻗﺎﺋ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻄﺮﺩ ،: "ﻗﺎﻝ ﺣﻴﺚ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﺑﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪﺭﻱ ﺻﺮﺡ ﻭﺑﻪ:ﻧﺘـﺎﺋﺞ ﻫﻲ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻑ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ) :ﻓﺮﻭﻋﻲ(ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ:ﻋ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻫﻮﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻦ ﻭﳛﻔﻈﻬﺎ ،ﺎﻭﻳﺪﻭ ،ﺍﺪﺗﻘﻠﻴ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻋﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻠﻘﺎﻫﺎ ،ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ"ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،:ﻋﺒـﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ" :ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻻ ﻪﻓﻘ ﻧﻘﻠﺔ ﻫﻢ")٥( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻠﺰﺭﻛﺸﻲ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ٦/٣٠٥. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻶﻣﺪﻱ ﺍﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ٤/٢٩٨. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻠﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٤/٨٩. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻠﻐﺰﺍﱄ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ٢/٢٣٠. )٥(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ١/٢٣-٢٤.
56.
-٥٦- ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ:،ﻋﺎﻟﻴـﺔ ﻭﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ
،ﺟﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﺩﺟﻬﻮ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺤﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺣﻖ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﻝﻮﲣ ،ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻴﺔﻭﻫﻲ ،ﻭﺟﺪﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺎﻀﺃﻳ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ:ﺑـﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺼﺢ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﻫﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ،ﻭﻣﺆﻫﻼﺕ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻬﻢ-؛ ﺍﻻﺟﺘـﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﱂ ،ﺟﺎﻫﻞ ﺃﻭ ،ﻫﻮﻯ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺃﻭ ،ﻣﺘﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﻭ ،ﻣﺘﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺎﻌﻣﻨ ،ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦﻗﻴﻞ ﺣﱴ:،ﺍﻟـﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺇﻥ ﻳﺘـﺼﻮﺭ ﻻ ﺇﺫ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ؛ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ،ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﲢﻘﻖ ،ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﰲ ﺭﺍﺳﺨﺔ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ،ﻓﻘﻴﻪ ﻏﲑ ﳎﺘﻬﺪ ﻭﻻ ،ﳎﺘﻬﺪ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻘﻴﻪ ﻣ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﰲ ﻳﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ،ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﳌﻘﺎﺻﺪ،ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣـﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻦ ﻭﻫـﻲ ،ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻠﻜﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺇﻧـﺰﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻟﻠ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﰲ ﺮﺩﺓﺍ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﻨﺎﺱ. ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪ ﻻ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ:،ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟـﱵ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﻳﺮﻋﻰ ،ﺑﻘﻮﺍﻃﻌﻪ ﻳﻠﺘﺰﻡ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻭﳛﻘﻖ ،ﳏﻠﻪ ﰲ ﻭﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻓﻪ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ،ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﻭﺣﻔﻆ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻴﻠﻴ ﳝﻨﻊ ﺎﻌﻣﻨﻴ ﺎﺟﺳﻴﺎ ﻳﻮﻓﺮﺃﻭ ،ﺇﻟﻴـﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﻧﻴﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻛﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻄﻔﻠﲔ ﲔ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺗﺮﻩ؛ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﻑ ،ﳓﻮﻩ ﺍﻹﳓﺎﺀﺍﳍﺪﺍﻣﺔ،ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳـﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ، ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺛﻮﺍﺑﺖ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﲑ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﺶ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻄﻌﻦ ﺍﺪﺟﺪﻳ ﺎﺒﳐﻠ ﻭﺍﲣﺎﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﳌﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﻭﻥﻭﺍﻟﺼﺮﳛﺔ ﺤﺔ)١( . ﲞﻄﺔ ﻳﻀﻄﻠﻊ ﳌﻦ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﺭﺗﺂﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻭﺗﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺘـﺼﺪﺭﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺭﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻚ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﰲ ﻭﻳﺒﺖ ،ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻭﺑﺪﺍﻓﻊ ،ﺍﳌﻨﺼﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻨﱪ ﳎﻠﺔ)ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﲣﺮﻳﺐ(ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ،ﺧﻠﻒ ﺎﻫﺪ ، ٣،ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ،١٤١٦ﺹ ،ﻫـ١٣.
57.
-٥٧- ﻗﺎﺋ ﻓﺎﳌﻔﱵ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦﺍﻟﻨﱯ
ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻢ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﺗﺒﻠﻴـﻎ ﰲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻧﺎﺋﺐ ، ﰲ ﻭﻣﺘـﺴﺎﻫﻞ ،ﻣﺘـﺸﺪﺩ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺣﻔﻠﺖ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﺴﻄﻬﺎ. ﺍﳌﻄﻠـﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﻌـﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟـﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﺮﺽ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﲔ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻨﻮﻋﺖ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﻫﺎ)ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ-ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ(. ﺍﻟ ﰲ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻭﻗﺪﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-" :ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﲨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻻ ﻳﻘﻴﺲ ﻭﻻ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺄﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ،ﻭﻣﻨـﺴﻮﺧﻪ ﻭﻧﺎﺳﺨﻪ ،ﻭﺃﺩﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﺿﻪ ، ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﺴﻨﻦ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ،ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻩ ،ﻭﺧﺎﺻﻪ ﻭﻋﺎﻣﻪ–ﺻﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ-ﺍﳌ ﻓﺒﺈﲨﺎﻉ ﺳﻨﺔ ﳚﺪ ﱂ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ،ﻭﻻ ،ﻓﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴـﺎﺱ ﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ،ﺴﻠﻤﲔ ،ﺍﻟـﺴﻠﻒ ﻭﺃﻗﺎﻭﻳـﻞ ﺍﻟـﺴﻨﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻣﻀﻰ ﲟﺎ ﹰﺎﳌﻋﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻴﺲ ﺃﻥ ﺪﻷﺣ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻭﻟﺴﺎﻥ ،ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺇﲨﺎﻉ")١( . ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﱄ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﲨﻊ ﻭﻗﺪ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-ﺷﺮﻃﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ" :ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣـﺪﳘﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺜ ﻣﻦ ﺎﻨﻣﺘﻤﻜ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﲟﺪﺍﺭﻙ ﹰﺎﻄﳏﻴ،ﺗﻘﺪﳝـﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﱘ ،ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ،ﺗﺄﺧﲑﻩ ﳚﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺗﺄﺧﲑ:ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺣﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﺎﺒﳎﺘﻨ ﹰﺎﻟﻋﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ")٢( . ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﺮﺭ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-ﺍﺗـﺼﻒ ﳌﻦ ﲢﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﲔ:ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ،ﻛﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ:ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ ﻦ)٣( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ٥٠٩-٥١٠. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ٢/٣٥٠. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٤/١٠٥.
58.
-٥٨- ﻫﻲ ،ﹰﺎﻃﺷﺮﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ
ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻁ: ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ:ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ. ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ. ﲪﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-" :ﻓﺒﺎﻹﲨﺎﻉ؛ ﻭﻋﺪﺍﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻴﻔﻪ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻁ ﺃﻣﺎ ﲝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﳜﱪ ﻷﻧﻪ،ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻞ ،ﻭﻋﺪﺍﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻪ ﻓﺎﻋﺘﱪ ،ﻜﻤﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﺒﲎ")١( . ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﻷﻥ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻼ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻺﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﻐﻀﻪ ﲪﻠﻪ ﻓﺮﲟﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻣﺆﲤﻦ ﻏﲑ)) :ﻭﺩ ﺍﻟ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﲑﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺴﺪﺍ ﻛﻔﺎﺭﺍ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺩﻭﻧﻜﻢ ﻟﻮ ﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﻖ ﳍﻢ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ(()٢( . ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﱄ ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳎﻤﻊ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻭﺇﺳﻼﻡ: "ﺍﺩﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ؛ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻳﻬﻤﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﳏﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺇ ،ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺇﱃ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﻻ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻫﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ." ﺑﻪ ﻳﻬﺘﺪﻱ ﻟﻪ ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﻻ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻷﻥ ،ﺎﻥﻀﺃﻳ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺪ ﻓﻼ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﻨﻮﻥﺍ ﻭﻋﻦ ،ﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺋﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﳌﺎ ﳛﺘﻠﻢ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﻭﻋﻦ ،ﻳﻔﻴﻖ ﺣﱴ. ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﻝ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-" :ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺭﻓﻊ:ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺋﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻌﻘﻞ ﺣﱴ ﻨﻮﻥﺍ ﻭﻋﻦ ،ﳛﺘﻠﻢ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﻭﻋﻦ ،ﻳﺴﺘﻴﻘﻆ")٣( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ،ﲪﺪﺍﻥ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻔﺔ١٣. )٢(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ١٠٩. )٣(،ﺳﻨﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺬﺍ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ،ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ٢/٢٢٥ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،٢٢٩٦ﺭﻓﻊ ﺑﺎﺏ ، ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ.
59.
-٥٩- ﻣﻘﺘ ﻭﻷﻥ،ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﻘﺼﺪ
ﺇﻻ ﻫﺬﺍ ﳛﺼﻞ ﻭﻻ ،ﻭﺍﻻﻣﺘﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻀﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ،ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻭﺷﺮﻁ)١( . ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴ ﻣﻨﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍﻛﻴﻒ ﻣﺼﺎﳊﻪ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻷﻥ ،ﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ؟ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﰲ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ!ﻏﲑﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ، ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺿﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻞ ،ﺑﺎﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﻓﻜﺮﻩ ﻋﻄﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﺃﻟﻐﻰ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ،ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ. ﺍﳌﻠ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ،ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﻗﺪﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺨﺔ ﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺎ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ. ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ:ﺎﻳﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺎﻳﺿﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺃﻱ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ. ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢ:،ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻚﻳﻨﻔ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻛﻌﻠﻤﻪ)٢( . ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻣﺎ:ﻭﻳﺮﺟﻊ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻫﻲﰲ ﺭﺍﺳﺨﺔ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺆﺩﻳﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻣﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ. ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ ،ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻁ ﻣﺪﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﻗﺪ:ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ ،ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﰲ ﺷﺮﻁ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-" :ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻣﻲ ﻟﻴﺲﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺃﻥ ﻦﻳﻣﺘﺪ ﻭﻻ ﻋﺎﱂ ﻏﲑ ﻳﻈﻨﻪ"ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺑﺪ ﻓﻼ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﻳﻦ ، ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺆﲤﻦ ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻼﻋﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻏﲑ ﻷﻥ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﷲ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺳﲑﺗﻪ ،ﹰﺎﻟﻋﺪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺷﺮﻉ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺭﻭﺿﺔ١/٤٧. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺩ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺎﺩ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺔ٦٢.
60.
-٦٠- ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ:ﺍﺪﳎﺘﻬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ
ﺃﻥ. ﺍﳌ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﻮﻥ ﺫﻛﺮﹰﺎﻓﻋﺎﺭ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ﹰﺎﳌﻋﺎ ،ﺍﺪﳎﺘﻬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻔﱵ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻳﺪﺭﻱ ﻻ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻟﺌﻼ ﺑﺎﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﹰﺎﻓﻋﺎﺭ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺑﺄﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ،ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﳝﻴﺰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺣﱴ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﹰﺎﻓﻋﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ. ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﲔ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﳍﺬﺍﳛﻔﻆ ﳑﻦ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻏﲑ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺳﺌﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ،ﺖﲟﻔ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ًﺀﻭﺑﻨﺎ ،ﺍﳊﻜﺎﻳﺔ:ﻛﻼﻡ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺑﻞ ،ﺑﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﻮﻥ ﻋﱪ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﻔﱵﻭﺑﺎﳌﻘﻠﺪ ،ﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺘﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺯﻩ ،ﻗﻮﻡ ﻓﻤﻨﻌﻪ ،ﺇﻓﺘﺎﺋﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﰲ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﻮﺍ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻠﻬﺎ)١( . ﻋﻦ ﻭﻋﺰﻓﻮﺍ ،ﹰﺎﺌﻓﺸﻴ ﹰﺎﺌﺷﻴ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺧﻔﻔﻮﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻭﺗﺪﱐ ،ﻢﺃﺯﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﹰﺎﻟﻧﺰﻭ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻁﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻯ ،ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﳎﺘﻬﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺰﻟﻮﺍ ﹰﺎ؛ﻘﻣﻄﻠ ﺍﺪﳎﺘﻬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻃﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺒﻌﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺑﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﻋﺎﺭﻑ ،ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﰲ ﻣﺘﺒﺤﺮ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ،ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻓﻘﻴﻪ ﺇﱃ ،ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻟﺌﻼ ،ﺑﻪ ﻳﻮﺛﻖ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲝﻔﻆ ﻳﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺇﱃ ،ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ،ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻠ ﻭﺗﺘﻌﺎﻇﻢ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺪ ،ﻮﻯﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﻭﺗﺘﻌﻄﻞ ،. ﺍﺪﳎﺘﻬ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﰲ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻐﲑﺕ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ،ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺭﺗﺒﺘﻪ ﺗﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻘﻠﺪ ﺇﱃ ،ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ ﹰﺎﻘﻣﻄﻠ ﱠﺪﻠﺍﳌﻘ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺇﱃ ،ﺎﺳﻗﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺳﻨﺔ ﺎﺑﻛﺘﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺭﻭﺍﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺃﻭ ،ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﻩ)٢( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺎﺝﺍﻹ٣/١٦٨ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ،٧/٢٥٦. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ،ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ٥٧٧.
61.
-٦١- ﻗﻮﻝ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ
ﺳﺌﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ،ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺎﻴﻣﻔﺘ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻏﲑ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ؛ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺑﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ،ﺍﳊﻜﺎﻳﺔ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﺄﺧﺬ)١( ﺍﳌﺴ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻲﺀ ﰲ ﺍﺪﳎﺘﻬ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﺇﻥ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﲡﺰﺅ ﲜﻮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳚﺘﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻳﻔﱵ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔ.ﺹ ،ﺑﻴﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ٧٩.
62.
-٦٢- ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ:ﻭﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ
ﺗﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ. ﻭﻣﺘ ﳏﻜﻤﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻣﻘﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻬﺎ ،ﻭﻣﻨﺴﻮﺧﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﺳﺨﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺧﺎﺻﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻬﺎ،ﻬﺎﺸﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻏﲑ ،ﻧﺰﻭﳍﺎ ﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﺮ)١( . ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻳﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺑﺪ ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ،ﻭﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﺗﻌ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺗﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁﺎﱃ)) :ﻟﻜﻞ ﺗﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻭﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻭﺭﲪﺔ ﻭﻫﺪﻯ ﺷﻲﺀ(()٢( . ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ:"ﻛﻠﻴﺔ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﻭﻋﻤﺪﺓ،ﺍﳌﻠﺔﻭﻳﻨﺒﻮﻉ،ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔﻭﺁﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔﻭﻧﻮﺭﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ،ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﺎﺋﺮﻭﺃﻧﻪﻻﻃﺮﻳﻖﺇﱃﺍﷲ،ﺳﻮﺍﻩﻭﻻﳒﺎﺓ،ﺑﻐﲑﻩﻭﻻ ﲤﺴﻚﺑﺸﻲﺀ،ﳜﺎﻟﻔﻪﻭﻫﺬﺍﻛﻠﻪﻻﳛﺘﺎﺝﺇﱃﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝﻋﻠﻴﻪ؛ﻷﻧﻪﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡﻣﻦﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ،ﻭﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻛﺬﻟﻚ؛ﻟﺰﻡﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓﳌﻦﺭﺍﻡﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉﻋﻠﻰﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﻭﻃﻤﻊﰲ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ،ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻫﺎﻭﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻕ،ﺑﺄﻫﻠﻬﺎﺃﻥﻳﺘﺨﺬﻩﲰﲑﻩ،ﻭﺃﻧﻴﺴﻪﻭﺃﻥﳚﻌﻠﻪﺟﻠﻴﺴﻪﻋﻠﻰﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﺎﱄ؛ﻧﻈﺮﺍ،ﻭﻋﻤﻼﻻﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﻋﻠﻰﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ")٣( . ﺘﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻁ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻮﻳﲏ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ" :ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻘﻨﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ،ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﹰﺎﳌﻋﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺳﲑ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﻟﻐﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻪﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﰲ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﲝﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ ﺎﻤﻋﻠ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﳛﺼﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻧﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ")٤( . ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﶈﺼﻮﻝ٦/٢٣ﺎﺝﺍﻹ ،٣/٢٥٤. )٢(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ٨٩ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٣/٣٤٦. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﻟﻠﺠﻮﻳﲏ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻫﺎﻥ٢/٨٧٠.
63.
-٦٣- ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ" :ﲬﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻞ ،ﲨﻴﻌﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ،ﺁﻳﺔ:ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺣﱴ ،ﲟﻮﺍﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﹰﺎﳌﻋﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻞ ،ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﶈﺘﺎﺝ")١( . ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺎﱐ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ" :ﻭﺩﻋﻮﻯﺍﻻﳓﺼﺎﺭﰲﻫﺬﺍﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭﺇﳕﺎﻫﻮﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ،ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﻊﺑﺄﻥﰲﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰﻣﻦﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﱵﺗﺴﺘﺨﺮﺝﻣﻨﻬﺎﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔﺃﺿﻌﺎﻑ ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻑ،ﺫﻟﻚﺑﻞﻣﻦﻟﻪﻓﻬﻢ،ﺻﺤﻴﺢﻭﺗﺪﺑﺮ،ﻛﺎﻣﻞﻳﺴﺘﺨﺮﺝﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﻣﻦﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﺮﺩﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺﻭﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ. ﻗﻴﻞ:ﻭﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢﻗﺼﺪﻭﺍﺑﺬﻟﻚﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﺩﻻﻟﺔﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ،ﺑﺎﻟﺬﺍﺕﻻ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖﺍﻟﺘﻀﻤﻦﻭﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ. ﻭﻗﺪﺣﻜﻰﺍﳌﺎﻭﺭﺩﻱﻋﻦﺑﻌﺾﺃﻫﻞﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﺃﻥﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﳌﻘﺘﺼﺮﻳﻦﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺇﳕﺎﻫﻮﻢﻷﺭﺃﻭﺍﻣﻘﺎﺗﻞﺑﻦﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥﺃﻓﺮﺩﺁﻳﺎﺕﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﰲﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﲬﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔﺁﻳﺔ")٢( . ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ. ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻌﺎﱐ ﻗﺎﻝ" :،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻛﻞ ،ﺣﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺎﻷﻭﱃ:ﺍ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺘﺤﻀﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﲔ ﰲ ﹴﺭﲟﺤﺼﻮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﲑﺟﻊ ،ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ")٣( ، ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻞ" :ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻂ ﲬﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻗﺼﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ")٤( . ﹸﻛ ﻭﻋﻠﻰﱟﻞ: )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻠﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﶈﺼﻮﻝ٦/٣٤. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ١/٣٧٠. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﻟﻠﺼﻨﻌﺎﱐ ،ﺍﻵﻣﻞ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ١/٣٨٤. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺔ٦٩.
64.
-٦٤- ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺎﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏﺍﻻﺣﻜﺎﻡ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻀﻤﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹰﺎﻓﻣﺸﺮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ،ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻋﺔﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ،ﻭﻣﻨﺴﻮﺥ ﻭﻧﺎﺳﺦ ،ﻭﳎﻤﻞ ﻭﻣﻔﺴﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻤﻞﻭﺍ ،ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ،ﻳﻔﻴﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﻯ ،ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺭﺩ)١( . ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻨﺒﻂ ﺇﻻ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﰲ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻘﻞ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﺄﻟﻒ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻚ)ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ(ﻟﺒﺫﻟﻚ ﻴﺎﻥ)٢( . ﺑﺎﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﲨﻊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻖ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻟﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﺃﻫﻢ ،ﻭﺗﻔﺴﲑﻫﺎ:ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ،ﻟﻠﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﱯ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ،ﺍﳊﻨﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﺼﺎﺹ)٣( . ﻳ ﻓﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ؛ ﺑﺄﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﹰﺎﳌﻋﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻁ ﻭﺇﺫﺍﹰﺎﻈﺣﺎﻓ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺧﻼﻑ ،ﻟﺘﻼﻭﺗﻪ؟. ١-ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﺫﻫﺐ:ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ؛ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻣﻦ ﳌﻌﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺃﺿﺒﻂ. ٢-ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ:ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻭﳚﻮﺯ ،ﺗﻼﻭﺗﻪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻪ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﱄ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻓﻴﻪ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-،ﹰﺎﻃﺷﺮ ﺣﻔﻈﻪ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻻ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ" :ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺞﻟﻴﺤﺘ ،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﲟﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﹰﺎﳌﻋﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ")٤( . ٣-ﻭﻗﻴﻞ:ﻣﻦ ﳛﻔﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻭﻻ ،ﺑﺎﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﺺ ﻣﺎ ﳛﻔﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺟﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺺ)٥( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ٢/٣٤. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺑﺪﺭﺍﻥ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ١/٣٦٨. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺔ٧٠. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ١/٣٤٢. )٥(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻈﻔﺮ ﻷﰊ ،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻃﻊ٣/٣٨٠ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ.
65.
-٦٥- ﺃﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﻭﳚﻌﻞ
،ﺃﻭﱃ ﻗﻠﺐ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺭﻳﺐ ﻭﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﺭ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺓﻣﻌﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ. ﻫﺬﺍ:ﻫﺬﺍ ﻷﻥ ،ﺍﻟﱰﻭﻝ ﺑﺄﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﻨﻪﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ،ﻟﻼﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،ﺎﻌﻭﺳﺮﻳ ﹰﺎﻘﺩﻗﻴ ﺎﻤﻓﻬ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻻ ﺍﻟﱰﻭﻝ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺣﱴ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻊ ﻟﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﹰﺎﻟﺑﺬﺑﻌﻤﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﱪﺓ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﳛﺼﺮ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﳝﻬﺪ ،ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﱰﻭﻝ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﲞﺼﻮﺹ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ)١( . ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ: ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏﺍﻟﺘﱰﻳﻞﻻﺯﻣﺔﳌﻦﺃﺭﺍﺩﻋﻠﻢ،ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞﻋﻠﻰﺫﻟﻚﺃﻣﺮﺍﻥ: ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ:ﺃﻥﻋﻠﻢﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﻌﺮﻑﺑﻪﺇﻋﺠﺎﺯﻧﻈﻢﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥﻓﻀﻼﻋﻦﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻛﻼﻡﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ؛ﺇﳕﺎﻣﺪﺍﺭﻩﻋﻠﻰﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ:ﺣﺎﻝﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏﻣﻦﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﻔﺲ،ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏﺃﻭ،ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐﺃﻭ،ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺐﺃﻭﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ؛...،ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻟﻜﻞﻣﺸﻜﻞ...؛ﻓﻬﻲﻣﻦﺍﳌﻬﻤﺎﺕﰲﻓﻬﻢﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ...ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﱰﻳﻞ ﺑﺄﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﳉﻬﻞ ، ﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ ﰲ،ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺣﱴ ،ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ،ﻹﺷﻜﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱰﺍﻉ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﻈﻨﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ")٢( . ﺍﻟﱰﻭﻝ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻳﺘﺒﲔ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺣﺴﻦ ﰲ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﻭﺭ ﳍﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻓﻮﻗﻮﻑ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺭﻭﺩ ﺗﱰﻳﻞ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻭﰲ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺﻋﻦ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻭﻏﻔﻠﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﻭﺇﺳﺎﺀﺓ ،ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻟﻐﲑ ﻳﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﲢﺮﻳﻔﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﳑﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ. ﻫﺬﺍ:ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻬﻢ ﳊﺴﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻦ،ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﻼ ،ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻭﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺥ؛ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﺇﳌﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺩ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺔ٧١. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٣/٣٤٧.
66.
-٦٦- ﺑﺂﻳﺔ ﻧﺴﺨﺖ ﻗﺪ
ﺎﺑﺄ ﻭﻳﻔﺎﺟﺄ ،ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺘﺨﺬ ،ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺭﲟﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﱴ ،ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﻭﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻫﺎﻡ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻓﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ،ﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﳜﻔﻰ ﻭﻻ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻘﻴﺲ ﰒ ،ﻋﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺮﺝ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﲟﻌﲎ ،ﲟﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺿﻤﲏ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ،ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺣﺎﻓ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﳎﺮﺩ ﻳﻜﻔﻴﻪ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﳍﺬﻩ ﹰﺎﻈ)١( . ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺷﻬﺎﺏ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ،ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻦ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ" :ﻣﻬﻢ ﻓﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﺼﻌﺐ...ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﺎﺳﺦ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺃﻋﺠﺰﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺃﻋﻴﺎ–ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ-ﻣﻨﺴﻮﺧﻪ ﻣﻦ")٢( ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺳﺦ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ، ﻭﺍﳌﲞﻼﻓﻪ ﻳﻔﱵ ﻻ ﺣﱴ ،ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﰲ ﻨﺴﻮﺥ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ١/٣٤٤ﺩ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ،.ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺔ٧٢. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٣/٧٠.
67.
-٦٧- ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ:ﺍﳌﻄﻬﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ
ﹰﺎﳌﻋﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ. ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺗﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ)١( ،ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻔﺖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻬﻲ ،ﻭﻣﺘﺸﻌﺒﺔ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ" :ﺑﻪ ﲢﻴﻂ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻻﺀ ﺗﻜﺪﺭﻩ ﻻ ﲝﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ")٢( . ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻁ ﰲ: "ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ،ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﲏ ﺷﺮﻋﻨﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﰲ ﺎﻭﺑﻴﺎ ،ﳎﻤﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺎﺕﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻩ ﲟﺎ ﻓﺘﺒﲔ ،ﺍﳊﻜﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻋﺎﳌﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺁﻛﺪ ﺍﳋﲑ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻭﺃﻓﻀﻞ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺤﺎﺕ")٣( . ﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻺﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻳﺘﺼﺪﻯ ﳌﻦ ﺑﺪ ﻓﻼ ﺍ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳋﻼﻑﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺘﻬﺪ. ١-ﻓﻘﻴﻞ:ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﻭﻯ ،ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﲬﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﳓﻮ ﰲ ﻣﻔﺼﻠﺔ ،ﲬﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ. ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺎﱐ ﻗﺎﻝ:ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺆﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﺠﺐ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﻟﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ. ٢-ﺍﶈﺼ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻭﻗﺎﻝﻮﻝ:ﺁﻻﻑ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻫﻲ. ٣-ﻭﻗﻴﻞ:ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺎﱐ ﻭﻧﺴﺒﻪ ،ﻭﻣﺎﺋﺘﺎﻥ ﺃﻟﻒ)٤( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ٢/٣٦٣. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻵﻣﻞ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ١/٨٤. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻣ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺷﺮﺡﺴﻠﻢ١/٤. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ١/٢٥١.
68.
-٦٨- ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻆ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻤﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻛﻼﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ. ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻓﻼ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪ؛ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺎﻳﻭﺃ–ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﱄ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ-ﺃﻥ ﻭﻳﻜﻔﻴﻪ ،ﻗﻠﺐ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻋﻦ ﳛﻔﻈﻪﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻓﲑﺍﺟﻌﻪ ،ﺑﺎﺏ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ. ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﱪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ: ١-،ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ،ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻣﻪ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﺄﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﲤﻴﻴﺰ. ٢-ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﲝﻴﺚ ،ﺍﳌﱳ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ. ٣-ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺳﺦﺍﳌﺘﺮﻭﻙ ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺴﻮﺥ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺃﻥ ﳐﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ؛. ٤-ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻣﺎ ﺍﲑﻛﺜ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ؛ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﱰﻭﻝ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ،ﺑﺘﻐﲑﻫﺎ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ،ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ،ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻬﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﳌﻦ. ﺑﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﺠﺐﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ،ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﰲ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﱰﻭﻝ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻷﻥ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ،ﺁﺧﺮﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ،ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﰲ ﺟﻬﻮﺩ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻟﻠﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﻫﻲﺍﻟﱰﻭﻝ. ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﻳﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﲝﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ،ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻹﻟﺰﺍﻡ ﻭﰲ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﰲ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻹﻟﺰﺍﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ.
69.
-٦٩- ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ:ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ
ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ. ﻳ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﺠﺐﺳﺠﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ،ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﲟﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ،ﳜﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﳌﻦ ﺍﺮﻭﺯﺟ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﳌﻮﻗﻊ ﺎﻤﺗﻌﻈﻴ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻃﻬﻢ ،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﲔ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﻟﺰﻣﻮﻩ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ،ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻐﲑ ﻭﳛﻜﻢ ﻳﻔﱵﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﻻ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ؛ ﻏﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻳﺮﺩﻩ ،ﻳﺪﻋﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻟﲑﺩﻉ ،ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ. ﺻﺤﺔ ﰲ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻓﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻕ ﰲ ﺑﻘﻮﳍﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ،ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻻ ،ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻛﻢ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻓﺎﻹﲨ ،ﻭﺍﳌﻐﺎﺭﺏﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻔﺮ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﳋﻼﻑ ،ﻭﺍﳌﻼﻡ ﳜﺎﻟﻔﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﺴﻮﻍ ،ﺗﺎﻡ ﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻒ ﺑﻞ ﺣﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻭﺍﻹﻛﺮﺍﻡ. ﺟﺒﲑ ﺑﻦ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ" :ﺃﻋﻠﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﺎﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﺃﻋﻠﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻢ." ﺑﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ" :ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺩ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻙ ﻓﻠﻴﻜﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ")١( . ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ؛ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻘﺮﺭ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺍﳌ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻖﻫﻨﺎ ﻬﻤﺔ–ﻗﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ ،ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻫﻮ– ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-" :ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﻧﻔﻪ ﻳﺸﻢ ﱂ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻳﻌﻒ ﱂ ﻣﻦ"ﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ،–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-" :ﻻ ﺭﺩ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﺇﻥ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﹰﺎﳌﻋﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻔﱵ ﺃﻥ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺛﻖ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ"ﻭ ،ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ:ﺣﻔﻆ ﻻ ،ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﳎﺘﻬﺪ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺪ ﻓﻼ ،ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﲢﺼﻞ ﺇﳕﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ،ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﳎﺮﺩ. ﺑﺎﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ: )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٤/١٧٢.
70.
-٧٠- "ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻻ
ﻭﻷﻧﻪ ،ﺣﻜﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﳚﺘﻬﺪ ﻻ ﺣﱴ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﲨﻊ")١( ﺍﻹﲨ ﲝﺠﻴﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻃﻪ ﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ،ﺎﻉ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ ،ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺄﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺎﱐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻪﺒﻧ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺣﺠﻴﺘﻪ؛ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ ،ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ ،ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻪ=ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﳍﺬﺍ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻓﻼ. ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ؛ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﳌﻦ ﹰﺎﻃﺷﺮ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ؟. ﻛﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻁ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢﰲ ﻭﺣﺠﻴﺘﻬﻢ ،ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ:ﺃﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻗﺎﺳﻮﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻧﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ،ﺎﻴﻋﻤﻠ ﺎﻤﺣﻜ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺎﻧﻗﺮﺁ)٢( . ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ:ﲞﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻳﻔﱵ ﻻ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ)٣( . ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻢﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ:ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻺﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻔﻴﻪ. ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﱄ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ" :ﲨﻴﻊ ﳛﻔﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻪ ﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﹰﺎﻔﳐﺎﻟ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻔﱵ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻞ ،ﻭﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺒﻣﺬﻫ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺇﻣﺎ ،ﻟﻺﲨﺎﻉﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻭ ،ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺎ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ،ﺧﻮﺽ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻷﻫﻞ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﻟﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ")٤( . ﺇﱃ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﻻ ﻓﻬﻲ ،ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻟﻺﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﲨ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﻣﺴﺘﺠﺪﺓ ﺎﻟﻜﻮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﻷﻭﻓﻖ ﻓﻬﻮ ،ﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﰲ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺣﺰﻡ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ٢/٢٤٤. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺔ٩٣. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻠﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﶈﺼﻮﻝ٦/٣٤. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻠﻐﺰﺍﱄ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ١/٣٤٣.
71.
-٧١- ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ:ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ
ﻓﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ. ﻓﻬﻲ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﰲ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺏ ﺻﺮﺡ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻛﺎﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺇﻥ ﺑﻞ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ؛ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ،ﻟﻠﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺴﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺇﺿﻼﻝ ﺍﳋﻄﺈ ﰲ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻻ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-" :ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻴﻔﻬﻢ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﹰﺎﳌﻋﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻔﺮﺽ– ﻭﺟﻞ ﻋﺰ-ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﻋﻦ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻟﻪ ﹼﻞﺤﻳ ﱂ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﱂ ﻭﻣﻦ ، ﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﻳﺪﺭﻱ ﻻ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻔﱵ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ؛ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻩ")١( . ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ" :ﺗﻔﻬﻤﻪ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻓﻤﻦ–ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻭﻻ ،ﻳﻔﻬﻢ")٢( . ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻃﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻗﺮﺏ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ. ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﻗﺎﻝ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-: "ﻓﻬﻢ ﰲ ﹰﺎﺋﻣﺒﺘﺪ ﻓﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﻭﺇﺫﺍﻓﻬﻮ ﹰﺎﻄﻣﺘﻮﺳ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻓﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﱂ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻓﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺣﺠﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﰲ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﺼﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺷﺄﻭﻩ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﱂ ﻓﻤﻦ ،ﺣﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻬﻤﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﺎﺀ ﻦ ﻓﻬﻤﻪ ﻗﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻛﻞ ،ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺼﲑ ﲟﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ،ﺣﺠﺔ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﹰﻻﻣﻘﺒﻮ." ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ،ﻭﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﺮﺭﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻗﺪﺭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ،ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻣﻬﺎ ﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻓﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺣﺰﻡ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ٥/١١٧. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٢/٦٤.
72.
-٧٢- ﺟﲏ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ-ﺍﷲ
ﺭﲪﻪ-" :ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺿﻌﻔﻪ ﺣﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﺈﳕﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ؛ ﺍﳌﺜﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺣﺎﺩ ،ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﳝﺔﺍﻟ ﺧﻮﻃﺐ ﻟﱵﺎ ﻜﺎﻓﺔ")١( . ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ؛ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ؟. ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﻮﻥ ﺃﺟﺎﺏ:ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻢﻭﻋﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ)٢( ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺫﻫﺐ ، ﻛﺎﻟ ،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﲔﻭﺍﻵﻣﺪﻱ ﻐﺰﺍﱄﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ. ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﱄ ﻗﺎﻝﺍﳌﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ ﰲ: "وﰲ ﻢﻭﻋﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺃﻋﲏ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ؛ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻋﺎﻣﻪ ،ﻭﳎﺎﺯﻩ ﻭﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ ،ﻭﳎﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﲔ ﳝﻴﺰ ﺣﺪﻱ ﺇﱃ ،ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻧﺼﻪ ،ﻭﻣﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﻭﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ ،ﻪﻭﻣﺘﺸﺎ ﻭﳏﻜﻤﻪ ،ﻭﺧﺎﺻﻪ،ﻭﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻪ ﻭﳊﻨﻪ ﻭﻓﺤﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ:،ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻭﺃﻥ ،ﻭﺍﳌﱪﺩ ﺍﳋﻠﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻮﱄ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﰲ ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻤﻖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﺩﺭﻙ ،ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ")٣( . ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻣﺪﻱ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ: "ﻻﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁﺃﻥﻳﻜﻮﻥﰲﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ،ﻛﺎﻷﺻﻤﻌﻲﻭﰲﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻛﺴﻴﺒﻮﻳﻪ،ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻴﻞﺑﻞﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥﻗﺪﺣﺼﻞﻣﻦﺫﻟﻚﻋﻠﻰﻣﺎﻳﻌﺮﻑﺑﻪﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏﻭﺍﳉﺎﺭﻱﻣﻦﻢﻋﺎﺩﺍﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺒﺎﺕﲝﻴﺚﳝﻴﺰﺑﲔﺩﻻﻻﺕﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅﻣﻦ:،ﺍﳌﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻀﻤﻦ،ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﻭﺍﳌﻔﺮﺩ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲ،ﻭﺍﳉﺰﺋﻲﻭﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ،ﺎﺯﻭﺍﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻃﺆﻭﺍﻻﺷﺘﺮ،ﺍﻙﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺩﻑ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺺ،ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ،ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺹﻭﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ،ﻭﺍﳌﻘﻴﺪﻭﺍﳌﻨﻄﻮﻕ،ﻭﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ،ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﻀﺎﺀ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺟﲏ ﺑﻦ ﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻷﰊ ،ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ٣/٢٤٥ﺗﺢ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻋﺎﱂ ﻁ ،/ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻲ ﳏﻤﺪ. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﱪﻫﺎﻥ١/١٣٠. )٣(ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ١/٣٤٤.
73.
-٧٣- ،ﻭﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ،ﻭﺍﻹﳝﺎﺀﻭﳓﻮﺫﻟﻚﳑﺎ،ﻓﺼﻠﻨﺎﻩﻭﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒﻋﻠﻴﻪﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﳊﻜﻢﻣﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﻪ")١( . ﺍﻟﺸﲑﺍﺯﻱ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﺃﺑﻮ
ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ: "ﺍ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺇﺣﺎﻃﺘﻪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻳﻘﺪﺡ ﻭﻻﻋﻦ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﳜﻒ ﱂ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻷﻥ ﳌﻌﺎﱐ؛ ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ،ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﳜﻔﻰ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ؛–ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ-ﳎﺘﻬﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ" :ﻣﻌﲎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺎ)) :ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﻃﺮ(()٢( ﺣﱴ ، ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺑﺌﺮ ﰲ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﻢ:ﺃﻱ ﺎ؛ﻓﻄﺮ ﺃﻧﺎ:ﺎﺍﺑﺘﺪﺃ")٣( . ﺍﻟﺸﺎ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝﻃﱯ: "ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻮﻥ؛ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ،ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﺃﺷﺒﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻛﺄﺣﻜﺎﻡ ،ﹰﺎﻘﻭﺗﺼﺪﻳ ﺍﺭﺗﺼﻮ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ")٤( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻶﻣﺪﻱ ﺍﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ٤/١٧٠. )٢(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﻓﺎﻃﺮ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ١. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺼﺮﺓ١/١٨٢. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٤/١١٧.
74.
-٧٤- ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ:ﻣﻌﺮﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ
ﻓﺔ. ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﰲ ﻛﱪﻯ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﳛﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻌﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ ،ﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺗﱪﺯ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺃﺑﺪﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﰐ: ١-ﻋﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﰒ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ. ٢-ﻭﳛﺪﺩ ،ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﻳﺮﺳﻢ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻋﻤﺎﺩ ﻓﻬﻮ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺎ ﻭﻳﻀﺒﻂ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺎ ﺗﻔﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺞﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺧﻠﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻭﺻﻔﻪ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﻭﳍﺬﻩ ،ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ" :ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ،ﺍﺭﻗﺪ ﻭﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔﺎﺋﺪﺓ")١( . ٣-ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻋﺼﺐ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ)ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ(،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ ، ﻭﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻟﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺎﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻻ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺑﻂ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻻﺕ ﻭﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ،ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺻﺪﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺸﻞ ﺍﳋﻴﺒﺔ ﻣﺂﳍﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﺦ ﺍﳌﺸﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺧﻴﻤﺔ)٢( . ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﱄ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ" :ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺗﺬﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻘﺼﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦ")٣( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ،ﺍﳊﻀﺮﻣﻲ ﺧﻠﺪﻭﻥ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻟﻌﺒﺪ ،ﺧﻠﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ٤٥٤،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ،ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﻁ١٩٨٤ﻡ. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ،ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺑﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺎﻥ/ﻋﺒﺪ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ٦٨ﺩﺍ ﻁ ،،ﺃﻭﱃ ﻁ ،ﺩﻣﺸﻖ ،ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﺭ١٩٩٤ﻡ. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻠﻐﺰﺍﱄ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ١/٣٤٢.
75.
-٧٥- ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺬﺍ
ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚﺍﻵﻣﺪﻱﰲ ﺍﻷﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻜﺎﻡ" :ﺃﻥﻳﻜﻮﻥﻋﺎﳌﺎﻋﺎﺭﻓﺎﲟﺪﺍﺭﻙﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ،ﻭﺃﻗﺴﺎﻣﻬﺎﻭﻃﺮﻕ،ﺎﺇﺛﺒﺎﻭﻭﺟﻮﻩﺎﺩﻻﻻﻋﻠﻰ،ﺎﻣﺪﻟﻮﻻﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ،ﻣﺮﺍﺗﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓﻓﻴﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﻣﺎ،ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻩﻭﺃﻥﻳﻌﺮﻑﺟﻬﺎﺕﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﻬﺎﻋﻨﺪ،ﺗﻌﺎﺭﺿﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ،ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍﻋﻠﻰﲢﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﻫﺎﻭﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ")١( . ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﱄ ﻭﻋﻠﻞ-ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻁ" :ﱂ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻭﱂ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﱂ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ")٢( . ﻭﻗﺎﻝﺎﻀﺃﻳ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺎﱐ" :ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁﺃﻥﻳﻜﻮﻥﻋﺎﳌﺎﺑﻌﻠﻢﺃﺻﻮﻝ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪﻻﺷﺘﻤﺎﻟﻪﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎﲤﺲﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ،ﺇﻟﻴﻪﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪﺃﻥﻳﻄﻮﻝﺍﻟﺒﺎﻉ،ﻓﻴﻪﻭﻳﻄﻠﻊﻋﻠﻰ،ﳐﺘﺼﺮﺍﺗﻪ،ﻭﻣﻄﻮﻻﺗﻪﲟﺎ ﺗﺒﻠﻎﺑﻪ،ﻃﺎﻗﺘﻪﻓﺈﻥﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﻫﻮﻋﻤﺎﺩﻓﺴﻄﺎﻁ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻭﺃﺳﺎﺳﻪﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﻘﻮﻡﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺭﻛﺎﻥ،ﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪﺃﻳﻀﺎﺃﻥﻳﻨﻈﺮﰲﻛﻞﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔﻣﻦﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻪﻧﻈﺮﺍﻳﻮﺻﻠﻪﺇﱃﻣﺎﻫﻮﺍﳊﻖ ،ﻓﻴﻬﺎﻓﺈﻧﻪﺇﺫﺍﻓﻌﻞﺫﺍﻙﲤﻜﻦﻣﻦﺭﺩﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉﺇﱃ،ﺃﺻﻮﳍﺎﺑﺄﻳﺴﺮ،ﻋﻠﻢﻭﺇﺫﺍﻗﺼﺮﰲﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻦﺻﻌﺐﻋﻠﻴﻪ،ﺍﻟﺮﺩﻭﺧﺒﻂﻓﻴﻪﻭﺧﻠﻂ")٣( . ﺍﶈﺼﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺮ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ" :ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻫﻠﻢ")٤( . ﻫﺬﺍ:ﺑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﰲ ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻞﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺄﺻﻮﻝ:،ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻪ ،ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻨﻪ ،ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ،ﻓﻴﻪ ﳚﺮﻱ ﻻ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﳚﺮﻱ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻭﺷﺮﺍﺋﻄﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻨﻮﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ؛ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺒﲎ:ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ،ﳍﺎ ﺣﺼﺮ ﻻ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻁ ،ﻷﺻﻮﻝ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻶﻣﺪﻱ ﺍﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ٤/١٧٠. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰ١/٣٤٣. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ١/٣٧٠. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻠﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﶈﺼﻮﻝ٦/٣٦.
76.
-٧٦- ﻭﺍﻧﺴﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﺿﻴﻖ
ﻭﻇﻦ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻊ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻓﻘﺪﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﺰﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ،ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻳﻘﻒ ﺃﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺺ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻓﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ،ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﺋﻊ ،ﻣﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﳊﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ،ﳏﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ،ﺣﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲢﺖ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻻﻭﻻ ﳛﺪ ﻻ ﲟﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﶈﺪﻭﺩ ﳛﻴﻂ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﻻ ،ﳊﺼﺮ ﲣﻀﻊ ﻭﻻ ،ﻋﺪ ﳚﺪ ﱂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﻌﲔ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺗﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﺤﺎﺟﺔ ،ﻳﻌﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺟﺐ ،ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ،ﻹﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﺎﺼﻧ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻳﻠﺤ ﰒ ،ﻧﻈﺎﺋﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺬﻫﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚﻓﺎﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ،ﻛﺤﻜﻤﻬﺎ ﺣﻜﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ،ﺎ ﻘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﲑﻩ؛ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﲑ ﻭﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ.
77.
-٧٧- ﻫﺬﺍ:ﻭﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻠﻜﺔ
ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻻ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺩﺭﺟﺔﺍﳊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺼﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻮ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﺘﻬﺪﺍﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ: ﺃﻭﻻ:ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ. ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ؛ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻭﺟﺒﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺇﻻ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺇﻻ ﳏﻈﻮﺭ ﲦﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ)١( . ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﱄ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﱪ ﻭﻗﺪﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﱄ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ" :ﻓﺈﻥﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞﻗﺪﺩﻝﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﻲﺍﳊﺮﺝﰲﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝﻭﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝﻭﻋﻠﻰﻧﻔﻲﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﻋﻨﻬﺎﻣﻦﺻﻮﺭﻻﺎﻳﺔﳍﺎ،ﺃﻣﺎﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺘﻪﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔﻓﺎﳌﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺓ،ﳏﺼﻮﺭﺓﻭﺇﻥﻛﺎﻧﺖ،ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲﺃﻥﻳﺮﺟﻊﰲﻛﻞﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔﺇﱃﺍﻟﻨﻔﻲﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲﻭﺍﻟﱪﺍﺀﺓﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﻭﻳﻌﻠﻢﺃﻥﺫﻟﻚﻻ ﻳﻐﲑﺇﻻﺑﻨﺺﺃﻭﻗﻴﺎﺱﻋﻠﻰﻣﻨﺼﻮﺹ")٢( . ﺎﻴﺛﺎﻧ:ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ. ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﲟﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻹﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺎ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﲝﻴﺚ ،ﻭﳑﺎﺭﺳﺘﻬﺎ. ﺳﺎﻋ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﰐﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺗﻄﻮﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺪ ،ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﻭﺳﻊ ﹰﺎﻃﺍﻧﻀﺒﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ،ﻟﻼﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻨﺢ ،ﻭﺃﺻﻮﻟﻪ ﻪﺒﻧ ﻭﻗﺪﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺔ٩٥. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰﻟﻠﻐﺰﺍﱄ١/٣٤٣.
78.
-٧٨- ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﰲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ"
:ﻭﺑﻘﺪﺭ ،ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻊ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﻈﻢ ﺎ ﺍﻹﺣﺎﻃﺔﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﻭﺗﺘﻀﺢ ،ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺭﻭﻧﻖ ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ،ﻭﻳﺸﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻼﺀ ﻭﺃﻓﺎﺿﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺗﻨﺎﻓﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺗﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ")١( . ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﰲ ﳒﻴﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺃﺷﺎﺭ" :ﻭﻫﻲ ﰲ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﳌﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻳﺮﺗﻘﻲ ﺎﻭ ،ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ")٢( . ﺎﻀﺃﻳ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ" :ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻟﻠﻤﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺃﻧﻔﻊ ﻫﻮ." ﺍﻵﰐ ﰲ ﺗﺘﺠﻠﻰ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻬﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺧﻼﺻﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ: ﺃ-ﻣﻦ ﳝﻜﻦ ﳑﺎ ،ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻠﻚ ﰲ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻤﻬﺎ ،ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﻀﺒﻂ ﺎﺇ ﺍﳌ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ. ﺏ-ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻳﻐﻨﻴﻪ ،ﺑﺄﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻴﺴﺮ ﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ ﺇﻥ ،ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻭﻓﺮﻭﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺇﻥ ﺇﺫ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ؛ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﲢﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﹰﺎﻓﺧﻼ. ﺝ-ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻨﲑ ﻓﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻣﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻥﻮﹶﻜﺗ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﻥﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ.ﺁﺧﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻭ:ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭﺱ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻭﻣﺒﻌﺚ ،ﻟﻠﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺎﻳﺛﺮ ﺎﻨﻣﻌﻴ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻟﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻒ ﺍﻟ ﻳﺒﻌﺪ ،ﻣﺘﺠﺪﺩ ﻭﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔﻭﺗﺘﺠﻤﺪ ،ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻠﻪ ﺗﺘﺤﺠﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻔﻘﻪ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎﻩ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺍﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ١/٣،ﺃﻭﱃ ﻁ ،ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ،١٤١٨ﻫـ-١٩٩٨ﻡ. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ﳒﻴﻢ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻷﺷﺒﺎﻩ١٥.
79.
-٧٩- ﺩ-ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﺰﺟﺎﻫ
ﺎﺳﻗﻴﺎ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﺮﻳﺞ ﺍﻹﳊﺎﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻳﻠﺤﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ،ﺎﻣ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺔﻣﺘﺸﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ. ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ:ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻓﻬﻢ. ﲟﻘﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﺇﻥﻣﻠﻜﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺻﺪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺎﺒﻣﻨﺎﺳ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﲟﺎ ﺓﺑﺼﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻟﻜﻲ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻻ. ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻓﻤﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠ ﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦﺍ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﳏﻞﻳﻘﺮﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﳍﺬﺍ ،ﺍﶈﻘﻘﲔ ﻤﺎﺀ:ﺃﻥ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﲟﺼﺎﱀ ﻣﻌﻠﻠﺔ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻷﻥ ،ﲟﻘﺎﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﻘﻲ ﺎﺝﺍﻹ ﰲ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﳘﺎﳍﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ،ﻷﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ" :ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐ ﳑﺎ ﺇﻧﻪ)ﺘﻬﺪﺍ(ﺑ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﲢﺼﻴﻠﻪﻣﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻳﻜﺴﺒﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﳌﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﶈﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻟﻪ ﺎﻤﺣﻜ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ")١( . ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ:،ﹰﻻﻭﻣﺂ ﹰﻻﺣﺎ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ ﺑﺪ ﻓﻼ ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ. ﺎﻌﺭﺍﺑ:ﻓ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻬﻢﻴﻪ. ﺣﱴ ،ﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﹰﺎﳘﻓﺎ ،ﺑﺄﻭﺍﻧﻪ ﹰﺎﻓﻋﺎﺭ ،ﺑﺰﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺼﲑﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ،ﻗﻮﱘ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ،ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺽﺮﻭﻳﻌ ،ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﰲ ﳜﻄﺊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻔﱵ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﺎﻟﻔ ،ﺍﳌﺘﻘﲔ ﳏﺠﺔ ﻋﻦ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﳎﺘﻬﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺘﻮﻯ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ،ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﹰﺎﻃﺷﺮﻭ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺎﺝﺍﻹ٣/٢٥٥،٢٥٦.
80.
-٨٠- ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻭﲤﻜﻦ ﳒﺎﺡ
ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻭﻓﻬﻢ ،ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﻔﻬﻢ ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻦ. ﻫﺬﺍ:ﳚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙﻋﻦ ﹰﻼﻓﻀ ﺎ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺐ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﲨﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﹰﺎﻔﺳﻠ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ- ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ: "ﺧﺼﺎﻝ ﲬﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻳﻨﺼﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻻ: ﺃﻭﳍﺎ:ﻧﻮﺭ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺗﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ. ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ:ﻟﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥﻭﺳﻜﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﻭﻗﺎﺭ ،ﻭﺣﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻢ. ﻭﺛﺎﻟﺜﻬﺎ:ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺎﻳﻗﻮ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ. ﻭﺭﺍﺑﻌﻬﺎ:ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻀﻐﻪ ﻭﺇﻻ ،ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ. ﻭﺧﺎﻣﺴﻬﺎ:ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ")١( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻨﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻛﺐ ﺷﺮﺡ٤/٥٥٠.
81.
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﻔﺘﻮىﺿﻮاﺑﻂ
83.
-٨٣- ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪ ﻻ
ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ؛ ﺭﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ،ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﻂ: ﹰﻻﺃﻭ:ﺍﳌﻔﺘ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩـﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻲ. ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻟﻼﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ؛ ﹰﻼﳏ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﻩ ﳚﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻭﻻ ،ﻭﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﻓﺎﻟﻌﱪﺓ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ؛ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻬﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻳﱪﺃ ﻭﺑﻪ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻷﻥ ،ﻣﻌﺘﱪ. ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﻮﻥ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻭﻗﺪ: ﺃ-ﻭﺃﺩﻟـﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺒﻮﳍﺎ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﺒﻮﳍﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ. ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﻖ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ:ﲞﻼﻑ ﻋﱪﺓ ﻭﻻ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ،ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﻣﻌﺘﺰﻟﺔ ،ﻭﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﺝ ،ﻛﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ؛ ﰲ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ ﻣﻦ. ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ،ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ:،ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ،ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺼﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻭﺇﲨﺎﻉ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺤﺴﺎﻥ. ﺏ-ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ. ﺑﺎﳌ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﺩﺼﺪﺭﻳﺔ:ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﻨﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻏﲑ ،ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﲔ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﻌﺪﺩﺕ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ ،ﻳﺆﺳﺲ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﻢ)١( ﻭﳘﺎ ،:ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﻌﻘﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ،ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻬﺪ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﻭﺇﳚﺎﺩﻫﺎ. ﺝ-ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻠﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﶈﺼﻮﻝ١/١٦٧.
84.
-٨٤- ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻋﺮﻑ ﰲ
ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ:ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺇﺑﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻞ ﺿﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ)١( ﻭﺃﺭﻳﺪ ، ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ:ﺇﻗﻠﺖ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺎﻧﺔ)ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ(ﻣﻦ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻳﻘﺪﺡ ﻓﻼ ،ﻣﻌﺘﱪ ﻏﲑ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ)٢( . ﺍﻟﺸﻚ ﲟﻌﲎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﰲ ﻓﻴﺄﰐ ،ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ)٣( . ﻭﳘﺎ ،ﻗﺴﻤﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺬﺍﻭ:ﺍﻟ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔﻭﻫﻲ ،ﻘﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺑﻮﺳﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ)ﺕ٤٣٠ﻫـ(ﻭﱂ ،ﲟﻮﺟﺒﻬﺎ ﺎﻌﻗﻄ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻭﺟﺒﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻱ ،ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﺟﻮﺯﺕ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻱ ،ﻮﺯﺓﺍ ﺗﻌﲏ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺍﻟﻈﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ،ﺧﻼﻓﻪ ﲡﻮﺯ ﺎﻌﻗﻄ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻢ ﺎﺒﻣﻮﺟ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﳚﺐ ،ﺧﻼﻓﻪ ﺟﻮﺯﺕ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﻬﺎ؛ ﻋﻠﻰ)٤( . ﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﺬﻩﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻳﻌﲏ ،ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ: ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﹰﺎﻘﻣﺘﻔ ﻳﺼﲑﻩ ﻻ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻃﻠﻖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﰲﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ؛ ﻣﺘﻔﻖ ﹰﻼﻣﺜ ﻭﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ،ﻓﻴﻪ ﹰﺎﻔﳐﺘﻠ ﻣﻨﻪ ٌﺀﺟﺰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﺠﻮﺯ ،ﳏﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﻛﻞ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﰐ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺰﺀﻓﻴﻪ)٥( . ﺩ-ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ. ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ. ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻣﺎ:ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﳘﺎ ﳌﺎ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻭﳘﺎ ،ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ)٦( ،ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ًﺀﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﲔ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﺪ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﳐﺘﺎﺭ١/٢٥٨. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ،ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﺠﻢ٨٦٥. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ٦١٥. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺧﺸﻲ ،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ١/٣٦ﺩ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ،.ﺕ. )٥(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﲔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ١/١٨-٤٢. )٦(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٤/٣٤٥.
85.
-٨٥- ﺍﻷﺻﻠﲔ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ:ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ،ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﻲ ﻤﺎﺃ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﲔ)١( ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺣﺠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻔﻴﺲ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺗﻜﻠﻢ: "ﺇﻥﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏﻗﺪﺗﻘﺮﺭﺃﻧﻪﻛﻠﻴﺔ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﻭﻋﻤﺪﺓ،ﺍﳌﻠﺔﻭﻳﻨﺒﻮﻉ،ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔﻭﺁﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔﻭﻧﻮﺭﺍﻷﺑﺼﺎﺭ،ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺼﺎﺋﺮﻭﺃﻧﻪﻻﻃﺮﻳﻖﺇﱃﺍﷲ،ﺳﻮﺍﻩﻭﻻﳒﺎﺓ،ﺑﻐﲑﻩﻭﻻ ﲤﺴﻚﺑﺸﻲﺀ،ﳜﺎﻟﻔﻪﻭﻫﺬﺍﻛﻠﻪﻻﳛﺘﺎﺝﺇﱃﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﻭﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝﻋﻠﻴﻪ؛ﻷﻧﻪﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡﻣﻦﺩﻳﻦ ،ﺍﻷﻣﺔﻭﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﻛﺬﻟﻚ؛ﻟﺰﻡﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓﳌﻦﺭﺍﻡﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉﻋﻠﻰﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﻭﻃﻤﻊﰲ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ،ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻫﺎﻭﺍﻟﻠﺤﺎﻕ،ﺑﺄﻫﻠﻬﺎﺃﻥﻳﺘﺨﺬﻩﲰﲑﻩ،ﻭﺃﻧﻴﺴﻪﻭﺃﻥﳚﻌﻠﻪﺟﻠﻴﺴﻪﻋﻠﻰﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﺎﱄ؛ﻧﻈﺮﺍ،ﻭﻋﻤﻼﻻﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍﻋﻠﻰﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ؛ﻓﻴﻮﺷﻚﺃﻥﻳﻔﻮﺯ،ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻐﻴﺔﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻔﺮ،ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻠﺒﺔﻭﳚﺪﻧﻔﺴﻪﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔﰲﺍﻟﺮﻋﻴﻞ،ﺍﻷﻭﻝﻓﺈﻥﻛﺎﻥﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍﻋﻠﻰ،ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻻﻳﻘﺪﺭﻋﻠﻴﻪﺇﻻﻣﻦﺯﺍﻭﻝﻣﺎﻳﻌﻴﻨﻪﻋﻠﻰﺫﻟﻚﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔﺍﳌﺒﻴﻨﺔ،ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏﻭﺇﻻ؛ﻓﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﲔﺁﺧﺬﺑﻴﺪﻩﰲﻫﺬﺍﺍﳌﻘﺼﺪ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒﻭﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔﺍﳌﻨﻴﻔﺔ. ...،ﹰﻼﺃﺻ ﻓﻴﻪ ﳍﺎ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺇﱃ ﳉﺄ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻟ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﻋﻮﺍﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﻭﺃﻗﺮﺏﻭﱂ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ،ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺔﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺠﺰﻭﺍ ﻢﺃ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ." ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺣﺰﻡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ" :ﰲ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻭﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ")٢( . ﻋﻠﻴ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﰒ ،ﻓﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺘﻌﺪﺍﳘﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻓﻼ،ﻬﻤﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ،ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ،ﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺩﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻻ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ–ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ-ﰲ ﹰﻻﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﻮﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﰲ ﱂ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﺑﻪ ﻗﻀﻮﺍ ﺣﻜﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺍﷲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﳉﺆﻭﺍ ﳚﺪﻭﺍﳚﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻘﻀﻮﻥ ﰒ ،ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﺎﻭﺭﻭﺍ ﳚﺪﻭﻩ ﱂ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﺍﳌﻄﻬﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﻴﺴﲑ٣/١. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٣/٣٤٦،٣٧١ﺑﺘﺼﺮﻑ ؛.
86.
-٨٦- ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ
ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻩ؛ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺆﺩﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺃﺧﺬ ﳚﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﱂ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻩ ﺭﺃﻱ. ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ:ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺪ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺎﻷ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺴﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺘﻬﺎﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ:ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ،ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺇ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺑﻼ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﰊ ﻭﻗﻮﻝ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺼﻼﺡ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺼﺤﺎﺏ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺤﺴﺎﻥ ،ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ...ﻭﺳﺎﺋﺮ ، ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺿﺮﻭﺏ. ﺃﻥ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺐﺗﺼ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﺃﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺎ ﻧﺼﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ،ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﺪ ﳌﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﲔ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻦﻴﺗﺒ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺍﳊﻨﺎﺑﻠﺔ–ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﲨﻬﻮﺭ ﳝﺜﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻫﻢ-ﺍﳌﺘﻔﻖ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ. ﻭﻋﺣﺎﻝ ﺃﻱ ﻠﻰ:ﺣﱴ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐ ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱﻫﻮ ﻟﻼﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ؛ ﹰﻼﳏ ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﻗﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺃﻧﺎﻁ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺎﷲ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﲔ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﰲ ﺩﻟ ﻇﻞ ﰲ ﺇﻻ ﹰﻻﻣﻘﺒﻮﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻷﻥ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ؛ ﻳﻘﻮﻱ ﻴﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ؛ ﻋﻦ ﺮﺩﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺎﺤﺻﺤﻴ ﹰﻼﺳﺒﻴ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ﹰﻼﻣﺆﻫ ﺍﳌﺴ ﺑﺎﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﺗﺸﺮﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻊ ﹰﺎﻓﻭﻗﻮ ﻠﻤﲔ)) :ﺇﻻ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺇﻥ ﷲ(()١( . ﻭﻫﺬﻩﺑﻌﺾﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﻮﻥ ﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ. )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ٤٠ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ،.
87.
-٨٧- ١-ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ)) :ﺍﷲ
ﻭﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﲔ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻢ ﲰﻴﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻥ(()١( . ﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ:"ﺃﻱ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ؛ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺗﺴﺮﻋﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺃﻱ:ﻟﻪ ﺎﻌﺗﺒ ﻛﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺑﻞ ،ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ،ﻣﻌﺎﺫ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﰲ ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻞ ،ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﲨﻴﻊ ﰲﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﺫ- ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻌﺜﻪ ﺣﲔ:ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﲢﻜﻢ؟ ﰈ:ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺍﷲ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ:ﱂ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﲡﺪ؟:ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ:ﱂ ﻓﺈﻥﻗﺎﻝ ،ﲡﺪ؟:،ﺻﺪﺭﻩ ﰲ ﻓﻀﺮﺏ ،ﺭﺃﻳﻲ ﺃﺟﺘﻬﺪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ:ﻣﻨﻪ ﻓﺎﻟﻐﺮﺽ ،ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﺮﺿﻲ ﳌﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﷲ ﺍﳊﻤﺪ:ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺪﻣﻪ ﻭﻟﻮ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﻧﻈﺮﻩ ﺭﺃﻳﻪ ﺮﺧﺃ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﱘ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ")٢( . ٢-ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ)) :ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﻳﺎﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺗﻜﻢ ﺗﺮﻓﻌﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻭﺃﻧـﺘﻢ ﺃﻋﻤـﺎﻟﻜﻢ ﲢـﺒﻂ ﺃﻥ ﻟـﺒﻌﺾ ﺑﻌﻀﻜﻢ ﻛﺠﻬﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﲡﻬﺮﻭﺍ ﺗﺸﻌﺮﻭﻥ(()٣( . ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻪ: ﺁﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﱘ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﳍﻢ؛ ﳊﺒﻮﻁ ﺎﺒﺳﺒ ﺻﻮﺗﻪ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻢﺃﺻﻮﺍ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺭﻓﻬﻢ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺳﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﺫﻭﺍﻗﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﻘﻮﳍﻢﻋﻠﻴﻪ؟ ﻭﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ!ﺃﻭﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ، ﻷﻋﻤﺎﳍﻢ؟ ﹰﺎﻄﳏﺒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ!)٤( . ﺍﳉﺼﺎﺹ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ" :ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺳﺌﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻗﻮﻡ ﰲ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ- ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻦ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-")٥( . )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ١. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ٧/٣٦٤. )٣(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﳊﺠﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٢. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺃﺑ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻭﻣﻲ ﺟﱪ ﺑﻦ ﺎﻫﺪ ،ﳎﺎﻫﺪ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ،ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺝ ﻮ٢/٦٠٥،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻁ ، ﺗﺢ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ/ﺩ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﰐ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ.ﺕ. )٥(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺑﻜﺮ ﺃﺑﻮ ،ﺍﳉﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻷﲪﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ٥/٢٧٧،ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺙ ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ١٤٠٥ﺗﺢ ،ﻫـ/ﻗﻤﺤﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﳏﻤﺪ.
88.
-٨٨- ٣-ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ)) :ﻋﻠـﻰ
ﻣﻌﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺇﳕﺎ ﺃﻳﺴﺘﺄﺫﻧﻮﻩ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﱂ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﻣﺮ(()١( . ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻪ:ﺇﻻ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺎﺒﻣﺬﻫ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻢﺃ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻻ ﻲﻋﻠﻤ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻭﻻ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺬﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺄﻭﱃ ،ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺌﺬﺍﻧﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺫﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ،ﻭﺇﺫﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﺬﺍﻧﻪ)٢( . ٤-ﺗﻌ ﻗﻮﻟﻪﺎﱃ)) :ﺗﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺮﺩﻭﻩ ﺷﻲﺀ ﰲ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻋﺘﻢ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼ ﻭﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺧﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﷲ(()٣( . ﺍﻟﺸﲑﺍﺯﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ" :ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺃﻣﺮ"ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﲑﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﺃﻯ ، ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﻊ ﰲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻞ ،ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻱﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ" :،ﺍﶈﺠﺔ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﱴ ﻷﻧﻪ ،ﺷﺒﻬﺔ ﰲ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻨﻈﺮﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺔ؛ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﻩ ﻳﺼﺎﺩﻑ ﻭﱂ=ﺇﱃ ﻳﺼﻞ ﻭﱂ ،ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﱂ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ")٤( . ﻫﺬﺍ:ﻭﻟﻴﺄﺧﺬ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻟﻪ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻻ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻜﻢﻃﻠﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺇﳊﺎﺡ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ،ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻤﺄﻧﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻳﻨﺎﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﳌﺎ ؛ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ؛ ﻭﳓﻮ ﻭﺛﻘﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻇﺮﻭﻓﻪ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﹰﺎﻘﲢﻘﻴ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﻭﻟﺘﻪﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ. ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻧﺺ ﻓﻜﻞ ،ﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺎﻀﺃﻳ ﺎﺷﺄ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ –ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻦ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻻ ﻓﻬﻮ:ﰲ ﲟﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﻦﻴﻳﺒ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺃﻥ )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٦٢. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻌﲔ ﺇﻋﻼﻡ١/٥١-٥٢. )٣(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٥٩. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﻊ١/٣.
89.
-٨٩- ﺗﻌﺎﱃ)) :ﻳﺘﻔﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﻟﻌﻠﻬﻢ
ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﺘﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎ(()١( ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ، ﺍﳊﺠﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-ﺎ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺠﺎﺝ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﻦ" :ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﻻ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻫﻮﺍﳌﻔﱵﺍﻷﻋﻠﻢﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲﺍﻷﺣﻜﻢﻭﻋﺎﱂ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀﻓﺠﻤﻴﻊﺍﳌﻨﺎﺻﺐﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔﻓﺿﻬﺎﻮﺍﷲﺇﻟﻴﻪﰲ،ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺘﻪﻓﻬﻮﺃﻋﻈﻢﻣﻦﻛﻞﻦﻣ ﹼﻰﻟﺗﻮﺎﺒﻣﻨﺼﻣﻨﻬﺎﺇﱃﻳﻮﻡ،ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔﻓﻤﺎﻣﻦﻣﻨﺼﺐﺩﻳﲏﹼﺎﻟﺇﻭﻫﻮﻣﺘﺼﻒﺑﻪﰲﺃﻋﻠﻰ ،ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔﻏﲑﺃﻥﻏﺎﻟﺐﺗﺼﺮﻓﻪ-ﺻﻠﻰﺍﷲﻋﻠﻴﻪﻭﺳﻠﻢ-ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ")٢( . )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ٤٤ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ،. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﳊﻤﻮﻱ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻓﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ١/١٢٤.
90.
-٩٠- ﺎﻴﺛﺎﻧ:ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ. ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ
ﺑﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺫﺍﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﻃﻦ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ؛ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻧﻈﺮﻩ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﳚﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻻ ،ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺎﺒﻭﺍﺟ. ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ:ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﱄ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﺣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻬﺎ،ﺗﺒﻌﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﳌﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻭﺑﺈﺧﻀﺎﻋﻬﺎ ،ﺗﻌﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﱰﻳﻠﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﱄ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﳌﺎ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﱄ ﻳﺸﺮﻉ ﻓﺤﲔ. ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺇﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ:ﺗﺘﻔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺃﻥﻗﻮﺓ ﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ،ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﳚﱪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻭﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﰲ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ: ١-ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻳﺸﻤﻞ ،ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻟﻘﺼﺪ ،ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﲨﻴﻊﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﻄﻮﻗﻪ ﻣﻦ. ٢-،ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻳﺸﻤﻞ ،ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﻓﻔﻲ ﻋﺠﺰ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﻭﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻮﻗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻻ ﲝﻴﺚ ،ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺍﻷﻗﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺿﻌﻒ ﻭﻻ ،ﺪﻡ. ٣-ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ؛ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮﻩ ﺃﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻭﺟﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻐﺎﻳﺮﺓ ،ﻭﻗﻮﺓ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺃﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ: ﺃﻭﻻ:ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺧﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ.
91.
-٩١- ﺎﻴﺛﺎﻧ:ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ. ﹰﺎﺜﺛﺎﻟ:ﺍ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ
ﺗﻌﻀﻴﺪﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ)١( . ﻫﺬﺍ:ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﱘ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺈﺧﻀﺎﻉ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ،ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ ﻭﺗﺄﺧﲑ ،ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺗﺒﺔﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻠﻚ ﰲ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻳﺴﻠﻜﻪﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻢﺧﻀ:ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭﺳﺒﻖ ،ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻚ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﲔ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﳛﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺳﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺑﻘﻲ ،ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻨﺼﻬﺎ. ﺃﻗﻮ ﻭﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻢ: ١-ﺍﻟﻄﻮﰲ ﻗﺎﻝ" :ﺍﻋﻠﻢﺃﻥﻫﺬﺍﻣﻦﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉﻧﻈﺮﺘﻬﺪﺍ،ﻭﺿﺮﻭﺭﺍﺗﻪﻷﻥﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔﰲﻣﺮﺍﺗﺐ،ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓﻓﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝﺘﻬﺪﺍﺇﱃﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﻣﺎﻳﻘﺪﻡﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ،ﻳﺆﺧﺮﻟﺌﻼﻳﺄﺧﺬﺑﺎﻷﺿﻌﻒﻣﻨﻬﺎﻣﻊﻭﺟﻮﺩ،ﺍﻷﻗﻮﻯﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥﻛﺎﳌﺘﻴﻤﻢﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺍﳌﺎﺀ.ﻭﻗﺪﻳﻌﺮﺽﻟﻸﺩﻟﺔﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻓﺆﻓﺘﺼﲑﺑﺬﻟﻚ،ﻛﺎﳌﻌﺪﻭﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﺤﺘﺎﺝﺇﱃﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﺢﻟﻴﻌﻤﻞ،ﺑﻪﻭﺇﻻﺗﻌﻄﻠﺖﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ.ﻓﻬﺬﺍﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏﳑﺎﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒﻋﻠﻴﻪﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺗﻮﻗﻒﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀﻋﻠﻰ،ﺟﺰﺋﻪ ﺃﻭﺷﺮﻃﻪ")٢( . ٢-ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﻲ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ" :ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐﻋﻠﻰﺘﻬﺪﺍﻃﻠﺐﺣﻜﻢﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔﻣﻦﻛﺘﺎﺏﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃﰒﻣﻦﺳﻨﺔﺭﺳﻮﻝﺍﷲﺻﻠﻰﺍﷲﻋﻠﻴﻪﻭﺳﻠﻢﺑﺼﺮﻳﺢﺍﻟﻨﺺﺃﻭﺩﻻﻟﺘﻪ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﲝﺚ)ﻣﻦ ﻭﺗﱰﻳﻠﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﻖ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺧﻼﻝ(ﺹ٥٦. )٢(،ﻟﻠﻄﻮﰲ ،ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﳐﺘﺼﺮ ﺷﺮﺡ٣/٦٧٣.
92.
-٩٢- ﻋﻠﻰﻣﺎﻣﺮﺫﻛﺮﻩﻓﺎﻧﻪﻻﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﱃﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﺑﺎﻟﺮﺃﻱﻣﻊﺇﻣﻜﺎﻥﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺺ")١( . ٣-ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ"
:ﻭﻻﻳﻘﻴﺲﺇﻻﻣﻦﲨﻊﹶﺔﺍﻵﻟﺍﻟﱵﻟﻪﺱﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎ،ﺎﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﺑﺄﺣﻜﺎﻡﻛﺘﺎﺏﺍﷲ:،ﻪﺿﻓﺮ،ﹺﻪﺑﻭﺃﺩ،ﻪﺨﻭﻧﺎﺳ،ﻪﺧﻭﻣﻨﺴﻮﻭ،ﻪﻣﻋﺎ ،ﻪﺻﻭﺧﺎﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻩ. ﺴﺘﺪﻝﻳﻭﻋﻠﻰﻣﺎﺍﺣﺘﻤﻞﺍﻟﺘﺎﻭﻳﻞﻣﻨﻪﺑﺴﻨﻦﺭﺳﻮﻝ،ﺍﷲﻓﺈﺫﺍﱂﳚﺪﺳﻨﺔ ﻓﺒﺈﲨﺎﻉ،ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔﻓﺈﻥﱂﻳﻜﻦﻉﺇﲨﺎﻓﺒﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ. ﻭﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥﻷﺣﺪﺃﻥﻳﻘﻴﺲﺣﱴﻳﻜﻮﻥﹰﺎﻋﺎﳌﲟﺎﻣﻀﻰﻗﺒﻠﻪﻣﻦ،ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﻭﺃﻗﺎﻭﻳﻞ،ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒﻭﺇﲨﺎﻉ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ،ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﻢﻭﻟﺴﺎﻥﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ. ﻭﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥﻟﻪﺃﻥﻳﻘﻴﺲﺣﱴﻳﻜﻮﻥﺻﺤﻴﺢ،ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞﻭﺣﱴﻕﺮﻳﻔﺑﲔ،ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺒﻪ ﻭﻻﹶﻞﺠﻌﻳﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝﺑﻪﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ. ﻭﻻﳝﺘﻨﻊﻣﻦﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉﳑﻦ،ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻪﻷﻧﻪﻗﺪﻳﺘﻨﺒﻪﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉﻟﺘﺮﻙ،ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ﺩﻭﻳﺰﺩﺍﺑﻪﹰﺎﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻓﻴﻤﺎﺍﻋﺘﻘﺪﻩﻣﻦﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ. ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪﰲﺫﻟﻚﹸﻍﺑﻠﻮﻏﺎﻳﺔ،ﺟﻬﺪﻩﻑﻭﺍﻹﻧﺼﺎﻣﻦﻧﻔﺴﻪ،ﺣﱴﻳﻌﺮﻑﻣﻦﺃﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻝﻣﺎ،ﻳﻘﻮﻝﻭﺗﺮﻙﻣﺎﻳﺘﺮﻙ. ﻭﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥﲟﺎﻗﺎﻝﻰﻨﹶﻋﺃﻣﻨﻪﲟﺎ،ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻪﺣﱴﻳﻌﺮﻑﻓﻀﻞﻣﺎﻳﺼﲑﺇﻟﻴﻪﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ،ﻳﺘﺮﻙﺇﻥﺷﺎﺀﺍﷲ. ﻓﺄﻣﺎﻦﻣﱠﰎ،ﻋﻘﻠﻪﻭﱂﻳﻜﻦﹰﺎﻋﺎﳌﲟﺎ،ﻭﺻﻔﻨﺎﻓﻼﱡﻞﳛﻟﻪﺃﻥﻳﻘﻮﻝ،ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻭﺫﻟﻚﺃﻧﻪﻻﻳﻌﺮﻑﻣﺎﻳﻘﻴﺲ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪﻛﻤﺎﻻﳛﻞﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪﻋﺎﻗﻞﺃﻥﻳﻘﻮﻝﰲﲦﻦ ﺩﺭﻫﻢﻭﻻﺧﱪﺓﻟﻪﺑﺴﻮﻗﻪ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﰊ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﻲ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻷﲪﺪ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﻲ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ١/٣٠٠،ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ١٤٠٢ﻫـ.
93.
-٩٣- ﻭﻣﻦﻛﺎﻥﹰﺎﻋﺎﳌﲟﺎﻭﺻﻔﻨﺎﺑﺎﳊﻔﻆﻻﲝﻘﻴﻘﺔﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ:ﻓﻠﻴﺲﻟﻪﺃﻥﻳﻘﻮﻝﹰﺎﺃﻳﻀ ،ﺑﻘﻴﺎﺱﻷﻧﻪﻗﺪﻳﺬﻫﺐﻋﻠﻴﻪﹾﻞﻘﻋﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ. ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚﻟﻮﻛﺎﻥﹰﺎﺣﺎﻓﻈﺮﺼﻣﻘ،ﹺﻞﺍﻟﻌﻘﺃﻭﺮﺼﻣﻘﺍﻋﻦﻋﻠﻢﻟﺴﺎﻥﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ:ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦﻟﻪﺃﻥﻳﻘﻴﺲﻣﻦﹺﻞﺒﻗﻧﻘﺺﻋﻘﻠﻪﻋﻦﺍﻵﻟﺔﺍﻟﱵﳚﻮﺯﺎﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ")١( . ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ
ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ. ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ:ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻫﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻮ ﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔﺃﻥ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻣﻊ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﱂ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﲔ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺇﺩﺭﻳﺲ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻷﰊ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ١/٥٠٩ﺗﺢ ،/ﻁ ،ﺷﺎﻛﺮ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﲪﺪﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺩ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ.ﺕ.
94.
-٩٤- ﹰﺎﺜﺛﺎﻟ:ﺍﳌﻔﺘ ﻫﻮﻯ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ
ﲟﺎ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺩـﺃﻭ ﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ. ،ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻬﻲ ﺍﷲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻄﻠﺐﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﳛﻜﻢ ،ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﻔﱵ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻌﻤﻞ ﳛﺎﺑﻴﻪ؛ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻏﺮﺽ ﻏﺮﺿﻪ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺎﺋﺮ ﻭﺃﻛﱪ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﻮﻕ ﺃﻓﺴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺑﻀﺪﻩ ﻭﻳﻔﺘﻴﻪ ﻋﺪﻭﻩ. ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻩﺰﻧ ﻭﻟﻘﺪ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﹰﺎﺌﺷﻴ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭ ،ﺑﺎﳍﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ)) :ﻫﻮﻯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ.ﺿﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻏﻮﻯ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻜﻢ.ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻭﻣﺎ(()١( . ﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ" :ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ)) :ﻏﻮﻯ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻜﻢ ﺿﻞ ﻣﺎ((ﺍﳌﻘﺴﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻟﻴﺲ ،ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺭﺍﺷﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺑﻀﺎﻝ. ﺍﳉ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺎﻝ،ﺑﺎﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﻭﻱ ،ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﹰﺎﻘﻃﺮﻳ ﻳﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺔﻣﺸﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺷﺮﻋﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﹼﻩﱰﻓ ،ﻏﲑﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺪﻗﺼ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﻫﻮ ﲞﻼﻓﻪ،ﺑﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ،ﻭﻛﺘﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻋﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﻃﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﻛﺎﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ–ﺍﷲ ﺻﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﻪ-ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻌﺜﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺩ. ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﺬﺍ)) :ﻫﻮ ﺇﻥﻳﻮﺣﻰ ﻭﺣﻲ ﺇﻻ((ﺃﻱ ؛:ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﳕﺎ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺭﻣﻮﻓﻮ ﹰﻼﻛﺎﻣ")٢( . ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﲢﺬﻳﺮ ﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩ ،ﻷﻣﺘﻪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻭﰲ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ)) :ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﰲ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﻧﺎ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﲔ ﻓﺎﺣﻜﻢﺍﷲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻓﻴﻀﻠﻚ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻭﻻ(()٣( . )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٢-٤. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻛﺜﲑ ﻻﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ٧/٤٤٣. )٣(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺹ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٢٦.
95.
-٩٥- ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ
ﺣﻜﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻥ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺎﻤﺣﺘ ﻓﻬﻮ ،ﻣﻈﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ،ﻋﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ؛ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﻠﺐ ،ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﱀ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺑﺎﺗﻪ ،ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ. ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪ ،ﻇﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﳎﻲﺀ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ)) :ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﺍﺗﺒﻌﺖ ﻭﻟﺌﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﳌﲔ ﳌﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺇﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺀﻙ ﻣﺎ(()١( ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺬﺭ ﻟﺬﺍ ،: ))ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﻓﻼ(()٢( ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﺪﻭﻋﻴ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﺗﺐ ،)) :ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻟﺌ ﺎﻴﻋﺮﺑ ﺎﻤﺣﻜﻭﻻ ﻭﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﺀﻙ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﺀﻫﻢ ﺍﺗﺒﻌﺖ ﻦ ﻭﺍﻕ(()٣( . ﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ" :ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻟﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺳﺒﻞ ﻳﺘﺒﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻷﻫﻞ ﻭﻋﻴﺪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ،ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﶈﺠﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺻﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ")٤( . ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻧﺘﺒﻊ ،ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﲡﺮﺩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ،ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺮﺽ ﳏﻘﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﱴ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ؛ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﲡﺮﺩ ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﳌﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ. )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ١٤٥ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ،. )٢(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ١٣٥ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ،. )٣(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٣٧. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ٧/٦٢.
96.
-٩٦- )ﺃ(ﺍﳌﻔﺘ ﲡﺮﺩﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﻋﻦ
ـﻲ: ﻭﲡﺮﺩ ،ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐﻣﻦ ﻩ ،ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻊ ،ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﳐﱪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ؛ ﲡﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﳛﺎﺑﻴﻪ؛ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺮﺽ ﺃﻭ ،ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻮﻯ ﺃﻓﱴ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻭﻧﺎﻃﻖ ﻭﻻ ،ﻧﻔﺲ ﻭﺣﻆ ﻫﻮﻯ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ،ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺎﻳﻣﻔﺘﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺭﺿ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﻊﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺼﺪﻩ ﺭﺍﺋﺪﻩ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ،ﺇﺳﺨﺎﻃﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺎﺀ ﻟﻸﻣﺔ ﺎﻌﻭﻧﻔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺮﺿﻮﺍﻥ ﹰﺎﻘﲢﻘﻴ ﺍﳊﻖ. ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻞﻴﺍﻟﺘﺤ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﻣﻦ. ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻣﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻭﺍﶈﺘﺎﻝ ،ﳑﻜﻦ ﺑﻜﻞﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﺋﺰ ﱎ ﳝﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺄﻳﻦ ،ﲝﻴﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؟ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﻠﺔ ﻌﻤﻞﻳ ﻣﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺍﶈﺮﻡ!ﺗﺪﻝ ﻭﺃﺿﻌﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ، ﺍﷲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺎ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳊﻴﻞ ﲢﺮﱘ ﻋﻠﻰ. ﺃﺻﻠﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﺪﺍﻉ ﻭﻣﺪﺍﺭ ،ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﷲ ﳐﺎﺩﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺇﻥ: ١-ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﻟﻪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻩ ﻟﻐﲑ ﻓﻌﻞ. ٢-ﻟﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺩﻩ ﻟﻐﲑ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ. ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ؛ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﺄﻣﻮﺭﺍﺕ ،ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺮﻣﺎﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ=ﳝﻨﻊ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻭﺃﻥ ،ﻭﻳﺴﻘﻄﻬﺎ ﳝﺒﻴﺤﻬﺎ ﲟﺎ ﻞﻴﺍﻟﺘﺤ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺸﺮﻉ ﺃﻥ. ﻳﺄﰐ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﻞ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﻣﻦ: ١-ﺍﻷﻣ ﺃﻭﱄ ﻃﺎﻋﺔﺮ: ﺍﺮﺃﻣ ﻟﺘﺒﻨﻴﻬﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺩﻯ ﻟﻮ ﺣﱴ ،ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻷﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﲔ ﻓﺒﻌﺾ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳌﺎ ﹰﺎﻔﳐﺎﻟﻷﻭﱄ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪﻳﻦ
97.
-٩٧- ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﷲ
ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ ،)) :ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻃﻴ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺃﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﺃﻃﻴﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻌﻮﺍ(()١( . ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻭﱄ ﻓﻄﺎﻋﺔ ،ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻮﻁ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ–ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ-)) :ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﻻﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳌﺨﻠﻮﻕ(()٢( ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺣﺪﺩﻩ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﻭﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ، –ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-)) :ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﳕﺎ(()٣( ﺗﻜ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ،ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻮﻥ ﻳﻘﻞ ﱂ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻓﺎﷲ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻠﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﺀ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎ: ))ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ((ﺃﻭ))ﻓﻴﻜﻢ((ﺑـ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ،)) :ﻣﻨﻜﻢ((ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ)٤( . ٢-ﲟﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻖ" :ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ:" ﺍ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ،ﺗﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻻ ﺗﻀﺎﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ ﺣﱴﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻗﻠﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻳﺆﺩﻱ ،ﻗﺪﻡ ﻣﺰﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-: "ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻖﺑﺎﳋﻼﻑﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﰲﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔﲝﻴﺚﻳﺘﺤﺮﻯﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖﻫﻮﻯ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵﺑﻨﺎﺀﻣﻨﻪﻋﻠﻰﺃﻥﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻒﳍﻮﺍﻩﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺣﺮﺝﰲ،ﺣﻘﻪﻭﺃﻥﺍﳋﻼﻑﺇﳕﺎﻛﺎﻥﺭﲪﺔﳍﺬﺍ،ﺍﳌﻌﲎﻭﻟﻴﺲﺑﲔﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ،ﻭﺍﺳﻄﺔﻭﻫﺬﺍﻗﻠﺐﻟﻠﻤﻌﲎﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩﰲ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﻓﺈﻥﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﳍﻮﻯﻟﻴﺲﻣﻦﺍﳌﺸﻘﺎﺕ )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٥٩. )٢(،ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﺍﱐ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ١٨/١٧٠ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)١٥٠٩١(،ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻁ ، ،ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻁ ،ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ١٤٠٤ﻫـ-١٩٨٣ﺗﺢ ،ﻡ/،ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﰲ ﻭﺃﲪﺪ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻲ ﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺑﻦ ﲪﺪﻱ١/١٣١، ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ)١٠٩٥(ﻋﻠ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﻧﺆﻭﻁ ﺷﻌﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻖ ،،ﺍﳌﻮﻃﺈ ﰲ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻚ ،ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺨﲔ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻰ ٣/٣٧٢ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)٨٩٩.( )٣(،ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ٤/١٥٧٧ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)٤٠٨٥(ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻤﻲ ﺣﺬﺍﻓﺔ ﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺳﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺏ ، ،ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﰲ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ،ﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﺳﺮﻳﺔ ﺎﺇ ﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺍﳌﺪﳉﻲ ﳎﺰﺯ ﺑﻦ ﻭﻋﻠﻘﻤﺔ٣/١٤٦٩ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ، )١٨٤٠(ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺀ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺏ ،ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻭﲢﺮﳝﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺼﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺣﻀﺎﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ:ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺣﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺹ ،ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮ٣٢٣-٣٢٥،ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ ،ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﻁ ،٢٠٠٢ﻡ.
98.
-٩٨- ﺍﻟﱵﻳﺘﺮﺧﺺ،ﺑﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎﻭﺍﳋﻼﻑﺇﳕﺎﻫﻮﺭﲪﺔﻣﻦﺟﻬﺔ،ﺃﺧﺮﻯ...،ﻓﻠﻴﺄﺧﺬﺍﳌﻮﻓﻖﰲﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉﺣﺬﺭﻩ؛ﻓﺈﻧﻪﻣﺰﻟﺔﻗﺪﻡﻋﻠﻰﻭﺿﻮﺡﺍﻷﻣﺮﻓﻴﻪ")١( . ﻭﳑﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﰲ
ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺎ:ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﺢﺑﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ ﺍﳌﻴﻞ ﳎﺮﺩ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﻲ؛ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﻠﻲ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺟﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺯﻻﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻌﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﺭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎ ﻭﺃﺳﻘﻄﻬﺎ ﺣﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﺿﻌﻒ ﻭﻟﻌﻠﻪ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﶈﻘ ﺣﺬﺭ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺯﻳﻐﺎﺕ،ﺍﳊﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺎﻐﺯﻳ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﱪﻭﻩ ،ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻘﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﻓﻭﺍﳓﺮﺍ. ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-" :ﲟﺎ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﻞ ،ﺑﻪ ﻳﻌﺘﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﺃ ،ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﹰﺎﻟﻗﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻮﻥ ﲟﺠﺮﺩﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻌﻤﻞ ،ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺎﻬﻭﺟ ﻭ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﻮ ﻭﻏﺮﺿﻪ ﻓﺈﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ،ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻭﻏﺮﺿﻪ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﺎﻭ." ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﰲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-" :ﻗﻮﻻﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻭﻻ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎﲣﻔﻴﻒ؛ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ=ﻭﻻﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﳋﻮﺍﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﻔﱵ ﺃﻥ ،ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻼﻋﺐ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻭﺍﳋﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﻮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﺗﻘﻮﺍﻩ ﻭﺇﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻓﺮﺍﻍ ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ." ٣-ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ: ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-: "ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍﻳﺴﺘﻔﺼﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﰒ ،ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﱂ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ،ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ؛ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻟﻪ ،ﺣﻀﺮ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٤/٢٥٩.
99.
-٩٩- ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ:ﺣﻜﻢ ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮ
،ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻞﺼﻳﻔ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻟﻪ ،ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻛﻞ")١( . ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ–ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ-ﻳ ﻻﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ؛ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﳎﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺼﻠﺢ ،ﲨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ،ﻓﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ،ﻣﺘﻌﻤﻘﺔ ﲝﺜﻴﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻏﻲ؛ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻛﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺸﻌﺒﺔ ﻓﻘﻀﻴﺔ=ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻃﺒﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ:ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺿﺮﺭ؟ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ؟ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻳﻨﻘﻞ...ﰲ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﺘﺼﲔ ﻣﺘﺮﻭﻙ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺇﱁ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺎﻝﺍ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﰒ ،ﳎﺎﳍﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻢﻷ ،ﺍﻷﻃﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻻ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻓﺎﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ،ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻇﻞﻭﺍﳌﺘﺸﻌﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ. ٤-ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ: ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﲔ ﻓﻤﻌﻈﻢ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺎﻀﺃﻳ ﹴﺭﺟﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻭﻭﺳﻂ ﻃﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﻢﺃ ﺑ ﻭﻳﻌﺠﺰﻫﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺴﻠﻚ ﻓﻔﺮﻳﻖ ،ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺴﻠﻚﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﲝﺠﺔ ﻔﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﲟﺴﺎﻟﻚ ﺟﻬﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺑﺎﻷﺣﻮﻁ. ،ﻳﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲝﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ﻣﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺴﻠﻚ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻓﺮﻳﻖ))ﻳﺸﺎﺩ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻏﻠﺒﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ(()٢( ﻳﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﻓﺼﺎﺭ ،ﺍﷲ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻼﻋﺐ ﹰﻼﻣﺪﺧ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ، ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺎﻨﺩﻳ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻌﻞ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺭﺧﺺﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ" :ﻛﻞ ﺭﺧﺼﺔ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻋﺎﱂ")٣( . ،ﳛﺘﻤﻞ ﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻠﻮﻩﻤﻓﺤ ،ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ﺍﳌﻴﺴﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻟﻘﺪ ﻫﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺼﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﳜﺸﻰ ،ﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺪﺣ ﺇﱃ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﻮﺳﻌﻮﺍ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺃﺩﺏﱵ١/٧٢. )٢(،ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ١/٢٣ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)٣٩(ﻳﺴﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ،. )٣(،ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺃﺛﺮ١/٢٠٠ﻭﻳﻨﻈﺮ ،:ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺣﻠﻴﺔ٣/٣٢ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ ،٤/١٦٩.
100.
-١٠٠- ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ
ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﳓﻼﻝﺑﲔ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﳝﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ؛ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺪﻱ. ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻉ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﰲ ﻳﻔﺘﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺗﻴﺴﲑ ﻭﻣﻌﲎ ،ﻃﻮﻗﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺸﻖ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻭﻳﻨﻬﺎﻩ ،ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﲟﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ؛ ﰲ ﲣﻴﲑ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﺭﳏﺴﻮ ﺎﻣﻣﻠﻮ ﻭﺗﻘﻌﺪﻩ ،ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻮﻗﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﱵﺃﻭ ،ﻭﻳﻜﺮﻫﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﳝﻞ ﲡﻌﻠﻪ ﻏﲑ ﰲ ﺍﶈﺮﻡ ﺑﺈﺑﺎﺣﺔ ﻳﻔﺘﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻠﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ؛ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺑﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﳓﻼﻝ ﺇﱃ. ﻭﳍﺬﺍ:ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮ ﰲ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻻ ﻓﺈﻧﻪﺣﺮﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﻯ ﻳﻬﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ،ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ،ﺧﻄﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻷﻥ ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻪ؛ ﻳﻌﱪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻢ ﻷﻥ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ؛ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﳊﻼﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ،ﺍﲑﻛﺜ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻬﻮ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﺭﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻳﻮﻗﻊ ،ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﺟﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺄ ﻻﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﰐﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﺑﺄﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﲝﺠﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻔﺮﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﰲ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﺣﱴ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻨﺒﻞ ﺑﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ-ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-ﻳﻘﻮﻝ" :ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻻ ﹰﺎﺌﺷﻴ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳛﻤﻞ")١( . ﻫﺬﺍ:ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﻟﻠﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ: ﺃ-ﻭﰲ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﻉﻳﻘـﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ:ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﺘﻴﺎﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻛﺘﻔﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭ ،ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻭﺧﺮﻕ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻴﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ:ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﻄـﺊ ﻷﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻹﺳـﺮﺍﻉ ﺃﻥ ﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻓﻼ ،ﻞﻀﻳﻭ ﻞﻀﻴﻓ ﻳﻌﺠﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﳜﻄﺊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﲟﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻭﻣﻨﻘﺼﺔ ﻋﺠﺰ ﻭﺍﻹﺑﻄﺎﺀ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻋﺔﺳﺌﻞ ﲟﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺖ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺜﻠـﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﺱ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺎﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺒﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﲔ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﺎ ﳛﻤﻞ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻨﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻛﺐ ﺷﺮﺡ٤/٥٨٨.
101.
-١٠١- ﺏ-ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻓﻼ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ
ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻞ ﺎﺟﳐﺮ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﻭﺍﲣﺎﺫ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺫ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻬﺠﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﰲﻛـﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣـﺎ ،ﺓ ﻭﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺍﻟـﺸﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﱟﻞﹸﻜﻟ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﱪﻣﻌﺘ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ. ﻭﳍﺬﺍ:ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻼ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ ﻣﺎ ﳚﺘﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﲞﻼﻓﻪ؛ ﻭﻳﻔﱵ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻓﻤﺜ ،ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺀﻻ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺍ؛ﺮﺑﻜ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﻥ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺯﻭﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺗﻮﱄ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺌﻞ ﻟﻮ ﹰﻼ ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻌﲔ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻴﺰﻳﻦﺍ ﺍﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺮﺃﻱ ﻳﻔﱵ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﳊﻼﻝ ﰲ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺎﻷ. ﺝ-ﺗﺘ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﲢﻤﻠﻪ ﺃﻻ،ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻭﻫـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﶈـﺬﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﻴـﻞ ﺒـﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻪ؛ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ=ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻆ ﺃﻭ ،ﻧﻔﻌﻪ ﻳﺮﻭﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺧﺺ ﺎﺒﻃﻠ ﺪﻣﺴﺘﻨ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ،ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻓﻤﻦ ،ﺿﺮﻩ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻡ ﻲﺷﺮﻋ. ﻭﳍﺬﺍ:ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﻀﺒﻂﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻓﺎﳌﻔﱵ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻻ ،ﻉ ﻓﺎﳌﻘﺼﺪ ،ﻏﲑﻩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﻌﻬﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺫﺭﻭﺓ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻂ ﻭﻻ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ.
102.
-١٠٢- )ﺏ(ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﺘ ﲡﺮﺩـﻓ ﻞﻴﺍﻟﺘﺤ
ﻋﻦ ﻲﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ـﻲ: ﻳ ﻗﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵﺣﱴ ﺑﺎﳌﻔﱵ ﻟﻴﻐﺮﺭ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﺄﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻦ ،ﻣﺘﺒﻊ ﻫﻮﻯ ﺪﻓﻌﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﺃﺑﻄﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻊ ،ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﻮﻍ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ–ﻭﺟﻞ ﻋﺰ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺮﺿﺎﺓ ﻳﺮﻭﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ-ﻳﺘﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ ﰲ ﻞﻴﺍﻟﺘﺤ ﻋﻦ ﺎﻴﺎﺋ:ﺃﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺘﺠﺮﺩ ﻥ ﺧﻔﻴﺔ ﹰﺎﻗﻃﺮ ﻳﺴﻠﻚ ﻛﺄﻥ ،ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺪﺭﺍﺝ ﺬﺍ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻴﺤﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻭﺧﺪﺍﻉ ﺗﻀﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ،ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﹰﻼﻠﻀﻣ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻠﻴﻞﻳﻔﱵ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﺤﻘﻪ؛ ﻭﺯﺭ ﻓﻼ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﲝﺴﺐﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺎﻣﲤﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻓﻬﻮ ، ﺑﺈﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘﻪ ،ﺭﺩﻋﻪ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﰲ ﻳﺘﺤﻴﻞﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﱂ ﺃﻡ ﻫﻮﺍﻩ ﻭﺍﻓﻘﺖ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ،ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻫﻮﺍﻩ. ﺍﻟﻐﻔﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻐﻠﺐ ﻻ ﺣﱴ ﹰﺎﻈﻣﺘﻴﻘ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻁ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺣ ﻭﺩﺳﺎﺋﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲝﻴﻞ ﹰﺎﳌﻋﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺨﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﲟﻜﺮﻫﻢ ﻳﻐﻠﺒﻮﻩ ﻻ ﱴ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﺣﺴﺐ. ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-" :ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻞ ،ﻢ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﳛﺴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻭﻻ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﻭﺧﺪﺍﻋﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲟﻜﺮ ﺍﲑﺑﺼ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﰲ ﻓﻘﻬﻪ ﻳﺆﺍﺯﺭﻩ ،ﻭﺃﻣﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺄﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺎﻬﻓﻘﻴ ﺎﻨﻓﻄ ﺍﺭﺣﺬﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﻉ ﻭﺃﺯﺍﻍ ﺯﺍﻍ."
103.
-١٠٣- ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺎ:ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ
ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ: ﻳﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﺌﻼ ﳎﻤﻠﺔ؛ ﺑﺎﻷﻓﻆ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻳﺘﻠﻔﻆ ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻣﻦ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﺪﻭﺍﺣ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﲨﺎﻝ ﻷﻥ ،ﺍﳊﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﻴﺠﻴ ،ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﲣﺘﻠﻒﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﻭﻳﻬﻠﻚ ﻓﻴﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻴﲔ. ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻝ:ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﻳﺚ ﰲ ﺳﺌﻞ ﻣﻦ:،ﻭﺟﻞ ﻋﺰ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﻥ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﺃﻻ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳ ﺣﱴ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻞ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﳌﺴﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ. ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻭﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ:ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﳏﺪﺩ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ،ﺎﻣﺗﺎ ﺍﺪﲢﺪﻳ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﰒ ،ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﻭﺃﺳﻠﻢ ﺃﻭﱃ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ:ﻛﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮ ،ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻟﻪ ،ﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻟﻜ ،ﻗﺴﻢ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﱂ ،ﺎﺒﻏﺎﺋ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻫﺬﺍ ﳛﺴﻦ ﻻ ﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻗﺴﻢ؛ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻓﻴﺠﺘﻬﺪ)١( . ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ؟ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻭﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ،ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ:"ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺃﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﻭﻣﻦ-ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ-ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﻻ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻛﻪ ،ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺼﻞ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻞ ،ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺑﻌﻪ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﺷﺮﻋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﳛﻴﻞ ،ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ)) :ﻭﺫﻟﻜﻢ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺃﺣﻞ(()٢( ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ،)) :ﻃﻠﻘ ﻓﺈﻥﻬﺎ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺃﺩﺏ١/٧٢. )٢(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ٢٤ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ،.
104.
-١٠٤- ﻏﲑﻩ ﺎﺟﺯﻭ ﺗﻨﻜﺢ
ﺣﱴ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻪ ﲢﻞ ﻓﻼ(()١( ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﻗﻮﻟﻪ ،)) :ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﶈﺼﻨﺎﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﶈﺼﻨﺎﺕ(()٢( . ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ:ﺑﻞ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺼﻠﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ–ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ-ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻧﺎ ﺮﺃﻗ ﳌﺎ ﺍﺰﻣﺎﻋ:ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ؟ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻫﻞ،ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺼﻠﻪ:ﻋﻘﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ،ﻋﺎﻗﻞ؟ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻡ ،ﻣﻌﺘﱪ ﻏﲑ ﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭﻩ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺼﻠﻪ:ﹴﺡﺻﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ،ﹴ؟ﺡﺻﺎ ﺃﻡ ﺳﻜﺮﺍﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻫﻞ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻜﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺼﻠﻪ:ﻫﻞﺍﳊﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﺼﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﱴ ،ﻻ؟ ﺃﻡ ﺃﺣﺼﻦ)٣( . ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻣﻦ:ﻗﻮﻟﻪ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﺳﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﳌﻦ:ﺇﺫﺍ ﻏﺴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﻞ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﺣﺘﻠﻤﺖ؟؛:))ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺭﺃﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﻌﻢ(()٤( . ﳚﺐ ﻭﻻ ،ﺣﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺎﺑﺄ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ. ﱂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺎﺍﻹﲨﺎﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﳌﻔﱵ ﻓﻴﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺗﺪﻉ. )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ٢٣٠ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ،. )٢(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ٥ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ،. )٣(ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﻭﺭﺩ:ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻦ–ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ-ﻗﺎﻝ ،:ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻋﺰ ﺃﺗﻰ ﳌﺎ–ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ-ﻟﻪ ﻗﺎﻝ" :ﻧﻈﺮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻤﺰﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺒﻠﺖ ﻟﻌﻠﻚ"ﺃﻱ ؛:ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻈﻨﻨﺖﻳﻨﻈﺮ ،ﺯﻧﺎ:ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ٦/٢٥٠٢ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)٦٤٣٨(ﻭﻳﻨﻈﺮ ،ﻏﻤﺰﺕ ﺃﻭ ﳌﺴﺖ ﻟﻌﻠﻚ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﻞ ﺑﺎﺏ ، ،ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺎﻀﺃﻳ٣/١٣١٩ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)١٦٩٢(ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻧﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ،. )٤(،ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ١/٦٠ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)١٣٠(ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﺏ ،ﰲ ،ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ١/٢٥١ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)٣١٣(ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﲏ ﲞﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﺴﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺏ ،.
105.
-١٠٥- ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺎ:ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺀ ﲟﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ
ﺗﻌﻠﻖ: ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻤﺎ:ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﱴ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﺮﻉ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺇﻥ ﲟﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻘﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺎﻷ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺀ؛ ﲟﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺀﺎﻓﺈ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ،ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺼﻞ ،ﺣﺎﺟﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻳﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﱂ ،ﻣﻌﻀﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻘﺬﻩ ﻭﻻ ،ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻟﻪ ﲢﻞ ﻭﻻ ،ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺴﺪ ﻻ ﲟﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ،ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﺪﻣﻔﻴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ. ﺣﱴ ﲟﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻪ ﳝﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ؛ ﺎﺑﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻗﻊ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺃﻥ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﳚﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺣﺴﻦ ﺑﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻳﺴﻠﻚ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﳑﺎ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ. ﳚ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺃﴰﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﺠﻮﺯﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺳﺄﻝ ﻓﻘﺪ ،ﺗﻔﻴﺪﻩ ﺎﺃ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳﺄﻝ ﳑﺎ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ–ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ-ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻓﻘﺎﻟﻮﺍ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ:ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻧﺮﻛﺐ ﺇﻧﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ؟ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻓﻨﺘﻮﺿﺄ ،ﻋﻄﺸﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﺄﻧﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺍﳌﺎﺀ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-: ))ﻫﻮﻣﻴﺘﺘﻪ ﺍﳊﻞ ﻣﺎﺅﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻮﺭ(()١( ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺃﺟﺎﺏ ﻓﻘﺪ ،–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻋﻦ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺓﻓﺎﺋﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﳌﺎ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﱂ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ. ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﰲ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺗﺮﺟﻢ ﻭﻗﺪ" :ﳑﺎ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﺟﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳﺄﻝ"ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺫﻛﺮ ﰒ ،–ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ-ﺍﶈ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﻣﺎﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺮﻡ:ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-)) :ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﻭﻳﻼﺕ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﺋﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺺ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻟﻴﻘﻄﻌﻬﻤﺎ ،ﺍﳋﻔﲔ ﻓﻠﻴﻠﺒﺲ ،ﻧﻌﻠﲔ ﳚﺪ ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺍﳋﻔﺎﻑ(()٢( ، ﻋﻤﺎ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺗﻀﻤﻦ ،ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﻻ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻓﺄﺟﺎﺏ ﺍﶈﺮﻡ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻓﺴﺌﻞ )١(ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺀ ﺑﺎﺏ ،ﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ:ﺣﺴﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ١/٦١.
106.
-١٠٦- ﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ
،ﻳﻠﺒﺲﳍﻢ ﻦﻴﻭﺑ ،ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﲔ ﳍﻢ ﻓﺬﻛﺮ ،ﳏﺼﻮﺭ ﻏﲑ ﻳﻠﺒﺴﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﳏﺼﻮﺭ ﻳﻠﺒﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻞ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳋﻒ ﻟﺒﺲ ﺣﻜﻢ. ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹰﺎﻘﺗﻌﻠﻴ ﺍﻷﻭﻃﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺎﱐ ﻗﺎﻝ: "ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﻣﻦ:ﻟﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻟﺰﻭﻡ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ"ﺍ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﻓﻜﺄﻧﻪ ،ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺯﺍﺩ ،ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﺄﺟﺎﺑﻪ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ،ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻷﻥ ﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ؛. ﺍﳋﻄﺎﰊ ﻗﺎﻝ" :ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺌﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﰲ ﻻ ﳌﺎ ﹰﺎﻔﺗﻜﻠ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻭﱂ ،ﺇﻳﺎﻩ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺐ ﲟﺴﺄﻟﺘﻪ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ؛ﺍﳌﺎﺀ؛ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﻮﻩ ﻭﻫﻢ ،ﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ=ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺩ ﻳﻌﻮﺯﻫﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻢﺃ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﻪ، ﳍﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﲟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﻮﻩ ﻭﻗﺪ)) :ﻣﻴﺘﺘﻪ ﺍﳊﻞ ﻣﺎﺅﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﻮ((")١( . ﺑﻌﺪ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻮﻥ ﺭﲟﺎ ﺑﺈﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺟﺎﺩ ،ﺳﺆﺍﳍﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻢﻓﺄﺟﺎ. ،ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻬﻬﻢ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﻮﻩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻦ:ﺳﺄﻟﻮﻩ ﻢﺃ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮ؟ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ ﺑﻴﻊ ﻋﻦ)) :ﺟﻒ؟ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ ﺃﻳﻨﻘﺺ((ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ،:ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﻧﻌﻢ)) :ﻓﻼ ﺇﺫﻥ(()٢( . ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳜﻔﻰ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻭﱂ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﲜﻔﺎﻓﻪ؛ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺐ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﻣﻠﻬﺎ ﳌﻦ ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻳﻪ ﰲ ﺍﺪﺟ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺒﻬﻬﻢ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻷ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻰ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻷﻭﻃﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﻞ،ﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛﺎﱐ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻦ ﶈﻤﺪ ،ﺧﻴﺎﺭ١/١٧ﻁ ، ﺩ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺸﻘﻲ ﻣﻨﲑ ﶈﻤﺪ ﻳﺴﲑﺓ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ،ﺍﳌﻨﲑﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ.ﺕ. )٢(،ﺳﻨﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ٣/٥٢٨ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)١٢٢٥(،ﻭﺍﳌﺰﺍﺑﻨﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻗﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﰲ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺏ ، ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻝ:ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ،ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﺬﺍ.
107.
-١٠٧- ﺳﺎﺩﺎﺳ:ﻣ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ
ﻭﺿﻮﺡﺍﻟﻐﻤﻮﺽ ﻦ: ﺃﻣﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ ،ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭﻛﻼﻡ ﻣﺒﲔ ﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻼﻍ)) :ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻍ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ(()١( ﳛﺴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﷲ؛ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﳐﱪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﲟﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ، ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻍﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ: ١-ﳝﻬﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐﹰﻻﻣﻘﺒﻮ ﳚﻌﻠﻪ ﲟﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻐﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ،ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺎﻧﻣﺆﺫ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﲟﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻳﺆﻃﺊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﺗﺄﻟﻔﻪ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﺎﳊﻜﻢ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﺑﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ. ٢-ﺃ ﻏﲑ ،ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﻋﻠﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥﻟـﻪ ﳚـﻮﺯ ﻻ ﻧﻪ ﺃﻣـﺎﻡ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻳﻨﺎﻭﻟﻪ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺇﳊﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ،ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟـﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜـﻢ ﺑﻴـﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺼﺪﻫﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﺎﻌﻣﻨ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟـﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﻜﻤﻞ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﻻ ،ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﳛ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﳑﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻀﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻂﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺘﺎﺝ. ٣-،ﻓﻬﻤﻬـﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺘﻌﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﲣﻠﻮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ. ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ" :ﺎﻧﺑﻴﺎ ﻳﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐ ﳚﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﰒ ،ﻟﻺﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺎﳛﻣﺰﺃﺟﺰﺃﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﱂ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ،ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺎﻫﺷﻔﺎ ﺍﳋﲑ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ")٢( . ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ:ﰲ ﻭﺇﻟﻘﺎﺅﻩ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﲣﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻭﻳﺞ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻻ ﺎﻧﺑﻴﺎ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻞ ،ﻭﺍﳊﲑﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻝﺎﻴﻛﺎﻓ ،ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺎﻨﻣﺘﻀﻤ ،ﻟﻺﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﹰﻼﻣﺰﻳ ،ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﰲﻏﲑﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﻪ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﻻﰲ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺌﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﳌﻔﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ، ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﻳﺚ:ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺳﺌﻞ ،ﻓﻼﻥ ﻭﻛﺘﺒﻪ ،ﻭﺟﻞ ﻋﺰ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺮﺍﺋﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺛﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻳﻘﺴﻢ )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٥٤. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺃﺩﺏ١/٧٢.
108.
-١٠٨- ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ ﺻﻼﺓ
ﻋﻦ:،ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺼﻠﻲ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺳﺌﻞ:ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺎ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻭﺃﻣﺎ ،ﻛﻠﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﺨﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻓﻴﺨﺮﺝ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ. ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ" :ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﺛﺮ ﻻ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻹﻃﻨﺎﺏ ﻭﻳﺘﺠﻨﺐ ،ﺑﺴﺆﺍﻟﻪ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﳑﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺇﱃ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﳌﺎ ﻑﻣﺴﺘﻮ ،ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻋﻆ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﻻ ،ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻷﻥ ،ﻟﻪ")١( . ٤-ﻟﻠـﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻧﻔﻊ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻝ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻟﻜـﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ،ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻻ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ،ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳﺄﻝ ﳑﺎ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻝ ،ﺍﳉﻠﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻯ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﻙ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ)) :ﻭﺍﳊﺞ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻴﺖ ﻫﻲ ﻗﻞ ﺍﻷﻫﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻧﻚ(()٢( . ﻭﺟﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻪ: ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﻻ ﰒ ،ﺎﻴﺧﻔ ﺍﳍﻼﻝ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﻮﻩ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻴﺖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻢﻓﺄﺟﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺼﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﰒ ،ﻳﻜﻤﻞ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺞ ،ﺍﳊﺞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻢﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻗﻴﺖ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺷﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﳍﻢ ﰲ ﻣﺼﺎﳊﻬﻢ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺴ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻓﺈﻥﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﳑﺎ ﳍﻢ ﺃﻧﻔﻊ ﻫﻮ ﲟﺎ ﺃﺟﻴﺒﻮﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺒﺐ ،ﳏﺘﻤﻞ ﺳﺆﺍﳍﻢ ﻭﻟﻔﻆ ،ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻋﲔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﻴﺒﻮﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ؛ ﺣﻜﻤﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﳕﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻢﻓﺈ:ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﰲ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﰒ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﰒ ﹰﺎﻘﺩﻗﻴ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺍﳍﻼﻝ ﺑﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ. ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ)) :ﻗﻞ ﻳﻨﻔﻘﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻧﻚﻓﻠﻠﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻔﻘﺘﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺑﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻛﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺘﺎﻣﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺮﺑﲔ(()٣( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻔﺔ١/٦١. )٢(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٢١٥. )٣(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ٢١٥ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ،.
109.
-١٠٩- ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻪ: ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ
ﻓﻘﺪ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﺠﺎﺀﻩ ،ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺴ ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻬﻬﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻊ ،ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﳑﺎ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻑ؛ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﰲ ﻴﺎﻕ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ)) :ﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻔﻘﺘﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻞ.(( ٥-ﺗﺮﺗـﺐ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ؛ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻝ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻓﺘﻨﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻋـﻦ ﻗـﺮﻳﺶ ﻋﻬـﺪ ﺣﺪﺛﺎﻥ ﻷﺟﻞ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ؛ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺎﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩ ،ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﺔ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻧﻔﺮﻫﻢ ﺭﲟﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﺃﻥ ،ﺑﺎﻹﺳﻼﻡﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ. ٦-ﻭﺧـﺎﻑ ،ﻋـﻪ ﺳﺄﻝ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﳛﺘﻤﻞ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻘﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﺒـﺎﺱ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﻟﻪ ﻓﺘﻨﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺌﻮﻝ-ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿـﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ-ﺁﻳﺔ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺄﻟﻪ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ" :ﺑﺘﻔـﺴﲑﻫﺎ ﺃﺧﱪﺗﻚ ﻟﻮ ﺃﱐ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻚ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻔـ ﺃﻧـﻚ ﻳﺮﺩ ﻭﱂ ،ﺑﻪ ﻭﻛﻔﺮﺕ ﻭﺃﻧﻜﺮﺗﻪ ﺣﺠﺪﺗﻪ ﺃﻱ ،ﺑﻪ ﻛﻔﺮﺕﺑـﺎﷲ ﺮ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ. ٧-،ﻋﺪﺍﻟﺘـﻪ ﺗﺘـﻀﺢ ﺣﱴ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻐﲑﻩ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟـﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻳﻌﻄـﻲ ﻻ ﻗـﺪ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻋﻦ ﹰﻼﻣﻨﻔﺼ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺭﻭﻋﺘﻪ؛ ﻭﺗﺘﺒﲔ ﹰﻼﻓﻤﺜ ،ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺘﻪ ﻭﳏﺎﺳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﳌﻀﻴﺌﺔ:ﺃﺧﻴﻬـﺎ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺖ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﺭﲟﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻓﻤﻦ ،ﺃﺑﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﲑﺍﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱﺫﻟـﻚ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻦ ﻟﻸﻋﺒـﺎﺀ ﺷـﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﺓ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ،ﻭﻫﻠﺔ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻨﺖ ﹰﺎﻓﺇﺟﺤﺎ ﺍﳌ ﻭﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨـﺖ ﺍﻻﺑـﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﻃﺔ ﺎﻟﻴﺔ؛=ﻫـﺬﺍ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻫـﻮ ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ،ﺎﻤﺩﺍﺋ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻭﺍﺓ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ؛ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻓﺆ. ٨-ﻋﻼﻣ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚﺃﻥ ﳏﻈـﻮﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﻧﺼﺤﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻓﻘﻪ ﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻳﻔﺘﺢ ،ﺍﶈﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻴﺴﺪ ،ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ.
110.
-١١٠- ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ–ﺍﷲ
ﺭﲪﻪ-: "ﰲ ﻓﻤﺜﺎﻟﻪ ،ﺑﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻋﺎﻣﻠﻪ ،ﺍﷲ ﺗﺎﺟﺮ ﻗﺪ ،ﻣﺸﻔﻖ ﻧﺎﺻﺢ ﻋﺎﱂ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻻ ﻳﺘﺄﺗﻰ ﻻ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀﺍﻷﻃﺒﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ:ﻣﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻳﺼﻒ ،ﻩﺮﻳﻀ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻞ ﳛﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺃﻃﺒﺎﺀ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ،ﻳﻨﻔﻌﻪ." ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﰲ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-)) :ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻧﱯ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﺇﻧﻪ ﳍﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺮ ﻭﻳﻨﺬﺭﻫﻢ ،ﳍﻢ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺧﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺘﻪ ﻳﺪﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﻘﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﻻ(()١( ، ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻭﺭﺛﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ. ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻝ:ﻣﻨﻌﻪ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻣﻦ ﺎﻋﺻﺎ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻱ ﺃﻥ ﹰﻻﺑﻼ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻟﻪ ﰒ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺩﻱﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺼﺎﻋﲔ ﺍﳉﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮ)) :ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺑﻊ ﺎﺒﺟﻨﻴ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﺷﺘﺮ ﰒ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺍﻫﻢ(()٢( ﻭﺃﺭﺷ ،ﺍﶈﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻤﻨﻌﻪ ،ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺪﻩ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺡ)٣( . ٩-ﻫﺬﺍ:ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﰲ ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﻦ:ﺑﺄﻥ ﻭﻫـﺬﺍ ،ﺣـﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻭ ،ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺣﻼﻝ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﳚﻮﺯ ﻻ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﳚﻮﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻌـﺾ ﻭﰲ ،ﺍﻷﺷـﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻌـﺾ ﻣـﻊ ﺟﺎﺯ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ؛=ﻋﻤﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺬﺍﻉ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻻﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻳﻘﺮﺅﻩ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ،ﳎﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ،ﺻﺤﻴﻔﺔ ﰲ)٤( . )١(ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ٣/١٤٧٢ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)١٨٤٤(ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﺑﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﺏ ، ﻓﺎﻷﻭﻝ. )٢(ﺍﳉﻨﻴﺐ:ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ،ﺟﻴﺪ ﲤﺮ:ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ٨/٥٣. )٣(ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ٢/٨١٣ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)٢١٨٨(ﻓﺒﻴﻌﻪ ﺍﺪﻓﺎﺳ ﹰﺎﺌﺷﻴ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻉ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺎﺏ ، ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﰲ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ،ﻣﺮﺩﻭﺩ٣/١٢١٥ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)١٥٩٤(ﲟﺜﻞ ﹰﻼﻣﺜ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺏ ،. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻨﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻛﺐ ﺷﺮﺡ٤/٥٩٦ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻌﲔ ﺇﻋﻼﻡ ،٤/١٦٣.
111.
ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ اﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻮىﻛﺄﺳﺎس
113.
-١١٣- ﺍﷲ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ
ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ-ﺗﻌﺎﱃ-ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻻ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﺍﻟﻐﻮ ﺑﺮﺍﺛﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﺫﺩ ﺍﳌﻨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻛﻦ ﰲ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳏﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻪ ﻳﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺎﺇ ﺣﻴﺚ ،ﺍﳊﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺃﺑﺮﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺍﻷﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻄﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻌﺒﲑﻫﺎ ﻭﺻﺪﻕ ،ﻭﻋﻤﻘﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺑﺪﺍﻫﺘﻬﺎ ،ﺑﺴﺎﻃﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ. ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ:ﺍﻋﺘ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻛﺎﻥﻫﻮ ﺎ؛ﻤﺳﻠﻴ ﹰﺎﻛﻭﺳﻠﻮ ،ﺎﳝﻗﻮ ﺎﺠﻣﻨﻬ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﺭ ،ﺍﳊﻖ ﺇﱃ ﹰﻻﻭﺻﻮ ﺑﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﳊﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻠﻮ ﺃﻱ ﺿﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺎﻋﻭﺩﻓﺎ. ﻓ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔـﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻲ: ﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺟﻢ ﺗﻮﺭﺩ)ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ(ﺃﻭﺳﻌﻬﺎ ﺇﲨﺎﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ،ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﺭﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﳘﺎ ،ﺭﺋﻴﺴﲔ ﻣﻌﻨﻴﲔ ﰲ ﺎﻣﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍ:ﻣﻌﲎ)ﺑﲔ(ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻴﺌﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻱ ؛ ﻭﻣﻌﲎ ،ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻭ ،ﺃﻛﺜﺮ)ﺍﻷﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ.( ﺍﻷﻭﻝ:ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ)ﻭﻂﺳ(ﳌﺎ ﺎﲰﺍ ﲡﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﲔ ﺑﻔﺘﺢﻳﻜﺑﲔ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ًﺍﺀﺟﺰ ﻮﻥ ﹰﻼﻣﺜ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ،ﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﻓﲔ:ﻂﺳﻭ ﻭﻛﺴﺮﺕ ،ﺍﳊﺒﻞ ﻂﺳﻭ ﻗﺒﻀﺖﻂﺳﻭ ﻭﺟﻠﺴﺖ ،ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ. ﻟﻠﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ:ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ" :ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺃﻋﺪﻟﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ")١( ،))ﺗﺴﺒﺤﻮﻥ ﻟﻮﻻ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺃﱂ ﺃﻭﺳﻄﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﻝ(()٢( ،ﺃﻱ:ﺃﻋﺪﳍﻢ ﻭﺧﲑﻫﻢ"ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺃﰊ ﻗﻮﻝ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ،-ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ-" :ﺎﺒﻧﺴ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺃﻭﺳﻂ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺭﻭﺩﺍ." ﻓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻋﻠﻰﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔﻟﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺴﺎﻥ:ﻓ ،ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻃﺮﰲ ﺑﲔ ﳌﺎ ﺍﺳﻢﻮﺳﻂ ﺎﻀﺃﻳ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ١/٨٩٣ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺡ ﳐﺘﺎﺭ ،١/٧٤٠. )٢(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻢ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٢٨.
114.
-١١٤- ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺟﺎﺀ
ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔﳒﺪﻩﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﲔ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﲔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ:ﺍﳌﱰﻟﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﱰﻟﺔ ،ﻭﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﱯ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ ،ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ-ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-" :ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺼﻔﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﻣﱰﻟﺘﲔ ﺑﲔ ﲟﱰﻟﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﻭﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ")١( . ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ:ﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖﺍﻟﻮﺳ ﺇﱃ ﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓﻄﻴﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ،ﺍﳊﻖ ﻟﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺔ ﻋﻠ ﺩﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ،ﺍﳊﻖﻴﻪﻓﺎﻟﺪﻳ ،ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ ،ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻂ ﻭﻻ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﻭﻻ ،ﺟﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻏﻠﻮ ﻻ ،ﻛﻠﻪ ﻭﺧﲑ ،ﻛﻠﻪ ﻋﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ-ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-" :،ﺫﻣﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻃﺮﰲ ﻛﻼ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﻛﺘﺐ ﰲ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ")٢( . ﻓ ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔـﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻲ: ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻓﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻣﻮﻗﻔﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻫﻲ،ﺍﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﻫﻲ ، ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻢﺷﺄ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲪﻠﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻭﺃﻱ ،ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻂ ﻭﻻ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻟ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻋﻦﺍﳌ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻮﺍﺟﺐﻔﱵﻢ ﳝﻴﻞ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻃﺮ ﺇﱃ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻗﺼﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺎﺟﺧﺎﺭ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺟﺎﻭﺯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺍﻻﳓﻼﻝ؛ ﻑ ﺍﻷﻃﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺎﳋﺮﻭﺝﺍﻃﺮﻑ ﰲ ﻓﻬﻮ ،ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺖ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺐﻫﹸﺫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻻﳓﻼﻝ؛ ﻃﺮﻑ ﰲ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻣﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻃ ﺳﻠﻮﻙ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﻄﻊ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺾﻐﺑ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﺝﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺑﻪ ﹸﻫﺐﺫ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ،ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﻬﻠﻜﺔ ﻋﲔ ﻫﻮ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺓ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﻈﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﳓﻼﻝ. ﻭﳍﺬﺍ:ﳛﻤﻞ ﻭﺃﻥ ،ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵﲰﺎﺣﺔ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﻹﺳﻼﻡ ،ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻂ ﻭﻻ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ،ﻭﻳﺴﺮﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺎﺳﺒﺔ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ٦/٢٦١. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ١٠/٢٢٧.
115.
-١١٥- ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ
ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ-ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-: "ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﺟﺎﺭﻳﺔﰲﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ،ﺍﻷﻋﺪﻝﺍﻵﺧﺬﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔﺑﻘﺴﻂﻻﻣﻴﻞ،ﻓﻴﻪﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞﲢﺖﻛﺴﺐﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪﻣﻦﻏﲑﻣﺸﻘﺔﻋﻠﻴﻪﻭﻻ،ﺍﳓﻼﻝ ﺑﻞﻫﻮﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒﺟﺎﺭﻋﻠﻰﻣﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲﰲﲨﻴﻊﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﲔﻏﺎﻳﺔ،ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝﻛﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ،ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ،ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ،ﻭﺍﳊﺞ،ﻭﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ،ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓﻭﻏﲑﺫﻟﻚﳑﺎﺷﺮﻉﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀﻋﻠﻰﻏﲑ ﺳﺒﺐﻇﺎﻫﺮﺍﻗﺘﻀﻰ،ﺫﻟﻚﺃﻭﻟﺴﺒﺐﻳﺮﺟﻊﺇﱃﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ،ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞﻛﻘﻮﻟﻪﺗﻌﺎﱃ: }ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻧﻚﻣﺎﺫﺍﻳﻨﻔﻘﻮﻥ{)١( ،}ﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﻧﻚﻋﻦﺍﳋﻤﺮﻭﺍﳌﻴﺴﺮ{)٢( ،ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻩﺫﻟﻚ. ﻓﺈﻥﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊﻷﺟﻞﺍﳓﺮﺍﻑ،ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻒﺃﻭﻭﺟﻮﺩﻣﻈﻨﺔﺍﳓﺮﺍﻓﻪﻋﻦﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂﺇﱃ ﺃﺣﺪ،ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊﺭﺍﺩﺍﺇﱃﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ،ﺍﻷﻋﺪﻝﻟﻜﻦﻋﻠﻰﻭﺟﻪﳝﻴﻞﻓﻴﻪﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐﺍﻵﺧﺮ؛ﻟﻴﺤﺼﻞﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ،ﻓﻴﻪﻓﻌﻞﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻖﺃﻥﳛﻤﻞﺍﳌﺮﻳﺾﻋﻠﻰﻣﺎﻓﻴﻪ ﺻﻼﺣﻪﲝﺴﺐﺣﺎﻟﻪ،ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺗﻪﻭﻗﻮﺓﻣﺮﺿﻪ،ﻭﺿﻌﻔﻪﺣﱴﺇﺫﺍﺍﺳﺘﻘﻠﺖﺻﺤﺘﻪﻫﻴﺄﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺎﰲﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﲑﻭﺳﻄﺎﻻﺋﻘﺎﺑﻪﰲﲨﻴﻊﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ")٣( . ﻗﺎﻝ ﰒ-ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-ﻗﺮﺭﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ: "ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍﲡﺪﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﺃﺑﺪﺍﰲﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎﻭﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ. ﻭﻋﻠﻰﳓﻮﻣﻦﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐﳚﺮﻱﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ،ﺍﳌﺎﻫﺮﻳﻌﻄﻲﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀﻋﻠﻰﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝﰲﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖﻣﺰﺍﺝﺍﳌﻐﺘﺬﻱﻣﻊﻣﺰﺍﺝ،ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀﻭﳜﱪﻣﻦﺳﺄﻟﻪﻋﻦﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺄﻛﻮﻻﺕﺍﻟﱵﳚﻬﻠﻬﺎﺍﳌﻐﺘﺬﻱ؛ﺃﻫﻮ،ﻏﺬﺍﺀﺃﻡ،ﺳﻢﺃﻡﻏﲑﺫﻟﻚ؟ﻓﺈﺫﺍﺃﺻﺎﺑﺘﻪﻋﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﳓﺮﺍﻑﺑﻌﺾ،ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻁﻗﺎﺑﻠﻪﰲﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻪﻋﻠﻰﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰﺍﳓﺮﺍﻓﻪﰲﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐﺍﻵﺧﺮ؛ﻟﲑﺟﻊ ﺇﱃﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝﻭﻫﻮﺍﳌﺰﺍﺝ،ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ،ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔﻭﻫﺬﺍﻏﺎﻳﺔ،ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻖﻭﻏﺎﻳﺔﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﻌﺎﻡﻣﻦﺍﷲﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ. )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ٢١٥ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ،. )٢(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ٢١٩ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ،. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٢/١٦٣.
116.
-١١٦- ﻓﺈﺫﺍﻧﻈﺮﺕﰲﻛﻠﻴﺔﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔﻓﺘﺄﻣﻠﻬﺎﲡﺪﻫﺎﺣﺎﻣﻠﺔﻋﻠﻰ،ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻂﻓﺈﻥﺭﺃﻳﺖﻣﻴﻼ ﺇﱃﺟﻬﺔﻃﺮﻑﻣﻦ،ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑﻓﺬﻟﻚﰲﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻭﺍﻗﻊﺃﻭﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊﰲﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑﺍﻵﺧﺮ. ﻓﻄﺮﻑﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ-ﻭﻋﺎﻣﺔﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﰲﺍﻟﺘﺨﻮﻳﻒﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻫﻴﺐﻭﺍﻟﺰﺟﺮ-ﻳﺆﺗﻰﺑﻪﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻣﻦﻏﻠﺐﻋﻠﻴﻪﺍﻻﳓﻼﻝﰲﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ. ﻭﻃﺮﻑﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ-ﻭﻋﺎﻣﺔﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﰲﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﺔﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻏﻴﺐﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ-ﻳﺆﺗﻰﺑﻪ ﰲﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔﻣﻦﻏﻠﺐﻋﻠﻴﻪﺍﳊﺮﺝﰲ،ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪﻓﺈﺫﺍﱂﻳﻜﻦﻫﺬﺍﻭﻻﺫﺍﻙﺭﺃﻳﺖﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻂ ،ﻻﺋﺤﺎﻭﻣﺴﻠﻚﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ،ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎﻭﻫﻮﺍﻷﺻﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﺮﺟﻊﺇﻟﻴﻪﻭﺍﳌﻌﻘﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱﻳﻠﺠﺄ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ")١( . ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﳊﺎﻟﺔ
ﻋﻼﺝ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺬﺭ ﻦﻴﺑ ﰒ: "ﻭﻋﻠﻰﻫﺬﺍﺇﺫﺍﺭﺃﻳﺖﰲﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞﻣﻦﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﻳﻦﰲﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦﻣﻦﻣﺎﻝﻋﻦ،ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻢﺃﻥﺫﻟﻚﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓﻣﻨﻪﻟﻄﺮﻑﻭﺍﻗﻊﺃﻭﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊﰲﺍﳉﻬﺔ،ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪﳚﺮﻱﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉﻭﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ،ﻭﺃﺷﺒﺎﻫﻬﻤﺎﻭﻣﺎﻗﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎ. ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻂﻳﻌﺮﻑ،ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻉﻭﻗﺪﻳﻌﺮﻑ،ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﺪﻭﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺪﺑﻪﻣﻌﻈﻢﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀﻛﻤﺎ ﰲﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﻑﻭﺍﻹﻗﺘﺎﺭﰲﺍﻟﻨﻔﻘﺎﺕ")٢( . ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﲝﻴﺚ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺑﺪ ﻻ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻓﺈﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻋﻠﻰﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﻭﻓﻖ ،ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻪﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﻗﺎﺩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﱴ ،ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ،ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻂ ﻭﻻ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﻻ ،ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺗﻜﺰﺓ ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ،ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ،ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﰲ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺑﺪ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺗﻌﲏ ﻻ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲﻣ ﻭﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﻴﻖﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻨﻬﺞ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻭﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﲔ ﺃﻫﻮﺍﺀ!ﻋﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻷﻥ ؛ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﺮﺗﻜﺰﺍﺕ ﺃﺳﺲ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ،ﺳﺒﻖ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﰲ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺎﺠﻣﻨﻬ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ )١(ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ٢/١٦٧-١٦٨. )٢(ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ.
117.
-١١٧- ﺠﻓ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻂ
ﻭﺑﺪﻭﻥﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻜﺰﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﱡﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ. ﺎﺑﺄ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﹰﺎﻔﺁﻧ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻭﻣﻦ:ﻣﻮﻗﻔﲔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻭﺑﺎﻃﻨﻴﺔ ،ﻣﻔﺮﻃﺔ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﲔ ،ﺍﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻓﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻣﻔﺮﻃﺔ. ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ،ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ،ﺷﻲﺀ ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﲝﻴﺚ ،ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺎﺑﻠﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﲔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ ﻭﲡﻨﺐ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻓﺮﺍﻁ ﺑﻼ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻳﺮ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﻭﳛﻘﻖ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻪﺒﻧ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻂ ﻭﻻ: "ﺍﻟﺒ ﺍﳌﻔﱵﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﻌﻬﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺫﺭﻭﺓ ﺎﻟﻎ ﺍﻻﳓﻼﻝ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﻢ ﳝﻴﻞ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺪﺓ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻢ ﻳﺬﻫﺐ ﻓﻼ ،ﺑﺎﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ")١( . ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻳﻐﻠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻤﺭﻏ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺃﻋﻨﺎﻕ ﻳﻠﻮﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ،ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺴﲑﻟﻴﺴﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻴﺴﺮ ﺎﻣﺃﺣﻜﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﺎﻫﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ:ﻳﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ﺎﺼﻧﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺿﻮﺀ ﰲ ﻳﺴﺮ ﺑﻞ ،ﻗﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺎﻤﳏﻜ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﺍﺳﺘﻄﺎﻋﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻴﺴﺮﻭﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﲔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﹰﻼﻓﻀ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺰﳝﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﰲ ﻓﺎﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﻛﻞ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ،ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺔ ﻭﻓﻄﺮﺓ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌ ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺ ﺑﲔ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳋﻼﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡﻳﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﳘﺎ ،ﺰﺍﺋﻢ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻊ ﻭﲡﺎﻭﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﺮﻭﻧﺘﻪ ،ﻭﺻﻼﺣﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺎﻀﺑﻌ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ. )١(ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ٤/٢٥٨.
118.
-١١٨- ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﺧﻼﺻﺔ:ﻋﻦ ﹰﺓﺑﻌﻴﺪ
،ﺎﻴﺷﺮﻋ ﹰﻼﺗﺄﺻﻴ ﻣﺆﺻﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﻥ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ؛ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﹰﺎﻈﻭﻣﻼﺣ ،ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻰﻋﻣﺮﺍ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻄﻊ=ﰲ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺎﻓﺈ ﺍﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺻﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖ ،ﺘﻤﻊﻭﺍ ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ،ﺍﳉﻬﻞ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ،ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﺭﺁﺛﺎ ﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﹰﻼﻓﻀ ،ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﻧﺔ ،ﺑﻌﻠﻤﺎﺋﻬﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻄﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺗﺘﺠﺮﺩ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺬﻭﺫ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻷﻥ ﻭﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻫﺎ؛ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺗﻮ ﺎﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻭﺗﻌﻄﻰﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻮﻥ ﺧﲑ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺎﻓﺈ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ؛ ﺭﺏ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ،ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺹ ﻻ ﻓﻄﺮﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﲨﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﲝﻜﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺪ ﻻ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ. ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻫﻲ ﺑﻀﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺪﺑﻌﻴ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔﺍﻟﺒﻐﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ،ﺍﳌﺬﻣﻮﻡ.
119.
-١١٩- ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﻋﻦ
ﺃﻣﺎ: ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ،ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﲰﺎﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺎﻋﻨﻮﺍ ﻫﻲ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﲰﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺿﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻋﻈﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﲜﻼﳍﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻕ ﻭﻭﺟﻬﻬﺎ ،ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ. ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﲢﺚ ،ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻫﺪ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ؛ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻣﺮ ﰲ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻬﺎ=ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﺎ!ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ، ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺓ. ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﻂ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻳﺴﺮﻩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﲰﺎﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻮﻫ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝﻣﺜﻞ ،ﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦﺍ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻌﺎﱂ ﺎ: )ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ﲡﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﺸﻘﺔ(،)ﺍﶈﻈﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺍﺕ(،)ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﱰﻟﺔ ﺗﱰﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ(، ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﻭﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ. ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺭﻭﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﳐﺮﺝﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﻩ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﻪ ﺭﻭﻋﻴﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﳐﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻦ. ﲟﺒﺪﺇ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ؛)ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ:( ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﰲ ﲣﻴﲑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﻉ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻳﻔﱵ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻮﻗﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻃﻮﻗﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺸﻖ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻭﻳﻨﻬﺎﻩ ،ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﲟﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﰲ ﺍﳌﻠﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﻭ ،ﻭﻳﻜﺮﻫﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﳝﻞ ﲡﻌﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﺭﳏﺴﻮ ﺎﻣﻣﻠﻮ ﻭﺗﻘﻌﺪﻩ ،ﻳﺔ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻏﲑ ﰲ ﺍﶈﺮﻡ ﺑﺈﺑﺎﺣﺔ ﻳﻔﺘﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﳓﻼﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪ؛ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ)١( . ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪ ﻭﻗﺪﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺎﻴﺷﺮﻋ ﺍﱪﻣﻌﺘ: )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻷﺷﻘﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﳏﻤﺪ٤٣.
120.
-١٢٠- ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺑﻂ:ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﻘﺔ
،ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ﺗﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺸﻘﺔ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺗﺒﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬﺎ ،ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺗﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﻣﺸﻘﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺇﺫ ،ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻭﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﻣﺸﻘﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ. ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺑﻂ:ﻳﻠﺘﻤﺲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻒ ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ،ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ﻃﻠﺐ ،ﺎﺟﳐﺮ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺷﺎﻕ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ. ﺍﻟﻀﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ﻭﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺄﻭﺟﻪ ﹰﺎﳌﻋﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ًﺀﻭﺑﻨﺎ ،ﻟﻴﺘﺤﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ:ﻛﺘﺘﺒﻊ ،ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻳﺴﻠﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻻ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﺫ ﺎ؛ﻋﻣﺸﺮﻭ ﻟﻴﺲ ﳑﺎ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ،ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺷﻮﺍﺫ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺗﱪﺭ. ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺑﻂ:ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻋﺪﻡﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺼﻮﺹ. ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺑﻂ:ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﻟﻼﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻫﻮ ﳑﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﻟﻼﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﺗﺆﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ. ﻓﺤﻤﻠﻮﺍ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ ﻓﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌ ﻗﻮﺍﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺧﺎﻟﻔﻮﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺘﻤﻞﺔ ﻭﺭﻭﺣﻬﺎ. ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺎﱐ ﻭﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-،ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﺪﺟ ﻧﻔﻴﺲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻪ ﻏﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻻ ،ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻪ ﻏﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﻻ ﺣﱴ: "ﻭﻟﻠﻤﺘﺴﻬﻞﺣﺎﻟﺘﺎﻥ: ﺇﺣﺪﻳﻬﻤﺎ:ﺃﻥﻳﺘﺴﻬﻞﰲﻃﻠﺐﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔﻭﻃﺮﻕﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬﲟﺒﺎﺩﻯﺀﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻓﻬﺬﺍﻣﻘﺼﺮﰲﺣﻖﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻓﻼﳛﻞﻟﻪﺃﻥﻳﻔﱵﻭﻻﳚﻮﺯﺃﻥﻳﺴﺘﻔﱴﻭﺃﻥ
121.
-١٢١- ﺟﺎﺯﺃﻥﻳﻜﻮﻥﻣﺎﺃﺟﺎﺏﺑﻪﺣﻘﺎﻷﻧﻪﻏﲑﻣﺴﺘﻮﻑﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﳉﻮﺍﺯﺃﻥﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏﻣﻊﺍﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎﺀﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﰲﻏﲑﻣﺎﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒﻓﻴﻪ. ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ:ﺃﻥﻳﺘﺴﻬﻞﰲﻃﻠﺐﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺﻭﺗﺄﻭﻳﻞﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪﻭﻣﻌﲎﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻟﻴﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖﺑﺄﺿﻌﻔﻬﺎﻭﻫﺬﺍﻣﺘﺠﻮﺯﰲﺩﻳﻨﻪﻣﺘﻌﺪﰲﺣﻖﺍﷲﺗﻌﺎﱃﺃﻭﻏﺎﺭﳌﺴﺘﻔﺘﻴﻪﻋﺎﺩﻝ ﻋﻤﺎﺃﻣﺮﺍﷲﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪﺑﻪﰲﻗﻮﻟﻪ:))ﹾﺫﹺﺇﻭﹶﺬﺧﹶﺃﻪﱠﻠﺍﻟﻕﹶﺎﺜﻴﻣﻦﺍﻟﺬﻳﻮﺍﺗﹸﻭﺃﺏﺎﺘﻜﹾﻟﺍﻪﻨﻨﻴﺒﺘﹶﻟ ﹺﺱﺎﻨﻠﻟﻻﻭﻪﻧﻮﻤﺘﹾﻜﺗ(()١( ،ﻭﻫﻮﰲﻫﺬﻩﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔﺃﻋﻈﻢﻣﺄﲦﺎﻣﻨﻪﰲﺍﻷﻭﱃﻷﻧﻪﰲﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃﻣﻘﺼﺮ،ﻭﰱﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔﻣﺘﻌﺪ،ﻭﺇﻥﻛﺎﻥﰲﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔﺁﲦﺎﻣﺘﺠﻮﺯﺍ،ﻟﻜﻦﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐﺃﻋﻈﻢ، ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻻﳚﻮﺯﺃﻥﻳﻄﻠﺐﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ؛ﻛﺬﻟﻚﻻﳚﻮﺯﺃﻥﻳﻄﻠﺐﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻆﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ، ﻭﻟﻴﻌﺪﻝﰲﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏﺇﱃﻣﺎﻳﻮﺟﺒﻪﺻﺤﺔﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻣﻦﺍﳊﻜﻢﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ، ﻓﺈﻥﺩﻟﺖﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻆﺃﺻﺎﺏ،ﻭﺇﻥﺩﻟﺖﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺﺃﺻﺎﺏ،ﻭﺇﻥﻛﺎﻥﻟﻠﺘﻐﻠﻴﻆ ﻭﺟﻪﰲﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺃﻣﺴﻚﻋﻦﺫﻛﺮﻩ")٢( . ﺃﻣﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻖ
ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻪﺒﻧ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﺮﻧﻈ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ؛: ١-ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﻮﻝ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-" :ﺃﻭ ﺎﻤﺣﺎﻛ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺄﻫﻞ ﳌﻦ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻻ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻻﺯﻡ ﺧﱪ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻻ ﻳﻔﱵ؛ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻻ ،ﳛﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺎﻴﻣﻔﺘ ﻟﻪ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻭﻻ ،ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ،ﻓﻴﻪ ﳜﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺤﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻔﱵ ﻭﻻ ﳛﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ")٣( . ٢-ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﻗﻮﻝ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-" :ﺣـﺮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﳛﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺅﻩ")٤( . )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ١٨٧ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺁﻝ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ،. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻃﻊ٣/٤٣٩. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ،ﺍﻷﻡ٧/٣١٣. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﻟﻠﻨﻮﻭﻱ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺁﺩﺍﺏ١/٣٧.
122.
-١٢٢- ٣-ﻓﺘﺎﻭﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ
ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﻮﻝ" :ﻭﻣـﻦ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻻ ﻭﻳـﺴﺮﻉ ـﺖﺒﻳﺘﺜ ﻻ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻳﺴﺘﻔﱴ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺰ ﱂ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺗ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳛﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﺭﲟﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻮﳘﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺒﻄـﺊ ﻭﻷﻥ ،ﺟﻬﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻭﻣﻨﻘﺼﺔ ﻋﺠﺰ ﻭﺍﻹﺑﻄﺎﺀ ،ﺑﺮﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﻉ ﺃﻥ ﻞﻀﻳﻭ ﻞﻀﻴﹶﻓ ﻳﻌﺠﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺃﲨﻞ ﳜﻄﺊ")١( . ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺑﺎﳋﺮﻭﺝ ،ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻪ ﻏﲑ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ،ﺇﻃﻼﻗﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ؛ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻪ ﳜﺮﺝ ﺎ. ﹰﻼﻣﺜ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻣﻦ: -ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺑﺪ ﻻ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭ ﺇﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺗﱪﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ،ﻣﻌﻪ ﹰﻼﻣﺘﻔﺎﻋ ،ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﳛﻴﻂ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻌ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺑﻘﺪﺭ ،ﻋﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻠﻢ ﺑﺘﱪﻳـﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﳛﻤﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻼﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻪ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﹰـﺎﻘﻣﻄﻠ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗـﻊ ﻳﻮﺍﻓـﻖ ﲟﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻭﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﱰﻳﻞ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫـﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ،ﻣﻌﻪ ﺎﻴﻭﲤﺎﺷ ،ﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ. -ﻭﻟﻮ ﺑﺎﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ؛ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺧﺎﻟﻒ!ﺑﺎﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ، ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺓ؛ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮﳘﺎ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﳘﺎ ،ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺎﺳﺪ=ﺿـﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻣﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﻳﱪﺭ ﻻ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻻ ،ﺑﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﳌﻦ ﻣﻠﺤﺔ" :ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﷲ ﺷﺮﻉ ﻢﻓﺜ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ"ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﻻ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ. -ﺍ ﺃﻱ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ؛ ﺭﺧﺺ ﺗﺘﺒﻊﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻬﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﳉﺮﻱ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻟﻌﺰﺍﺋﻢ ﺎﻣﻭﻫﺪ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺎﺼﻭﲣﻠ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺎﺑﻫﺮﻭ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ١/٤٦.
123.
-١٢٣- ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴـﻒ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﳊـﺚ
ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻊ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﲑ ﻭﺷﺪﺩﻭﺍ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﲑﻛﺜ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺣﺬﺭ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﺺ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ. ﻧ ﻭﻗﺪﻗﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ،ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺭﺧﺺ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻪﺒ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ: "ﺇﳕﺎﺃﺗﻰﻓﻴﻬﺎﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡﻣﻘﻴﺪﺍﲟﺎﻫﻮﺟﺎﺭﻋﻠﻰ،ﺃﺻﻮﳍﺎﻭﻟﻴﺲﺗﺘﺒﻊﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺﻭﻻ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﻬﻲﺑﺜﺎﺑﺖﻣﻦﺃﺻﻮﳍﺎ؛ﻓﻤﺎﻗﺎﻟﻪﻋﲔﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ. ﰒﻧﻘﻮﻝ:ﺗﺘﺒﻊﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺﻣﻴﻞﻣﻊﺃﻫﻮﺍﺀ،ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉﺟﺎﺀﺑﺎﻟﻨﻬﻲﻋﻦﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ؛ﻓﻬﺬﺍﻣﻀﺎﺩﻟﺬﻟﻚﺍﻷﺻﻞﺍﳌﺘﻔﻖ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪﻭﻣﻀﺎﺩﺃﻳﻀﺎﻟﻘﻮﻟﻪﺗﻌﺎﱃ:))ﻓﺈﻥﺗﻨﺎﺯﻋﺘﻢ ﰲﺷﻲﺀﻓﺮﺩﻭﻩﺇﱃﺍﷲﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ(()١( ،ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻊﺍﳋﻼﻑﻣﻮﺿﻊﺗﻨﺎﺯﻉ؛ﻓﻼﻳﺼﺢﺃﻥﻳﺮﺩ ﺇﱃﺃﻫﻮﺍﺀ،ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱﻭﺇﳕﺎﻳﺮﺩﺇﱃ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﻭﻫﻲﺗﺒﲔﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﻮﻟﲔﻓﻴﺠﺐﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻻﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖﻟﻠﻐﺮﺽ")٢( . ﺎﻀﺃﻳ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ" :ﻓﻌﻠﻰﻫﺬﺍﻳﻜﻮﻥﺍﳌﻴﻞﺇﱃﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺﰲﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎﺑﺈﻃﻼﻕﻣﻀﺎﺩﺍﻟﻠﻤﺸﻲ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻂ؛ﻛﻤﺎﺃﻥﺍﳌﻴﻞﺇﱃﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪﻣﻀﺎﺩﻟﻪﺃﻳﻀﺎ. ﻭﺭﲟﺎﻓﻬﻢﺑﻌﺾﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱﺃﻥﺗﺮﻙﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﺺﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ؛ﻓﻼﳚﻌﻞﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ،ﻭﺳﻄﺎﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻏﻠﻂﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂﻫﻮﻣﻌﻈﻢﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﻭﺃﻡ،ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏﻭﻣﻦﺗﺄﻣﻞﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡﻋﺮﻑﺫﻟﻚ")٣( . ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺽ ﻭﻗﺪ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-ﻋﻦ ﺗﻨﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺫﻛﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺧﻄﺮ ،ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ. ﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻣﻦ: ١-ﻛﺎﻻﻧﺴﻼﺥﻣﻦﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦﺑﺘﺮﻙﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞﺇﱃﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉﺍﳋﻼﻑ. )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ٥٩ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ،. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٤/١٤٥. )٣(ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ٤/٢٥٩.
124.
-١٢٤- ٢-ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﺎﻧﺔﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦﺇﺫﻳﺼﲑﺬﺍﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺳﻴﺎﻻﻻﻳﻨﻀﺒﻂ. ٣-ﺗﺮﻙﻣﺎﻫﻮﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡﺇﱃﻣﺎﻟﻴﺲﲟﻌﻠﻮﻡ؛ﻷﻥﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﺔﻋﻦﻣﺬﻫﺐﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﰲﻫﺬﻩﺍﻷﻣﺼﺎﺭ–ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﺑﻼﺩ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ-ﳎﻬﻮﻟﺔ. ٤-ﺍﳔﺮﺍﻡﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔﺑﺘﺮﻙﺍﻻﻧﻀﺒﺎﻁﺇﱃﺃﻣﺮﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ. ٥-ﺇﻓﻀﺎﺅﻩﺇﱃﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝﺑﺘﻠﻔﻴﻖﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐﻋﻠﻰﻭﺟﻪﳜﺮﻕﺇﲨﺎﻋﻬﻢ)١( . ﻭﻏﲑﺫﻟﻚﻣﻦﺍﳌﻔﺎﺳﺪﺍﻟﱵﻋﻨﻬﺎ
ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﳚﺐ. )١(ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ٤/١٤٧-١٤٨.
125.
-١٢٥- ﻣﺬﻣﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻫﻮ
ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﺩ: ﳏﻠﻪ ﻏﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ. ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﻣﻦ: ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺗﺮﻙ: ﺇﻥﺍﳌﻔﺘﲔ ﺑﻌﺾﺳﻠﻒ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻳﻐﻔﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺇﻻ ﻭﻳﺼﻴﺐ ﳜﻄﺊ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﳏﺘﺠﲔ ،ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ–ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ-ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﻻ ﻢﹶﺛ ﻭﻣﻦ ،:ﻧﺄﺧﺬ ﻳﻔ ﻻ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺩﺩﻳﻦ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏﻣﺜﻞ ،ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻬﻢ" :ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﻢ ﻟﻶﺧﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ"ﻭ ،"ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﳓﻦ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻫﻢ.!! " ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻏﻔﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺼﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺺ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻛﺜﲑ ﺪﳎﺘﻬ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﰲ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﰲﺍ. ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﳌﻦ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﻓﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻭﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻴﻖﻌﺗ ﺍﻟﺴﺬﺍﺟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺳﺬﺍﺟﺔ ﺘﻤﻊﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﳑﺎ ،ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ. ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌ ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﺪﻡ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﻭﻗﺪﻳﻘﻮﻝ ،ﺔ– ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-" :ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺼﲑ ﺣﱴ ،ﺎﻛﻠﻴﺎ ﻫﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺎﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﹰﺍﺬﺁﺧ ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﻟﺘﺠﺪ ﺣﱴ ،ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﻘﺎﺭ ﺭﺟﻮﻉ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻭﻻ ،ﲟﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺃﻳﻪ ﺑﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻟﻪ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺇﱃ...، ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻳﻌﲔ:ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﻭﺗﻮﻫﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﲟﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﳉﻬﻞ")١( . ﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻘﺮﺭ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺎﲟﻴﺰﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﳌﻦ ﺑﺪ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺩﻭﻥ ،ﲟﺠﺮﺩﻩ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻈﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﻭﻻ ،ﹰﺎﻓﺟﺰﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٤/١٧٤-١٧٥.
126.
-١٢٦- ﻓﺘ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ
ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺎﺒﻣﻨﺼ ﺟﻬﺪﻫﻢ،ﺍﻟﻀﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺎﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﱐ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﻭﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻗﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺮﺍﻓﺎﺕ ،ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﲑ ﺃﺩﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺎﺃ ﺷﻚ ﻭﻻ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﻋﺎﺗﻘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﺭﺟﺎﳍﺎﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻓﻬﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺎﻷ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ؛ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻀﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺌﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻻﳒﺮﺍﻑ. ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﺩ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﻣﻦ-ﺎﻀﺃﻳ-: ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﰲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ: ﺳﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻪ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﺇﻥﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﻤﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﻛﺎﻥ ﺀ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﲏ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻒ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺍﲑﻛﺒ ﺍﺭﺩﻭ ﺍﳊﺰﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺎﺳﻣﻠﻤﻮ ﺎﻌﻭﻭﺍﻗ ﺎﳘ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﻓﺂﺛﺎﺭ ،ﻣﻜﺎﺑﺮ ﺇﻻ ﻳﻨﻜﺮﻩ ﻭﻻ ،ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺃﺛﺮﺕ ﺍﺗﺒﻌﻮﻫﺎ ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﳍﻢ؛ ﺫﻧﺐ ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻴﻪﻭﻧﺴﻲ ،ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻛﻬﻢ ﺗﻔﻜﲑﻫﻢ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺼﺐ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-)) :ﻭﻳﺼﻢ ﻳﻌﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺣﺒﻚ(()١( . ﻋﻼﺟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺪﻱ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﻑ ﻳﻘﻒ ﱂ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﲔ ﻭﺃﻣﺮ ،ﻭﳏﺎﺭﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺷ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳊﻖ ﳚﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻥﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺋﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻳﺴﻮﺩ ﺣﱴ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻻ ﺨﺎﺹ ﻭﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﻥ. ﻟﻸﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻳﻌﲏ ﻻ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻬﻢ-، ﻣﻦ ﺣﺬﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻓﺎﻷﺋﻤﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻋﱪ ﺯﲬﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻛﻼ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺎﺠﻣﻨﻬ ﻭﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺳﺠﻼﺕ ﰲ ﻥﻭﻣﺪ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻜﺒﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺴﺠﺖ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻔﺎ ﻣﺎ ،ﻭﺩﻭﺍﻭﻳﻨﻪﳌﻦ ﺩﺍﻣﻐﺔ ﺣﺠﺔ ﹴﻕﺑﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺇﳕﺎ ، )١(ﺳﻨﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ٢/٧٥٥ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)٥١٣٠(ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺑﺎﺏ ،:ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ.
127.
-١٢٧- ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ
ﻭﻇﻬﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺎ ﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﳜﻞ ﻭﱂ ،ﻟﻠﻤﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻳﺘﻌﺼﺒﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳜﻔﻰ ﻻ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﺬﻫﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﻐﻼﻕ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﻧﺒﺬ ﺇﱃﺃﺣﺪ. ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻋﻪ؛ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺣﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﳏﺎﺭﺑﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﳏﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﰐ ،ﺍﺗﻀﺎﺣﻪ،ﺘﻤﻊﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻄﲑﺓ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻼﰲ ﻷﺟﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ؛ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻯ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﳝﻴﺰ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺘﻌﺼﺒﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻭﻻ ،ﺃﻋﻤﻰ ﻓﺎﳌﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﺃﻋﻤﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻷﻧﻪ. ﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻓﻬﻮ ،ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﺒﻐﻴﺾ ﺣﺪ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻭﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ،ﺑﺎﻵﺧﺮ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﺗﻨﺎﻣﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺩﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺴﻒ ﺍﳌ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﺮﺍﻫﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻦ ﹰﻼﻓﻀ ﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔﻨﺼﻔﲔ. ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﺩ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﻣﻦ: ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ: ،ﲢﺘﻤﻞ ﻻ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﲢﻤﻴﻞ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ ﻣﻦ ﹰﻻﺣﺎ ﺑﺄﺣﺴﻦ ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻚ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ؛ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪ ﻻ ﺎﻴﺷﺮﻋ ﺎﺒﻣﻄﻠ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻭﻗﺼﺮ ،ﻓﻘﻂﻩ؛=ﰲ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺃﺳﻮﺃ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ،ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﺒﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ. ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ-ﺎﻀﺃﻳ-ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﺩ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺮﻣﻈﻬ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﺋﻊ ﺳﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻮﺽ. ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻪ؛ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﺬ ،ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﺋﻊ ﺳﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺎﻋﺷﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭ ﻓﻤﻦﹰﺎﻘﻭﺗﻮﺛﻴ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﳌﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﻭﺩﺭﺀ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻸﺻﻞ. ﺎ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﺗﺆﻭﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﺋﻊ ﺳﺪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻭﳛﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻳﻈﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﳘﺔ ﻣﻔﺴﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍﺟﺤﺔ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ,ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﻐﻠﻖ
128.
-١٢٨- ﺣﻴ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻉ
ﺇﺳﺎﺀﺓ،ﺍﺮﲬ ﺍﲣﺎﺫﻩ ﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺐ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻛﻤﻦ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ؛ ﻻ ﺚ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺃﲨﻌﺖ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ،ﺍﻟﺰﻧﺎ ﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺎﻭﺭﺓﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻊ ﻣﺘﻮﳘﺔ ﻣﺮﺟﻮﺣﺔ ﳌﻔﺴﺪﺓ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﻓﻼ ،ﺭﺍﺟﺤﺔ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺘﻪ ﻷﻥ ﺳﺪﻫﺎ؛. ﻋ ﺗﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺭ ﺑﲔ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﺐ ﻭﳍﺬﺍﺳﺪ ﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻳﻔﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺿﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻳﻠﺤﻖ ﻻ ﺣﱴ ،ﻓﺘﺤﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﺋﻊ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﰲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﺋﻊ ﺳﺪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻓﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ،ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻭﳛﻘﻖ ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺪﺓ. ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﺩ ﻣﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻭﻣﻦ-ﺎﻀﺃﻳ-: ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﻟﺬﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﺪﺳ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ.
129.
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ اﻟاﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎدــــﺠﻤﺎﻋﻲ اﻟﻔﺘﻮىﻟﻀﺒﻂﻛﺄﺳﺎس
131.
-١٣١- ﻳﺘﺴﻢ ،ﻋﺼﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ
ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻊ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺗﺴﺎﺭﻉ ،ﺍﻷﻃﺮﻭﺣﺎﺕ ﺑﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﺃ ﳑﺎ ،ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﰲ ﻭﲢﻜﻤﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻂﻭﺣﲑﺓ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻯ ﻫﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺮﺝ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﻚ ﻻ ﻭﳑﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﻋﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻇﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺫﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﰲ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻫﻢ ﻭﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ،ﻢﺷﺘﺎ ﻭﲨﻊ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﲔ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ،ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻳﺴﺎﳘﻮﻥ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ،ﻭﺩﻧﻴﺎﻫﻢ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﺼﺎﱀﻣﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻻ ،ﺘﻤﻊﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﻭﺳﺆﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﺰﻫﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻣﺲ ﰲ ﺎ ﺗﻌﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﻇﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﰲ ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻀﺎﻑ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﻻ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻠﻖ ،ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻲ؛ ﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺑﺄﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻓﲔ ﻟﺪﻥ ﻣﻦ ،ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻓﻠﻜﻲ ،ﺎﻻﺕﺍ ﺷﱴ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ؛ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ=ﻓ ،ﲨﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻇﻞ ﰲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺑﺪ ﻻﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺎﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﺎﻻﺕﺍ ﺷﱴ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﳌﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺎﺤﻓﺴﻴ ﺎﻧﻭﻣﻴﺪﺍ ﺎﺒﺭﺣ ﺎﺑﺑﺎ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ،ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ،ﻗﻮﳍﻢ ﻳﻌﺰﺯ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ،ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﺻﻤﺎﻡ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﺣﻞ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﺣﻖ ﻳﺮﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ. ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﺼﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺲ ﻭﻟﻘﺪﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺁﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺜﻴﺔ ﻢﻃﺎﻗﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻧﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﲨﻊ ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺩﻋﻮﺍ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﱞﻞﻛﺍﻻﺋﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻬﺪﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺇﱃ ﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ،ﻢﺷﺆﻭ ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ،ﲣﺼﺼﻪ ﳎﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ –ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-ﻣﺆﲤﺮ ﰲ ﺃﻟﻘﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺭﲰﻲ ﻧﺪﺍﺀ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ،
132.
-١٣٢- ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ
ﺭﺍﺑﻄﺔﺳﻨﺔ ،ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﲟﻜﺔ ﻋﻘﺪ١٣٨٤ﻫﺠﺮﻳﺔ)١( ﻋﻠﻖ ﻭﻗﺪ ، ﹰﻼﻗﺎﺋ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ" :ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻪ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﳎﻤﻊ ﻭﺃﻧﺸﺄﺕ ،ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﺴﻢ ﻻ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ،ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕﺗﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ")٢( . ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻋﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻷﻋﻄﺖ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ؛ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﺿﺪﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻳﺔ ﺳﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻔﺘﺮﻕ ﻭﱂ ،ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ. ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻮﺽ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﻩ ،ﳏﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻚ ﻭﻻ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ،ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺋﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﻇﻞ ﰲ ﺘﻤﻊﻭﺍ ،ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺋﻪ؛ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ=ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺧﲑﺓ ﺗﺼﻄﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺷﱴ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﻟﺘﻌﻘﺐ ،ﺑﻠﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ؛ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻪ ﰲ ﹴﻝﻋﺎ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻱ=ﺃﻋﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻋﻬﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﻭﻧﻘﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻳﻘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ. ﺩ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ.ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-: "ﻭﺭﻭﺣ ﻓﻘﻬﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺇﺫﺍﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺎﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺣﻴﻮﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﳌﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺎ؛ﻋﺷﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪ ﻻ ﻛﻔﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻴﻨﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ ،ﺟﺮﻳﺌﺔ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﲝﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺎﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺓ ،ﻭﺍﳌﻄﺎﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺐ،ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮﻱ ﻧﺎﺩﻳﺔ٢١٨-٢١٩. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ،ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻦ ﶈﻤﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ١٠٤.
133.
-١٣٣- ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ
ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﳏﻞ ﻟﻴﺤﻞ ،ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺪ ﻻ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ")١( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ﲝﺚ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ.ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄ ،ﺑﺎﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﳌﻠﺘﻘﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ،ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰﺔ:ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺹ ،ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺡ٧٧٧.
134.
-١٣٤- ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ
ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ: ﻟﻪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻳﺮﺩ ﱂ ﺇﺫ ،ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﲔ ﻋﻨﺪ:ﻓﻘﺪﲨﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺬﺍ ﺗﺘﺴﻢ ﱂ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﲨﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﻣﻦ)١( . ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﳏﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﲔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﺬﻝ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺇﻻ ﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﻓﻼ ،ﻟﻺﲨﺎﻉ ﻻﺯﻣﺔ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﺓ ،ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﲨﺎﻋﻲ)٢( . ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺇﺫ ،ﻧﻈﺮ ﳏﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻳﲔ ﻛﻼ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻓﺎﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ،ﻭﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ–ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻣﺎ-ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻭﻓﺮﻕ ،ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ:ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﻮﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ–ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﰲ-ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻓﺘﻘﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﻻ ﻟﻺﲨﺎﻉ ﻣﻔﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﺍﻧﻌﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻻ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ)٣( . ﺇﻻ ،ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻦ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻻ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ؛ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻳﻔﺮﺩ ﱂ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ،ﲨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺑﻪ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﰲﻛﺘﺐ ﰲ ﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﻟﻼﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺎﺒﻣﺼﺎﺣ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ)٤( . ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ،ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ: )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﲝﺚ)ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﰲ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ(ﺃ ،.ﺩ.ﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﲝﺚ ،ﲪﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺹ ،ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ١٢. )٢(ﺃ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ.ﺩ.ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺳﺎﻧﻮ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻗﻄﺐ) :ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺩ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ(ﺹ ،٣٤،ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ﺩ ،ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ.ﺕ. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﲝﺚ)ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻧﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﰲ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ(ﺃ ،.ﺩ.ﺹ ،ﲪﻴﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺻﺎﱀ١٢. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﲝﺚ)ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ(ﺃ ،.ﺩ.ﲝﺚ ،ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ ﺹ ،ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ١٧.
135.
-١٣٥- ١-ﺩ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ.ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ:ﺍﻟﻘـﻀﺎﻳﺎ
ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺘﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲨﻬﻮﺭ ﻭﻳﻬﻢ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺎﺻﻭﺧﺼﻮ ،ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ)١( . ٢-ﺩ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ.ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺳﺮﺓ ﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪ:ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺍﳊﻜـﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺎﻌﲨﻴ ﻭﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻬﻢ ،ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﲝﻜﻢ ﻇﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ)٢( . ٣-ﺩ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ.ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻭﻱ:ﲟﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﲣﺼﻴﺺ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﲔ ﻭﺍﳋﱪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﺓﺑﺎﻟـﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﻣﺎﺭﺳـﻮﺍﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻔﻘﻮﻥ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺼﻠﻮﺍ ﺣﱴ ،ﻭﻳﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺘﺸﺎﻭﺭﻭﻥ ﳎﻠﺲ ﰲ ﺃﻡ ،ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﻨـﻪ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﻳﺼﺪﺭ ،ﺍﻷﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﺟﺤﻪ ﺃﻭ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ)٣( . ٤-ﺩ ﻋﺮﻓﻪ.ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﻮ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻗﻄﺐ:ﺍﻟـﱵ ﺍﳌﻨﻀﺒﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ،ﺍﻟﻌـﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﹴﺮﻋﺼ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺎﺋﺰﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺲﲤ ،ﻋﺎﻡ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﳌـﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﱰﻳﻞ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕﺍ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ)٤( . ﻭﻳﻔﻬﻢﺩ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻦ.ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺩﺗﲔ ﻏﺎﻳﺘﲔ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺳﺎﻧﻮ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻭﳘﺎ ،ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ: ١-ﻣـﻦ ﳎﺘﻤـﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺲﲤ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ،ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺃﻭ ،ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕﺍ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺎﺍ ﻭﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺃ ،ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ.ﺩ.ﺹ ،ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ٢١،ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺋﺮ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ،ﺃﻭﱃ ﻁ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ١٤١٨ﻫـ-١٩٩٨ﻡ. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺳﺮﺓ ﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﺒﺪ٤٦. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﻓﻘﻪ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ٢٤٢. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻨﺸ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺹ ،ﻮﺩ٥٣.
136.
-١٣٦- ﺍﳌ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﻼﺀ
ﳛﺎﻭﻝ ،ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﲨﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻛﻠﻴـﺎﺕ ﺛﻨﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﷲ ﺮﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ. ٢-ﻭﺍﻷﻗـﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕﺍ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﱰﻳﻞ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻳﻌـﲎ ،ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﺗﱰﻳﻠﻲ ﲨﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ،ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﺮﺳﻢ ﻓﻴﻪﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﷲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩﺓ–ﺟﻼﻟﻪ ﺟﻞ-ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ. ﰲ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺒﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻧﺪﻭﺓ)١( . ﻟﻠﻨﺪﻭﺓ ﺍﳋﺘﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻧﺺ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ: "ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻭ ﺗﻘﺮﺭﺃﻭ ﳎﻤﻊ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﰲ ﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦﺍ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ،ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﱄ ﻳﻨﻈﻤﻬﺎ ،ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺬﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ ﻧﺺ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺮﺩ ﱂ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﻭﺭ")٢( . ﺍﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺢ ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ؛ﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ:ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻊ ﺑﺬﻝ ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻟﺘﺤﺼﻴﻞ ﳎﺘﻤﻌﲔ ﻭﺳﻌﻬﻢ. ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺎﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪ ﻻ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺇﺫ: ١-،ﲨﺎﻋـﺔ ﺃﻭ ﲨـﻊ ﺃﻧـﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺼﺪﻕ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺄﻱ ﳛﺼﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺇﻥ ﻛ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺎ ،ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻫﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻊ ﺃﻗﻞ ﰲ ﻳﺮﺟﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻟﻠﻨﺎﻇﺮﺍﻟﻌـﺪﺩ ﺜﺮ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺍﻻﻃﻤﺌﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ. )١(ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﰲ ،ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﲜﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﻧﻈﻤﺖ١١-١٣،ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ ١٤١٧ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ،ﻫـ٢١-٢٣،ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ١٩٩٦ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﻧﺪﻭﺓ ﻡ؛) :ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ(ﺍ ﺑﻌﺾ ﰲ ﻭﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺗﻪ ،ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻃﻪ ،ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﲝﺎﺛﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺪﻣﺖ ،،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻛﺒﲑﻳﻦ ﺟﺰﺃﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻭﺓ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺃﲝﺎﺙ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻧﺸﺮﺕ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﲔ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺣﺠﻴﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﹰﻼﻓﻀ. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﻭﺓ ﺃﲝﺎﺙ٢/١٠٧٩.
137.
-١٣٧- ٢-ﺍﻟـﺒﻌﺾ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳﻌﱪ
ﻣﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺣﲔ ﳎﺘﻤﻌﲔ ﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦﺍ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺁﻟﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺎﻣﻭﺍﻧﺴﺠﺎ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﺎﻭﺭ:ﻣـﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻓﻴﻘﺼﺪ ﻛﺎﻥﺃﻭ ﺍﳍـﺎﺗﻒ ﻋـﱪ ﻛﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺎﻤﺣﻜ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﰲ ﹰﺔﺣﻘﻴﻘ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ،ﺍﻻﺗـﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺃﻭ ،ﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﻌﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﳑﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ. ٣-ﹰﻘﻣﺘﻌﻠ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ،ﺷﺮﻋﻲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﲢﺼﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻳﻬﺪﻑﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺎ ﻳـﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻻ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﳎﻤﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻭﻻ ،ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﺭﲰﻴﺔ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺫﺍ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻪﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺎ؛ﻨﺣﺴ ﺍﻷﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﰲ ﹰﺎﻃﺷﺮ ﻟﻴﺲ. ٤-ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺎﻣﻊﺍ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺇﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ؛ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ=ﻭﺍﳌـﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﻻ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻏﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔﻛﻤﺴﺎﺋﻞ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ:،ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻘﺎﺩﻳﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻚ ،ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺎﻧﺔ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻏﲑ ﲞﻮﺽ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻞ ﺭﺳـﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﰲ–ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻـﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ-ﺍ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ،ﻭﻟـﻴﺲ ،ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ:ﻣـﻦ ﺗﺼﺪﺭﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻞ ،ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻤﺎﻉﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺼﺪﺭﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺭﻳﺐ ﻭﻻ ،ﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟـﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻌﺪﺓ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺟﺪﻳﺮ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ:ﻋـﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳـﻴﻤﺎ ﻻ ـﺎ؛ﻴﲨﺎﻋ ﺍﺩﺍﺟﺘـﻬﺎ ﻳﻌـﺪ ﻻ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺎﻣﻊﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺷﻴﺦ ﻗﺮﺭﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﻀﺮﻧﺎ:ﺑـﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳـﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﻬﻮﺩ ﻏﲑ ﻭﻓﺮﻭﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ.
138.
-١٣٨- ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ:ﳍ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ
ﰲ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻥﺇﻻ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺬﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺻﻔﺔ ﳛﻤﻞ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻦ ﳜﺮﺟﻪ ﻻ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﰲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ. ﺩ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ.ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺴﻮﱐ" :ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺑﻐﺾ ﺃﻥ ﰲ ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻓﻼ ،ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ)ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ(،ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻳﺼﺪﺭﻓﺪﺧﻮﻝ ،ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻦ ﻋﻨﺼﺮﻱ) :ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ(ﻭ)ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺎﻭﺭ(ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻭﰲ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﰲ؛=ﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻳﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ)١( . )١(ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﲝﺚ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ) :ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ(ﺃ ،.ﺩ.ﺹ ،ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﲝﺚ ،ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺴﻮﱐ ﺃﲪﺪ٣.
139.
-١٣٩- ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺘﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ
ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ:ﺇﻥﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﻴﺔﻳﻮﻡ ﰲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺗﻜﻦ ﱂ ﻭﺃﻭﻟﻮﻳﺘﻪ ﻲ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ،ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ–ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ-ﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﻌﺎﳉﻮﺍ ﱂ ﺑﺄﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺯﺍﺧﺮﺓ ﻢﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭﺑﺎﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﰲ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﳕﺎﺫﺝ.
140.
-١٤٠- ﺃﻭﻻ:ﻓ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩـﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ
ﻋﺼﺮ ﻲ: ﺑﻌﺪﺓ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻋﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻓﻤﻨﺬ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ،ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻭﰲ ،ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻘﺒﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﻭﳎﺎﻻﺗﻪ)ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ(ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺎﻻﺕﺍ ﰲ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،: ١-ﺗﺪﺑﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ. ٢-ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺺ ﻻ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ. ٣-ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ. ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺎﻻﺕﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﰲ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻛﻞ ﹰﺜﲝ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﻜﻠﻬﺎ ،ﲨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﰲﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﺜﲝ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻭﻛﻠﻬﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻋﲔ. ﻋﲔ ﺎﻀﺃﻳ ﻓﻬﻲ ،ﺗﺸﺎﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﺸﺎﺭﻛﻴﺔ ﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ)١( . ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺎﻟﻜﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ؛ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﻣﺜﻠﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻒ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻔﲔ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺄﻗﺘﺼﺮ ﻓﺈﱐ ﻟﺬﺍ ،ﻭﺗﺎﺭﳜﻴﺔ. ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻒ ﺃﻣﺎ-ﻭﻫﻮ:ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺺ ﻻ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ- ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻼﺣﻆ)ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ(ﻭﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﹰﻻﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﹰﺎﻜﻣﺴﻠ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﻢﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺺ ﻻ ﺍﻟﱵ. ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻋﲔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﺆﻛﺪ ﺍﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻝ ،ﻭﺃﺷﻜﺎﻟﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﻩ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﻬﺎﺩﻥ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ: ))ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺷﻮﺭﻯ ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻫﻢ(()٢( ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﺘﺸﺎﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻭﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺪﻳﺢ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻓﻔﻲ ، )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮﺹ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ٤. )٢(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ٣٨ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ،.
141.
-١٤١- ﻣﻨﻘﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﻢﻭﺃ ،ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢﻳﻨﺘﻔﻲ
ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ،ﳐﺘﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﻻ ﻣﺘﻔﻘﻮﻥ ،ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻷﺭﺷﺪ ﻫﺪﻭﺍ ﺇﻻ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺗﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ،ﻭﺃﺷﻜﺎﻟﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﻩ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩ)١( . ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﻗﺎﻝ:ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳚﺘﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺣﱴ ﺑﺮﺃﻱ ﻳﻨﻔﺮﺩﻭﻥ ﻻ ﻢﺃ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ)٢( . ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻢ ﺗﱰﻝ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻨﻬﺞ. ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ: ١-ﻃﺎﻟﺐ ﺃﰊ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﱪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺎ–ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ-ﻗـﺎﻝ ،: ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻠﺖ:ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺳﻨﺔ؟ ﻓﻴﻪ ﲤﺾ ﻭﱂ ،ﻗﺮﺁﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﱰﻝ ﱂ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻳﱰﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ: ))ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﻟﻪ ﺍﲨﻌﻮﺍ:ﺷﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﺟﻌﻠﻮﻩ ،ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦﻭﻻ ،ﺑﻴﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﺮﺃﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻘﻀﻮﺍ(()٣( . ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺺ ﻻ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ؛ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ=ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲟﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﲔ ﻟﻴﺴﺎ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ، ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺇﻥ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﰲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﰲ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺑﻞ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺂﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﰲ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﻭﰲ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻳﺸﺮﻙ. ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ: ٢-ﻛـﺎﻥ ،ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻦ ،ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻓﻘﺪ ،ﺍﻷﺫﺍﻥ ﻗﺼﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ:"ﻟـﻴﺲ ﺍﻟـﺼﻼﺓ ﻨﻮﻥﻴﻓﻴﺘﺤ ﳚﺘﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻗﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﺣﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺎﻣﻳﻮ ﻓﺘﻜﻠﻤﻮﺍ ،ﳍﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻯﻌﻀﻬﻢ:ﻧـﺎﻗﻮﺱ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺎﺳﻧﺎﻗﻮ ﺍﲣﺬﻭﺍ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ:،ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﹰﺎﻗﺑﻮ ﺑﻞﻋﻤﺮ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ:ﺗﺒﻌﺜـﻮﻥ ﺃﻭﻻ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻃﱯ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ١٣/١٩٤. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﳌﺴﲑ ﺯﺍﺩ٧/٢٩١. )٣(ﺍﻟﱪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻗﺎﻝ:ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﰲ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺬﺍ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻻ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻏﲑﻩ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﰲ ﻭﻻ...ﺍ ﰲ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺑﻐﺾ ،ﺇﱁﻟﻪ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺿﻌﻒ؛ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺤﺔ:،ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺳﻨﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﱰ٢/٤٥٧ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)٤١٨٨.(
142.
-١٤٢- ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ
،ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﹰﻼﺭﺟ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-)) :ﻗﻢ ،ﺑﻼﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﻨﺎﺩ((")١( . ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻗﺎﻝ" :ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺃﻻ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻫﻮ– ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻭﻻ ،ﺎﻴﻭﺣ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﻭﱂ ،ﺍﻷﺫﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺒﻄﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﺎﻧﺑﻴﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺰﻋﻮﻧﻪ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﺃﻏﺮﺍﺿﻬﺎ")٢( . ٣-ﺎﻀﺃﻳ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ:ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻋﻦ ،ﺑﺪﺭ ﺃﺳﺮﻯ ﰲ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ﻣﺎ–ﺭﺿﻲ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﷲ-ﻗﺎﻝ ،:"ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺭﻯ ﺃﺳﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻠﻤﺎ–ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻـﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ-ﻭﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻷﰊ)) :ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺭﻯ؟ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﺎ((ﺑﻜﺮ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،:ﻳﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﻯ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻢ ﺑﻨﻮ ﻫﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻧﱯﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ،ﻓﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﻟﻺﺳﻼﻡ ﻳﻬﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻌﺴﻰ ،ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ–ﻋﻠﻴـﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻـﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ-)) :ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ؟ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻯ ﻣﺎ((ﻗﻠﺖ ،:ﻭﺍﷲ ﻻ!ﺃﺑﻮ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﻯ ﻣﺎ ، ﻓﻴـﻀﺮﺏ ﻋﻘﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺎﻴﻋﻠ ﻓﺘﻤﻜﻦ ،ﺃﻋﻨﺎﻗﻬﻢ ﻓﻨﻀﺮﺏ ﲤﻜﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﲏ ،ﺑﻜﺮ ﻓﻼ ﻣﻦ ﻭﲤﻜﲏ ،ﻋﻨﻘﻪﻥ)ﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺎﺒﻧﺴﻴ(ﺍﻟﻜﻔـﺮ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﻋﻨﻘﻪ ﻓﺄﺿﺮﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻓﻬﻮﻯ ،ﻭﺻﻨﺎﺩﻳﺪﻫﺎ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻭﱂ ،ﺑﻜـﺮ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﹶﺚﺍﳊﺪﻳ ،ﻗﻠﺖ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻬﻮ...ﺇﱁ")٣( . )١(ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ١/٢١٩ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)٥٧٩(ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﰲ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ،ﺍﻷﺫﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺑﺎﺏ ، ١/٢٨٥ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)٣٧٧(ﺍﻷﺫﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺑﺎﺏ ،. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﻘﺒ،ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺑﻦ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻷﰊ ،ﺃﻧﺲ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﻮﻃﺈ ﺷﺮﺡ ﰲ ﺒﺲ١/١٩٤-١٩٥ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ،ﺃﻭﱃ ﻁ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ١٩٩٢ﺗﺢ ،ﻡ/ﻛﺮﱘ ﻭﻟﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ. )٣(ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ٣/١٣٨٣ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)١٧٦٣(ﻭﺇﺑﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺪﺭ ﻏﺰﻭﺓ ﰲ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﺏ ، ﺍﻟﻐﻨﺎﺋﻢ.
143.
-١٤٣- ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﲏ
ﺃﻣﺮ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﲑ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﺻﺤﺎﺑﺘﻪ؛ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳍﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻣﺘﻪ ﺎﻤﺗﻌﻠﻴ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ. ٤-ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﻣﻬﺮﺍﻥ ﺑﻦ ﻣﻴﻤﻮﻥ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ ﻣﺎ" :ﺣﻜـﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻋﻴﺎﻩ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺑﻪ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺳﺄﻝ:ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻤﺘﻢ ﻫﻞ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻓﻴـﻪ ﻗـﻀﻰ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﲟﺎ ،ﺑﻘﻀﺎﺀ؟:ﺳـﻨﺔ ﳚﺪ ﱂ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺑﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺳﻨﻬﺎ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻓـﺈﺫﺍ ،ﻓﺎﺳﺘـﺸﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺭﺅﺳﺎﺀ ﲨﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﻳﻬﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ")١( . ٥-ﻋﻤﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ–ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ-ﰲ ـﺎﺳﺃﺳﺎ ﻭﺟﻌﻠـﻪ ،ﺎﻀﺃﻳ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺞ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ،ﺍﳊﻜﻢﺳﺄﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ؛ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳚﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻴﺎﻩ ﺇﺫﺍ:ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻞ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﲨﻊ ﻭﺇﻻ ،ﺑﻪ ﻗﻀﻰ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻷﰊ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺑﻘﻀﺎﺀ؟ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﻳﻬﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ،ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ)٢( . ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺃﺑﺮﺯ ﻭﻣﻦ: ٦-ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕﻣﻮﺳـﻰ ﺃﺑـﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﻟـﺒﲑﻭﱐ ﺍﻟﻄﱪﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻓﻘﺪ ،ﺍﳍﺠﺮﻱ ﺦ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺮﻱ:،ﺗـﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﳍـﺎ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻓﺄﺷﺎﺭﻳﺘﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﻭﱂ ،ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻭﺟـﻮﺩ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺱ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻔﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﺄﻥ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﲔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺩﻋﻤـﺮ ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮ ،ﻟﻠﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺎﺳﺃﺳﺎ ﺗﺘﺨﺬ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﰲ:ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﺒﻌﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺥ–ﻭﺳـﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-، ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ:ﺃﻇﻬـﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﺗﻔﻘـﻮﺍ ﰒ ،ﻣﻮﻟﺪﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ،ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺥ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨـﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻓـﺎﺓ ،ﺍﳍﺠﺮﺓ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻵﻓﺎﺕ؛ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺃﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ،ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ، )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻠﺪﻫﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻹﻧﺼﺎﻑ١/٥١ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﻊ ،١/٥٢. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ ﺳﻨﻦ١٠/١٠٤.
144.
-١٤٤- ﺍﻟﻨـﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﺼﺮﻑ ﻷﻧﻪ
ﺑﺎﶈﺮﻡ؛ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺗﻔﻘﻮﺍ ،ﺑﺎﳍﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺄﲨﻌﻮﺍ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺣﺠﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ)١( . ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ:ﺍﻟﺼﺤ ﻋﻬﺪ ﰲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻥـﺎﺑﺔ –ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ-. ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﺒﺪﺇ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ؛ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﻑ ﺍﺭﻇﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺎﻋﺇﲨﺎ ﻭﺃﲦﺮ ،ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻘﻪﺒﻃ ﻱ. ﺍﳉﻮﻳﲏ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ" :ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻢﺃ ﺷﻴﻤﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﺗﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﻦ ﰲ ﻓﺘﺸﻮﺍ ﻳﺼﺎﺩﻓﻮﻩ ﱂ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-، ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺭﺟﻌﻮﺍ ﺍﺷﺘﻮﺭﻭﺍ ﳚﺪﻭﻫﺎ ﱂ ﻓﺈﻥ")٢( ،،ﺍﻷﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻤﻊﺑﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺷﺒﻪ ﻛﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﺷﻬﺮﻫﻢ)٣( ﺍﺑﻦ ﻓﻌﻦ ، ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ:،ﺎﻌﲨﻴ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻢﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ،ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ،ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﻭﻻ ،ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻨﻈﺮﻭﺍﻓﻴﺼﺪﺭﻭﻥ)٤( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺑـ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ،ﺍﻟﻄﱪﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ:ﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ ،ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ/،ﺍﻟﻄﱪﻱ ﺟﺮﻳﺮ ﺑﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺟﻌﻔﺮ ﺃﰊ ٢/١١٠. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﱪﻫﺎﻥ٢/٥٠٠. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻃﻊ١/٤٠٢. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺬﻳﺐ٣/٣٧٨.
145.
-١٤٥- ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ:ﻓ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩـﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ
ﻋﻬﺪ ﻲ: ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﻋﻬﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﺪ–ﺎﻌﲨﻴ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ-ﻓﻬﻢ ، ﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺪﺣﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﺎﺭﻭﺍ ،ﺎﻌﲨﻴ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬﻫﻢ: ))ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺼﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻮﻥﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ ﺑﺈﺣﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺒﻌﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻭﺭﺿﻮﺍ((...)١( ﻭﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ ،–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-)) :ﺍﻟﺬﻳ ﰒ ،ﻗﺮﱐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺧﲑﻦ ،ﻢﻳﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﰒ ،ﻢﻳﻠﻮ((...)٢( . ﺩﻭﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﻨﻔﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺪﻳﺴﺘﺒ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﲑﻛﺜ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﻋﻬﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﻗﻊ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻟ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻓﻘﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻳﺴﺘﺸﲑ ﺃﻥﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺣﺼﲔ ﺃﰊ ﻋﻦ ﺒﻴﻬﻘﻲ" :ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺑﺪﺭ ﺃﻫﻞ ﳍﺎ ﳉﻤﻊ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻭﻟﻮ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻟﻴﻔﱵ")٣( . ﻛﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﻩ ﳌﺎ ﺎﻌﺗﺒ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﲔ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ ﺃﻥ ﻏﲑ ﻛﻞ ﳊﺼﻴﻠﺔ ﺎﻌﻓﻴﻬﺎ،ﻭﺗﺒ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺎﻌﻭﺗﺒ ،ﺷﻴﻮﺧﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﲡﺎﻫﻪ ،ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ)٤( . ﻣﺎ ،ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻳﺪﻝ ،ﺑﻪ ﹰﻻﻣﻌﻤﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻻ ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺷﺮﻳﺢ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ:ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﱄ ﻗﺎﻝ:ﻣﻦ ﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺎﻥ ﲟﺎ ﺍﻗﺾ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﺍ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺎﻥ ﲟﺎ ﺍﻗﺾ ﰒ ،،ﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮ ،ﺭﺃﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﺟﺘﻬﺪ ﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦﺍ ﺃﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻀﻰ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﱂ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ)٥( . )١(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ١٠٠. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ٢/٩٣٨ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)٢٥٠٩(ﺃﺷﻬﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻮﺭ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻻ ﺑﺎﺏ ،. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﱰ١٠/٥١٩ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)٢٩٥٠٧.( )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﺎﻫﺞ.ﺹ ،ﻣﺪﻛﻮﺭ ﺳﻼﻡ ﳏﻤﺪ٥٧٥،ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻁ ،١٩٧٤ﻡ. )٥(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻛﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﱰ٥/٩٧٧ﺭﻗﻢ ،)١٤٤٤٩.(
146.
-١٤٦- ﹰﺎﺜﺛﺎﻟ:ﻓ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩـﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦﺍ
ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻲ: ﺑﻌﺼﺮ ﲰﻲ ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻋﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﺯﻫﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻭﻋﺼﺮ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻀﺞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻧﺸﺄﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻋﻲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﺜﻞ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﱂ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﺜﻞ ،ﺍﻵﻥ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺎﺵ ،ﻣﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺳﻌﺪ ﺑﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻴﺚ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﻡ ﺗﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻧﺖﻭﻭﺩ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻥﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ ،ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺎﻴﻋﻠﻤ ﺎﻨﻳ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﱂ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺃﺳﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ)١( . ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺷﻮﻯ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﺮﺯ ﻭﻟﻌﻞ–ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ-ﺍﳌﻜﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﻓﻖ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ،–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-" :ﻭﱂ ،ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺷﻮﺭﻯ ﻣﺬﻫﺒﻪ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﻡ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﻓﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴ ﰲ ﹰﺔﻭﻣﺒﺎﻟﻐ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﺩﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎ ﻢﺩﻭ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﺒﺪﻓﻜﺎﻥ ،ﻭﻟﺮﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﷲ ﺤﺔ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﻭﻳﻨﺎﻇﺮﻫﻢ ،ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ،ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﰒ ،ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰒ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻳﻄﺮﺡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺮﺷﻬ")٢( . ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﺴﲑﺓ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﻴﺚ ،ﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦﺍ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻷ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﰲ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﰒ ،ﺍﳌﺜﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲﺣﻮﺍﻝ)٣( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ.،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻠﺲﺍ ﻁ ،ﺍﻟﺪﺳﻮﻗﻲ ﳏﻤﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ١٣٩٣ﻫـ. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺩﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻜﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﻓﻖ ،ﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﰊ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺐ٢/٥٧،ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ١٤٠١ﻫـ-١٩٨١ﻡ. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺃ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ.ﺩ.ﺹ ،ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ٤١.
147.
-١٤٧- ﲞﺼﻮﺹ= ﻓ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ
ﺃﳘﻴﺔـﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻲ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ:ﻳ ﻻ ﺇﻧﻪﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﲰﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ:،ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ،ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺑﺮﺃﻳﻪ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺫﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺇﻋﺠﺎﺏ. ﻇ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺎﻣﻳﻮ ﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ؛ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﶈﺪﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﻤﺔ ﻓﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺎﺕ. ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﺗﻀﺎﺭﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻤﺎﺍﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﻔﻭﲣﻔﻴ ،ﺘﻤﻊﺍ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹰﺎﻇﺣﻔﺎ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ؛ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺎﺷﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺘﺖ. ﺩ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ.ﺍﳋﺎﺩﻣﻲ" :،ﻗﺼﻮﻯ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻟﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺣﺪ ﰲ ﺟﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﻘﺼﺪﳍﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ،ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻈﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﻓﻘﻂ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﰲ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﻤﻨﺔ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻭﻟﻀﺨﺎﻣﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺮﺍﻍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺃﺷﺪ ﰲ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺷﻌﻮﺏ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﻭﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻨﻈﲑ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ،ﻣﻌﻴﻨﲔ ﻭﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﻷﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﺮﻛﺖ ﻟﻮ ﺎﺑﻭﺃﺣﻘﺎ ﺍﺭﺃﻋﻤﺎ ﺗﻔﲏ ﻗﺪ ﺍﳋﱪﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﺱ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺩﻭﺭ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺎﺀ ﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ،ﻭﺃﺣﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺠﺰﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﰲ
148.
-١٤٨- ﺇﱃ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﻻ
ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻳﺴﲑ ﻏﲑ ﻛﺒﲑ ﳎﻬﻮﺩ")١( . "ﺍﺭﳏﺼﻮ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺇﻥﺗﻄﻐﻰ ﻛﺄﻥ ،ﻭﳎﺎﻻﺗﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﳚﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺍﳋﻮﺍﻃﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻯ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﰲ ﹰﻼﻣﺘﻤﺜ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻪ ﻷﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﹰﻼﻭﻣﺪﺧ ﹰﺎﻘﻣﻨﻄﻠ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ. ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ،ﲟﻔﺮﺩﻩ ﻋﺎﱂ ﻳﺘﻮﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﺎ،ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ؛ ﺍﳌﻌﻘﺪﺓ؛ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ=ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﲢﺼﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ،ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲﻭﻫﻮ ،ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ،ﺑﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻓﺎﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ، ،ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻷﺟﺪﺭ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﻭﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﺃﺭﺑﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺃﺛﲎ ،ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺑﻄﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻴﻖ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺴﺐ ،ﻭﺗﻄﻮﺭﺍﺗﻪ")٢( . ﺎﻴﲢﺎﺷ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ؛ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﳊﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ،ﻵﺧﺮ ﺣﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ؛ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ:ﻫﻮﲟﺎ ،ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻼﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﻨﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺇ ﺑﻞ ،ﳐﺪﻭﻣﺔ ﻭﲝﻮﺙ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺪﻡﻥﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺎﺫﺍ ﺣﺪ ﻓﺮﺩﻳﺔ. ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻻ ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻮﻣﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺇﻥﲤﺲ ﻣﺼﲑﻳﺔ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊﺑﺎ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﲰﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺩﻯ ﻭﺇﻻ ،ﺍﻷﻣﺔﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﻟﻔﻮﺿﻰ. ﻳﻘﻮﻝ-ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-: "ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺣﻖ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﻮﻍ ﻓﻼ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻼﺕ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ) :ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺻﺪﻱ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ:ﳎﺎﻻﺗﻪ ،ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻪ ،ﺣﺠﻴﺘﻪ(ﺩ ،.،ﺍﳋﺎﺩﻣﻲ ﳐﺘﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺭ٢/٢٣٥-٢٣٦. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ٢/٢٣٦.
149.
-١٤٩- ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻻﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻼﺕ؛
ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﻞ ،ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﰐ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺩﻟﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺃ،ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺎﺃﺳﺒﺎ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺿﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺛﺒﺖ ...ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺿﻰ ﺗﻨﻔﻰ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ؛ ﺷﺮﺍﺋﻂ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﺒﺎﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ، ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻣﻬﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ،ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺸﻌﺐ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺃﻱ؛ ﻟﻼﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ=ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﺳﻨﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻳﺴﺎﺭ ،ﺍﻟﺸﻄﻂ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﻭﺗﻘﻨﻴﻨﻪ")١( . ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺿﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻭﺃﺭﺟﻊ ﺍﻵﰐ: ﺃﻭﳍﻤﺎ:ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﻘﺎﺩ ،ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺳﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺳ ﺍﳋﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺧﻼﺀ ﺃﻧﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺣﱴ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﺠﺮﺅﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ،ﻼﻣﻲ ﺎﻣﻋﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺤﻔﻴﻮﻥ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻭﻫﻢ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺍﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻋﻦ ﹰﻼﻓﻀ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺑﺄﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﻘﺼﻬﻢ ،ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ)٢( . ﻣﺜﻞ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﳉﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻭﻻ ﻭﺍﻻﻗ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺐ ﺍﳍﻨﺪﺳﺔﺑﻌﺾ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻭﺗﺒﺎﺩﺭ ،ﺣﺎﳍﻢ ﻳﻨﻜﺸﻒ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ،ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﺩﻋﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻟﲔ ﺍﳌﺸﻌﻮﺫﻳﻦ ﻢﻋﻘﺎ ﺃﻭ ،ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﺭﺍﺀ ﰲ ﳑﺜﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻬﻨﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺤﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺇﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻭﻻ ،ﻓﻴﻌﺎﻗﺒﻮﻥ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺰﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺩﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ. ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ:ﻓﻴﺪﻋﻰ ،ﻭﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻴﺘﺴﺮﻉ ،ﻣﺘﻌﻤﺪ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻭ ،ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﻤﺪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻴﻘﻮﻝ ،ﺟﺮﺃﺓ:ﻛﺬﺍ ﺭﺃﻳﻲ،ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻳﻔﺘﻘﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﻛﺬﺍ ﰲ ﻭﺭﺃﻳﻲ ، ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﲔ ﺍﻻﻧﻀﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﳛﺴﻨﻮﻥ ﻢﺃ ﺃﻭ ،ﳐﺘﺼﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻭﺃﻏﻠﺐ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ،ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺺ ﻻ ﻴﻤﺎ/ﺹ ،ﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﻫﺎﺏ ﻋﺒﺪ١٣. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺃ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ.ﺩ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﺰﺣﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﺒﺔ١١.
150.
-١٥٠- ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮﺓ؛ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻔﺔ
ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺗﺴﺎﻫﻼ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﻳﺘﺴﺎﻫﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﻫﻢ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺎﺒﺣﻳﻔﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ. ﻓﺮﻳﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻉ ،ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﺑﻌﺜﺮﺓ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﻖ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻭﻗﻊ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻡ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺓ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ ﳎﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﺩﻋﻴﺎﺀ ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﺃﻭ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﺩﻣﺘﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ،ﻭﺟﻌﻞ؛=ﻛﺎﻥ ﻢ؛ﻭﺇﺳﻜﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺣﱴ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻷﺩﻋﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻹﳉﺎﻡ ﻦﻴﺍﳌﺘﻌ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ=ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻠﺘﺔ ﻭﻏﲑ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳌﻠﺘﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺎﻣﻊﺍ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻳﻨﻘﺼﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺎﻫﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﻴﺪﺓ)١( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ١١.
151.
-١٥١- ﻭﳝﺍﻵﰐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻲ
ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﺇﲨﺎﻝ ﻜﻦ: ١-ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﺍﳋﻠﻞ ﻟﺴﺪ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺃﻫﻢ ،ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﺜﺎﻓـﺔ ﻇـﻞ ﰲ ﺃﳘﻴﺘـﻪ ﻭﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻪ ﺗﺘﺴﻊ ﻻ ﲟﺎ ،ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﻌﻘﺪ ،ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘـﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﲨﻊ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ؛ ،ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻣﺖ ،ﺇﺣﺎﻃﺘﻪ ﺑﻠﻐﺖ ﳑﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﻴـﺔ؛ ﺃﻛﺎﺩﳝﻴـﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﳎﺎﻣﻊ ﺿﻤﻦ ،ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﲨﺎﻋﻲ ﺟﻬﺪ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻧﺼﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ= ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ. ٢-ﻭﺣـﺪﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﺃﺷﻜﺎﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﻭﻻ ،ﴰﻠﻬﺎ ﻢﹶﻟﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﲨﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺆﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺮ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺼﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺬﻫﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺊ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳜﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺣﱴ ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ. ٣-ﻣـﺪﺍﺭﻙ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻬﺎ ،ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻸﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﺰﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻋﻦ ﺧﻔﻲ ﻓﺮﲟﺎ ،ﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦﺍ،ﻧـﺴﻲ ﻣـﺎ ﻓﻴﺬﻛﺮﻩ ،ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻳﻌﻠﻤﻪ. ٤-ﻭﺍﺳـﺘﺠﻼﺀ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻃﺮﺍﺋﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻀﺎﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻭﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ؛ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﻃﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ،ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﺗﻼﻗﺢ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ؛ ﻏﻮﺍﻣﺾ=ﳚﻠﻲ ﳑﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺩﻮﻭﳚ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ. ٥-ﺃﻗﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺇﻥﻓﻘﻴـﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﰲ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻡ ،ﻭﺍﺣﺪ. ٦-ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﻔﺮﺍﺩ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺰﺍﻟﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺼﻢ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ.
152.
-١٥٢- ﻋﻦ ﺃﻣﺎ= ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺎﻣﻊﺍ ﻓـﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻲ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ: ﻗ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺎﻣﻊﺍ ﺃﺳﻬﻤﺖ ﻟﻘﺪﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ،ﺮﻥ ،ﻤﻌﻴﺔﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﳒﺎﺯ ،ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﰲ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ؛ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ،ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ. ﰲ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ،ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﳌﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻱﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻭﺗﻠﺒﻴﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﳌﺼﺮﰲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﱯ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ،ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻔﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻳﺔ)١( . ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ،ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺎﻣﻊﺍ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﺒﺎﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﳎﻤﻊ ،ﺑﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﻭﳎﻠﺲ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺭ ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ. ﻣﺜﻞ ،ﻋﺎﳌﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ:ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﳎﻤﻊ ﻠﺲﻭﺍ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﻤﻊﻭﺍ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲﻫﺬﻩ ﺕﺩﺃ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ ،ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻓﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺎﻣﻫﺎ ﺍﺭﺩﻭ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳚﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺎﻣﻊﺍ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ،ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﳜ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻭﻻ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺃﻫﻞﳎﺎﻣﻊ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ،ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻠﻮ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺃ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ.ﺩ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﺰﺣﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﺒﺔ١٦.
153.
-١٥٣- ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻖ
ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻟﻺﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ،ﻓﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ.
154.
-١٥٤- ﺃﻭﻻ:ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺭ
ﺗﻌﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺒﺎﺕ:- ﺍﻹ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻚ ﻻﻭﺃﺳﻬﻤﺖ ،ﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺿﻮﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﻧﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﺻﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﳌﻄﻠﻊ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ)ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺎﻣﻊﺍ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ(ﲝﻮﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺒﺬﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﻭﺩﻭﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﳎﻼﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻷﺩﻟ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔﺇﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺻﺤﻮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﻭﺍﳊﺠﺞ ﺔ ﲤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ،ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻭﺿﺢ ،ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺣﱴ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻳﻨﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺎﻳﺑﺸﺮ ﹰﻼﻋﻤ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺀﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺈﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺇﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻻ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲﺃﻭﺟﻪ ﻧﺪﺭﻙ ﺣﱴ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻢﹶﺛ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ)١( . ﺍﻵﰐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﺇﲨﺎﻝ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ: ١-ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﳎﺎﻟﺲ ﺎﺻﻭﺧﺼﻮ ،ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻫﻮ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ:ﻋﻤﻠـﻬﻢ ﺃﺛﻨـﺎﺀ ﺘﻬـﺪﻳﻦﺍ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﺳ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻱﺍﳊـﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻭﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ،ﻭﲤﺤﻴﺼﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻋﻤﻠـﻲ ﺗـﺄﺛﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻐﻂ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ،ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻷﺣـﺪ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻓﻼ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ،ﺍﷲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ،ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ،ﺍﻟـﺸﺮﻉ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻴﺤﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻋﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻳﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻣﻀﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﻻﺇﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺅﲤﻦ ﲟﺎ ﹰﻼﻭﳐ ،ﺍﳊﻨﻴﻒ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻉ ﺍ ﺍﻟـﺮﺃﻱ ﲝﺮﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺎﻣﻊﺍ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﺿﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬـﺎ ﻳﻘـﻮﻡ ﺍﻟـﱵ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺎﺋﺰ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻛﻴﺰﺓ ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻓﺤﺮﻳﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺎﻣﻊﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﻼﻝ. ﻛﺎﻧ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻂ ﻇﻞ ﻭﰲ،ﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀ ﻭﻛﺒﺖ ،ﺖ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ؛ ﻭﻣﻨﻊ=ﻻ ﳑﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﲑ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺃ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺎﺩ.ﺩ.ﺹ ،ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ٧٣.
155.
-١٥٥- ،ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻏﲑ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ
ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺮﺝ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ،ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﻭﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺎﻝﺍ ﺇﻓﺴﺎﺡ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺑﻞ ،ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻞﺒﹶﻜﺗ ﺃﻻ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﳉﺮﻱﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ. ٢-ﺍﺧﺘﻴـﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﳚـﺪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻬـﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻤـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺗﻌﻔﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﻦﻴﻌﺗ ﺍﻟﱵ)١( ﺼﻧـ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﳎﻤﻊ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ،ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ:ﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻭﻟﺘﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ،ﻤﻊﺍ ﰲ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻀﻮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﲤﺮ. ،ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﺮﻇﺎﻫ ﹰﻼﺧﻠ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻚ ﻭﻻ ﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺇﻻ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺃﻱ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻭﳝﻜﻦﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﻻ ﺘﻬﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻬﺎ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﺗﻠﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﹰﻼﳑﺜ ﺑﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﻮﻥ ﺣﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺕ–ﱯﻧﺴ ﹴﻞﺑﺸﻜ ﻭﻟﻮ-ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ، ،ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﱐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﻲ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻬﻢ ،ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﻢﺃ ﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺇﺫ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮﺓ؛ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺿﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻭﻗﺪﻭﻟﺬﺍ ،ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻠﺪ ﰲ ﻳﻨﻌﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻣﻌﲔ ﺑﻠﺪ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳊﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺗﺰﻛﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻳﻨﺘﺨﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﻓﻖ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﺎﺕ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺑﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻣﺔ ﺗﱪﺃ)٢( . ٣-ﺗﻜ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ،ﺑﻴﻨـﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺟﻴﺔ ﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻜﻞ ﰲ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻼ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺒﺬﻝ:ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﻙ ﻓﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉﰲ ﲝـﺚ ﺷـﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﺆﲤﺮﻩ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻷﺯﻫﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ ﳎﻤﻊ ﺍﶈﺮﻡ١٣٨٥ﺍﻟﻌـﺎﱂ ﻟﺮﺍﺑﻄـﺔ ﺍﻟﺘـﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﻤﻊﺍ ﰲ ﲝﺚ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﻫﺠﺮﻳﺔ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻧﺪﻭﺓ ﺃﲝﺎﺙ١/٣٠٢،٣٠٦،٥٤٨،٥٨٥،٦٠٩. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﻀﻮﳛﻲ ﺃﲪﺪ٦٥.
156.
-١٥٦- ﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﰲ ،ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﻣﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺳﻨﺔ ،ﺭﺟﺐ١٤٠٦ﺍﳌـﺆﲤﺮ ﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﻤﻊﺍ ﲝﺜﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﻫﺠﺮﻳﺔ ﺑ ﻇﱯ ﺃﰊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻘﺪ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻊ ﻣﺆﲤﺮﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﰲ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲﺍﻹﻣـﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺪﻭﻟـﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻌﺪﺓ ﺫﻱ ﺷﻬﺮ ﰲ ،ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ١٤١٥ﻫﺠﺮﻳﺔ)١( . ٤-ﺍﳌﺆﺳـﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺗﻌﺎﱐ ﺣﻴﺚ ،ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻭﺍﳊﻮﺍﻓﺰ ﺍﳌﻜﺂﻓﺎﺕ ﻭﺿﻌﻒ ،ﺍﳌﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ)٢( . ٥-ﺍﻻﺳـﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﰲ ﻣﻬـﻢ ﺩﻭﺭ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺇﻏﻔﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﻟﻄﺐ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲﺍﻟـﱵ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﺮ ،ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺘﻤﻌـﺎﺕﺍ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﻃﺮﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺎﺃﻓﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ﺻﻠﺔ ﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼـﺼﲔ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺎﳌﻼﺣﻆ ،ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﳝﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ،ﻭﺃﺻﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺻﻠﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﱵﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ)٣( . ٦-ﻣﺴﺎﻧﺪﺓ ﲝﻮﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺪﻡ. ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻔﺘﻘﺮ ،ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﻁ ،ﳍﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﲝﻮﺙ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﻴﻀﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﲟﺎ ﻭﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪﻫﺎ،ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﻳﺘﺼﻒ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻷﻥ ﺍﺮﻧﻈ ،ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺎﺻﺧﺼﻮ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻊ ﻓﺎﳌﻨﻬﺞ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻤﻮﺽ ﺑﺎﻹﺷﻜﺎﻝﳉﺎﻥ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﲝﻮﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻐﲏ ﻻ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ)٤( ، ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺩﺍﻋﻤﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺎﻤﻭﺩﺍﺋﻭﺗﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﻳﻠﺤﻆ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﻚ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺃ ،ﻟﻌﺼﺮ.ﺩ.ﺹ ،ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ٧٤. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺃ ،ﻣﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ.ﺩ.،ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﺒﺪ١/٢٠٤-٢٠٦. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺃ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ.ﺩ.ﺹ ،ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ٧٥. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻧﺪﻭﺓ ﺃﲝﺎﺙ١/١٩٧-١٩٨،٢٧٢،٣٠٦-٣٠٧.
157.
-١٥٧- ﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ
ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺎﺕ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﰲ ﺖﺍﻟﺒ ﺗﺄﺟﻴﻞ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺎﻣﻊﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ)١( . ٧-ﻫـﺬﻩ ﻟﻌﻤـﻞ ﺍﳌﺘـﺎﺑﻊ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻃﺆ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﺮ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﺔ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕﻭﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺎﻭﻯ. ﲡﺘﻤﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻧﺺ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺔ)٢( ﺑﺎﻷﺯﻫﺮ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ ﳎﻤﻊ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ،)٣( ﰲ ﺷﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻣﺎ ، ﻟﻠﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﻛﺒﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺗﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻥ. ٨-ﺍﻹﻗﻠ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﻐﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﺇﱃ ﻳﻨﺘﻤـﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻋﻀﺎﺅﻫﺎ ،ﻴﻤﻲ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺏ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺭﺍﺑﻄﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﳍﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﻤﻊﻛﺎ ،ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺁﺭﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﺻﻔﻮﻓﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪ ،ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﲨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺩ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﳛﻘﻖ ﻻ ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻡ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﻳﺘﺨﺬﻫﺎ ﻭﻻ ،ﺎﻌﲨﻴ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻼﻧﻘﻀﺎﺽ ﺫﺭﻳﻌﺔﺑﻼﺩﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻼﻝ)٤( . ٩-ﰲ ﺍﻹﻟـﺰﺍﻡ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﻻ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻟـﺪﻯ ﲢﻔـﻆ ﻟﻼﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﳏﺎﺿﺮ ﳎﺮﺩ ﻫﻲ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻪ ﻟﻠﻨـﺸﺮ ﹰﺎﳊﺻـﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﺗﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻨﺸﺮ ،ﻟﻠﻤﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻧﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ،ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞﺍﻟﺜﻘـﺎﰲ ﺑﺎﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺃﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺗﻠﺰﻡ ﻟﻸﻣﺔ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﻮﺙ)٥( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﻀﻮﳛﻲ ﺃﲪﺪ٦٥-٦٦. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﲝﺚ)ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ(ﺿﻤﻦ ، ،ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻧﺪﻭﺓ ﺃﲝﺎﺙ١/٣٠٤. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺃ ،ﻣﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ.ﺩ.،ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﺒﺪ١/١٩٧. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺃ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ.ﺩ.ﺹ ،ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥ٧٥. )٥(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﻓﻘﻪ.ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻭﻱ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﻖ٧٥٣.
158.
-١٥٨- ﺎﻴﺛﺎﻧ:ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻋﻼﺝ
ﺳﺒﻴﻞ:- ﻳﺄﰐ ﲟﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭ؛ ﻭﺩﻓﻊ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ:- ١-ﺗـﻀﻢ ﲝﻴﺚ ،ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺎﻣﻊﺍ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎ،ﺍﻟـﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﺻـﺪ ﻭﺍﻷﺻـﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻮﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺎﻹﺿـﺎﻓﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟـﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘـﺼﺎﺩ ﻛﺎﻟﻄﺐ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺻﻠﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻮﻡ ﻣـﻦ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔﺑـﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺮﻴﻭﻏ ،ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﳍﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﺮﻧﻈ ، ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ. ٢-،ﺘﻤـﻊﺍ ﰲ ﳚﺮﻱ ﲟﺎ ﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﱴ ،ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻳﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺩﻋﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ. ٣-ﻭﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤـﻮﺙ ﻧـﺸﺮ ﺗﺘـﻀﻤﻦ ،ﺭﻣﺰﻱ ﺑﺜﻤﻦ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﺔ ﳎﻠﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ. ٤-ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ،ﻣﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﻱ ﲢﺖ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ:ﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻡ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﻭﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺩ ،ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻧـﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ،ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺇﱃ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﺩ ،ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ. ٥-ﺍ ﺿﻢﻣﺴﻤﻰ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺎﻣﻊ) :ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﻤﻊﺍ(ﻭﳝﻜـﻦ ، ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﻋﺎﳌﻲ ﻣﺆﲤﺮ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ) :ﻣﺆﲤﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ(ﺇﱃ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ،ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﲟﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﲢﺖ ، ﰲ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻫﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺎﻣﻊﺍ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﻫﺬﺍﺑﻜﺎﻣـﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﳓﻮ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﲔ؛ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ)ﻋـﺎﳌﻲ ﻓﻘﻬـﻲ ﳎﻤﻊ(، ﻭﻓﻴﻬـﺎ ،ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻭﻣﻮﻃﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ ﺃﻡ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻣﻘﺮﻩ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺗﻜـﻮﻥ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﺔ
159.
-١٥٩- ﻳ ،ﻤﻊﺍ ﳍﺬﺍ
ﺎﻋﻓﺮﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺎﻣﻊﺍﻣـﻦ ﻥﻮﻳﺘﻜ ،ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻣﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻨﺴﻖ ﺍﻟـﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳚﺮﻱ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻳﺘﺎﺑﻊ ،ﺃﻋﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﺑﲔ ﻳﻨﺴﻖ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺎﻣﻊﺍ ﻋﻦ ﳑﺜﻠﲔ ﻣـﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ؛ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﲝﺜﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﻧﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ.
161.
ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺗﻐـــــــــاﻟﻔﻴﺮـــــــــﺘﻮى
163.
-١٦٣- ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻗ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻦﺗﻐﲑ
ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺑﺼﺪﺩ ﻭﳓﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﲔ ﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺇﻥ ﺣﱴ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﲔ ﻭﺛﻴﻖ ﻓﺎﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺎﻤﻗﺎﺋ ﻳﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻻ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺑ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻓﺎﳊﻜﻢ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻦ ﺎﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﲞﻼﻑ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﺰﻟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﹰﺎﻇﳏﻔﻮ ﺍﳋﻄﺈ ﻋﻦ ﺎﻧﻣﺼﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﻂ ﻣﺎ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﳓﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻹﲨﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻏﲑﳘﺎ. ،ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻻ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ،ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻓﺎﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻫﺬﺍ؛ ﻭﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﰲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺃﺛﺮ ﻟﻪ ﳑﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻏﲑ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ. ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺑﲔ ﳚﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ. ﻓﺎﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻋﻦ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﻲﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ ،ﺍﷲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ،ﺎﻌﻭﺿ ﺃﻭ ﺍﲑﲣﻴ ﺃﻭ ًﺀﺍﻗﺘﻀﺎ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﲔ ﺑﺄﻓﻌﺎﻝ:ﺑﺄﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻓﺎﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺏ ﻛﺎﳊﻜﻢ ،ﺑﻪ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﲔ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ،ﺍﳋﻤﺮ ﺷﺮﺏ ﺣﺮﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ. ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭ ،ﻣﺎ ﲝﻜﻢ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﳌﺨﺼﻮﺹ:ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﻧﺰﺍﻝ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﳐﺼﻮﺻﺔ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ. ﺗﻐﲑ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻗﺪ ﺇﺫ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻋﻨﺪ ﺎﺴﻟﺒ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﻗﻨﻄﺮﺓ ﻭﺗﺘﺨﺬ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﺴﻮﺀ ﳝﻬﺪ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ،ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺷﺮﻉ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺇﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﳝﺎﺭﺱ ﺣﲔ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ،ﺎﺻﻔﺎ ﺃﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﻞ ،ﺗﺘﻐﲑ
164.
-١٦٤- ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻳﱰﻝ ﺣﲔ
ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﳚﺐ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻳﺴﺘﺒﻄﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﺄﻥ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺇﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻳﻐﻔﻞ ﺃﻻ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻭﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ:ﰲ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﰲ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻤﺎﺃ ﻓﺎﻟﻔﺘﻮ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﲎﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻗﺎ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ،ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻯ ﺗﱰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﻭﺃﺧﺬﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺇﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻇﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﺻﻞ ﻇﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ. ﻭﳍﺬﺍ:ﺗﻐﲑ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﷲ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻫﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍ ﺍﳊﻜﻢﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻟﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،ﹰﻼﻣﺜ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺏ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺣﻖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﻗﺮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﺼﺪ ،ﻫﺬﺍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﳓﻮ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻝ.
165.
-١٦٥- ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﲟﻔﻬﻮﻡ
ﻳﻘﺼﺪ: ﺃﻭ ،ﻵﺧﺮ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ،ﻵﺧﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺣﻜﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﹰﺎﻔﳐﺘﻠ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ،ﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭ ،ﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﲢﺎﺩ ﻣﻊ ،ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻜﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﲢﺎﺩ ﻓﻼ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻧﻊ؛ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺣﻜﻢ)١( . ﺃﻥ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪ ﻭﻻﺍﻷﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺪﻳﺔ ﺣﻜﺎﻡﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺞ ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻋﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﺔ ﺎﺃ ﺃﻱ ،ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﻻ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﲣﻀﻊ ﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻬﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﳌﺄﻣﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﻳﺚ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﻼ ،ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﻻﺃﻭ ،ﺷﺄﻥ ﳍﺎ ﺃﺻﺒﺢ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﹰﻼﺜ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﺃﻛﻞ ﲢﺮﱘ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎ ﲢﺮﱘ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﻻ ،ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺎﺃ. ﺃﻣﺎﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﺑﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ،) :ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﻻ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺎﻥ(ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺎﺑﺸﺄ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﲟﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪ ﻻ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ؛ ﻓﻴﻟﺘﺮﺟﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﺮﻑ ،ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﺘﻐﲑ ،ﻬﺎ ﺗﻜﻦ ﱂ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻣﻔﺴﺪﺓ ﻟﺪﺭﺀ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻗﺖ ﰲ ﺭﺍﺟﺤﺔ ﺗﻜﻦ ﱂ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻣﻦ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ. ﻫﺬﺍ:ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺣﻜﻢ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼ ﻷﻫﻢ ﺍﺪﺗﺄﻛﻴﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ.ﺹ ،ﺍﳊﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ٥.
166.
-١٦٦- ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ؛
ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻟﻌﻠﺔ ﻇﻨﻪ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻁ ﺗﺒﺪﻝ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ؛ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺑﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺑﺎﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺒﺪﻝ ﺃﻱ ،ﻔﺘﻴﺎ)١( . ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻕ ﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻄﻊ ﺳﺮﻗﺔ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻠﻪ ﺣﺮﺯ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﻥ ﹰﻼﻣﺜ ﺧﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻓﺄﺧﺬ ،ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻪ ﻟﺘﻘﺼﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﻰ ﻓﻘﺪ ﳏﺮﺯ ﻏﲑ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺎﺑﻧﺼﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺮﻭﻕ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﳊﻖ ﹰﺎﻜﻣﻨﺘﻬ ﹰﺎﺌﺟﺮﻳ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺭﻕ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻓﻠﻢ ،ﺎﻨﺿﻤ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻭﺗﺴﻠﻴﻂﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺰﻳﺮ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻮﱄ ﺬﺑﻌﺪﺋ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻳﻌﻮﺩ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺰﻳﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻨﺘﻘﻞ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻗﺔ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﹰﻼﻗﻠﻴ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﻥ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻼﺋﻖﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺗﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﰉ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﳏﺎﺳﻦ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻊ ﻓﻮﺟﻮﺩ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﳉﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻛﻮﻥ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻗﺔ ﺣﻜﻢ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺎﺑﻧﺼﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ)٢( . ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﲑ ﰲ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺼﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺘﺴﻊ ﺎﻓﺈ ﻭﺇﻻ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﳛﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ،ﻏﲑﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺼﺪﻕ: ١-ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﲢﺎﺩ. ٢-ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﲢﺎﺩ. ٣-ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺍﲢﺎﺩ. ٤-ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﺀ. ٥-ﺍﳌﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﲢﺎﺩ. ﺃﻭ ،ﻣﻀﻰ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻋﻦ ﺬﻋﻨﺪﺋ ﲝﺜﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺕ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﻓﺎﲢﺎﺩ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻐﲑﻫﺎ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻥ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺫ ﻭﺃﺛﺮ ﻭﺗﻐﲑﻩ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑﺹ ،ﺍﳌﺮﻋﺸﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻋﺒﺪ ﶈﻤﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﻟﻚ١١٣ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻁ ، ،ﺃﻭﱃ ﻁ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ١٤٢٤ﻫـ-٢٠٠٣ﻡ. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ.ﺹ ،ﺍﳊﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ٥.
167.
-١٦٧- ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔﺍﺪﻋﻤ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ
ﻣﻌﺼﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻛﻘﺘﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺧﻔﺔ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺎﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺏ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ،ﺎﺒﻏﺎﻟ ﺗﻘﺘﻞ ﺑﺂﻟﺔ ﺎﻧﻋﺪﻭﺍ ﻵﺧﺮ ﻗﺎﺗﻞ. ﺩﻳﺔ؛ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﰲ ﺎﺻﻗﺼﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺟﺒﻨﺎ ﹾﻥﹶﺄﻛ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﺈﻥ=ﻋﻦ ﲝﺜﻨﺎ ﻭﱄ ﻋﻔﻮ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻠﻌﻞ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺒﺐﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﻼ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﻴﻞ ﺬﻋﻨﺪﺋ:ﺗﻐﲑﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﻥ!ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ،ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﰲ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻞ ،: ،ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹ ﻭﺟﻮﺏﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ:ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﻮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺎﺑﺪﻭ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹ ﻭﻭﺟﻮﻟﻪ؛ ﹰﺎﻜﻣﺎﻟ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺘﻮﻝ ﹰﻼﺃﺻ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺗﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹ؛ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳝﻨﻊ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺩ= ﺬﻋﻨﺪﺋ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﻻ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ:ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻐﲑﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺇﻥ!ﻷﻥ ؛ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻓﺘﻠﻚ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﺕ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﲢﺎﺩ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﺫ ،ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻞﳛ ﱂﺍﳌﺎﻧﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﺣﻖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻟﻚ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﻪ)١( . ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﻘﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺳﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺖﻣﻔ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ؛ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ؛=ﺍﻟ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻓﺈﻥﺍﶈﻤﻮﺩ ﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺬﻋﻨﺪﺋ ﻔﺘﻮﻯ. ﺃﻗﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺗﻌﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﲔ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻓﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﰲ. ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﻤﺴﺄﻟﺔ ،ﺍﳌﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﲢﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹﺪﻭﺡ=ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻓﻬﻨﺎ. ﺗﺮﺑﻮ ﻣﻔﺴﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻔﻀﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹ ﺣﺪ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺟﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻲ ﻭﻫﻲ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ )١(ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ٥-٦.
168.
-١٦٨- ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭﻳﺄﰐ
،ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﺍﻥ) :ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﻭﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﺩﺭﺀ(ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﺴﺪﺓ ﺩﺭﺀ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﻘﺪ ، ﳊﻮﻗﻪ ﺧﻮﻑﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺮﺑﻮ ﺍﲑﻛﺒ ﺃﺫﻯ ﻳﻠﺤﻖ ﳑﺎ ﻟﻪ؛ ﺎﻨﻋﻴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭ ،ﺳﻮﺍﺩﻩ ﻭﺗﻜﺜﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﺟﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ. ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ،ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻳﺄﰐ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ،ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﻁ ﻟﺘﻨﻘﻴﺢ ،ﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦﺍ ﺑﲔ ﺷﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ،ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ. ﺗﻘﺒﻠﻪ؟ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺗﺄﺑﺎﻩ ﳑﺎ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻫﻞ. ﻭﺍﻗﺘﻀﺘﻪ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺖ ﳑﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺭﻳﺐ ﻻ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﺳﲑ ﻧﺼﻮﺻﻬﺎ)١( . ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ؛:ﻓﺎﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻋ ﺎﻤﺣﻜﻴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻻ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲﻭﻣﺘﻔﻘﺔ ،ﳍﻢ ﺷﺮﻉ ﳌﻦ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺇﻻ ﹰﻻﺎﺩ ﻭﻳﺘﻔﻖ ،ﺃﻣﺔ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻼﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﺑﻴﺌﺘﻬﻢ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﻣﺼﺎﳊﻬﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻞ ،ﻣﺼﺎﳊﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻌﺎﺭﺽ ،ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻼﺋﻢ ﻻ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺼﺎﳊﻬﺎ؛ ﻣﻊ ﺣﲔ ﰲ ﻣﺼﺎﳊﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻭﻣﺘﻔﻘﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﺔ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﺣﲔ ﰲ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻏﲑ ، ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺁﺧﺮ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﹰﻼﻣﺜ:ﺃﻣﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﰊ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎ-ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ-ﻗﺎﻝ:ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺳﺄﻟﺖ-ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ-:ﺃﻱﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺃﻓﻀﻞ؟ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ)) :ﻟﻪ ﻝﺪﻋ ﻻ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ(()٢( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ٦. )٢(ﺃ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ،ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻩ ،ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺑﺎﺏ ،ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻡ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ،ﺳﻨﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺧﺮﺟﻪ ٤/١٦٥.
169.
-١٦٩- ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ:ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺗﻐﲑﻫﺎ-ﺻﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ-ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺃﺭﻃﺄﺓ ﺑﻦ ﺑﺴﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻠﻪ ،ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻭ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻳﺪﻱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻋﻦ: ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﲰﻌﺖ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻳﻘﻮﻝ)) :ﺍﻷﻳ ﺗﻘﻄﻊ ﻻﺍﻟﻐﺰﻭ ﰲ ﺪﻱ(()١( . ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﹰﻻﻣﺴﺘﺪ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﻭﻗﺪ-ﺭﲪﻪ ﺍﷲ-" :ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻭ ﰲ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺘﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻰ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﲪﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ ﳊﻮﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺧﲑﻩ؛ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺑﻐﺾ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻤ ،ﺎﺒﻭﻏﻀﺑﻦ ﻭﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻧﺺ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻭﺣﺬﻳﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺩﺍﺀ ﻭﺃﺑﻮ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻗﺎﻟﻪ ﺎ ﺃﺭﺽ ﰲ ﺗﻘﺎﻡ ﻻ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺯﺍﻋﻲ ﺭﺍﻫﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ")٢( . ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﲟﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﻳﻮﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻪ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭﲟﺎ ،ﻣﺼﺎﳊﻪ ﳛﻘﻖ)٣( ﻓﻌ ،ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻦ: ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﺎ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺷﺎﺏ ﻓﺠﺎﺀ ،:ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ِﻞﺒﹶﻗﹸﺃ ،ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺻﺎﺋﻢ؟)) :ﻻ((ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺷﻴﺦ ﻓﺠﺎﺀ ،:ﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺻﺎﺋﻢ؟ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻞﺒﹶﻗﹸﺃ)) :ﻧﻌﻢ((ﻗﺎﻝ ،:ﻓﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺑﻌﺾ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻌﻀﻨﺎ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-)) :ﻋﻠ ﻗﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﱂ ﻤﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﳝﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺇﻥ ،ﺑﻌﺾ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻌﻀﻜﻢ(()٤( . ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ)٥( :ﻋﺎﺋﺸﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻣﺎ–ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ-ﻗﺎﻟﺖ: "ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺭﺃﻯ ﻟﻮ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﳌﻨﻌﻬﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ؛ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﺎ )١(،ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻭ ﰲ ﺗﻘﻄﻊ ﻻ ﺍﻷﻳﺪﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺏ ،ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ،ﺳﻨﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻣﺬﻱ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ٤/٣٤. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻌﲔ ﺇﻋﻼﻡ٣/١٣. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻑ ﺃﺛﺮ١٦٧. )٤(،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺹ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻭ ﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﻣﺴﻨﺪ ،ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ١١/٣٥١. )٥(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ،ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺛﺮ٨١٦.
170.
-١٧٠- ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺑﲏ ﻧﺴﺎﺀ
ﻣﻨﻌﻪ")١( ﻛﺎ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻦﻴﻓﺘﺒ ،ﹼﺮﺛﺃ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻋﻬﺪ ﰲ ﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ. )١(ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺑﺎﺏ ،ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ،ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻠﺲ٢/٤٠٢-٤٠٣ﺻ ﰲ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ،،ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺑﺎﺏ ،ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ،ﺤﻴﺤﻪ ٤/١٢٠.
171.
-١٧١- ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ؛
ﺗﻐﲑ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻭﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ؛= ﺃﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺎﻴﻣﺒﻨ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺧﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﹼﻝﺍﶈﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺮﺩﺓ ﻭﻻ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻏﲑ-ﻣﻨﺎﻃ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻱﰲ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﻗﺪ ﻣﻌﲔ ﳏﻞ ﰲ ﻪ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ-ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﳝﻴﺰ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ. ﰲ ﻋﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺎﻷ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ؛ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﺣﺼﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺑﻞ ،ﺎﺑﺬﺍ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻻ ﻭﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﻛﺄﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻓﻬﻲ ،ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺍﺩﻭﺟﻮ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺣﺼﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺎﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﻂ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ،ﺎﻣﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻻ ﳏﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻋﺪﺩ. ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ-ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻬﻢ-ﻣﻌﲔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﺼﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﱪﻯ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺎﺃ ﺭﺃﻭﺍ. ﻫﺬﺍ:ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ. ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ:ﻭﻳﻌﺮ ،ﺍﻷﺣﺴﻦ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻐﲑﺃﺳﺒﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﻑ:ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ،ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﻭﺩﺭﺀ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ،ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻣﻨﺎﻁ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻖ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﹰﻼﻓﻀ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊﺎﻣﻊﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺍﳋﻄﺈ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﱪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﺪ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ. ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺃﻣﺎ:ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺃ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ:،ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺼﲑ ،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻃﻠﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺠﺎﻝﻃﻠﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﹰﻻﻭﻗﻮ ﹰﻼﺟﻬ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﰲ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻭﻳﻞ ﺎﻝﺍ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺﻟﺮﻏﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﳊﻖ ﻛﺘﻢ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﲢﺮﻳﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ.
172.
-١٧٢- ﳍﺬﺍ ﺎﺑﺃﺳﺒﺎ ﺃﻭ
ﺍﺭﺻﻮ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻫﺎ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻣﺎ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ:-
173.
-١٧٣- ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ
ﺗﻐﲑ ﰲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻭ ،ﺁﺧﺮ ﺯﻣﻦ ﰲ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺯﻣﻦ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻔﺖ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ،ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ. ﺍﻟ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻻ ﻓﺎﻟﺰﻣﻦ ،ﺍﺯﳎﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺃﺳﻨﺪ ﻭﻗﺪﻳﻄﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻢ ﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻪ ﺟﺒﻠﺘﻪ ﺃﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﳑﺎ ،ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ ﻭﻋﺎﺩﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ،ﺧﻠﻖ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻻ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﺍﻻﺳﺘﺤﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﻄﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻛﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﺴﺐ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﲡﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﺎﺀ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ؛ ﻓﻨﺴﺒ ،ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺘﻐﲑﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺔ)١( . ،ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻻ ﻭﺃﻥ ،ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵ ﺑﺪ ﻓﻼﺎﺻﻭﺧﺼﻮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻋﱪ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺃ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺊ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺑـ ﺎﳝﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ)ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ(ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ،:ﻳﻔ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﻳﻔﺴﺪ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺴﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻬﻢ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻓﺴﺎﺩﻫﻢ ﺗﻐﲑﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ ،ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻷﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺧﻮﺓ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﺘﻐﲑ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺎﺷﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻬﻢ. ﺍﳌ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻭﻳﻼﺣﻆﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﺌﻧﺎﺷ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻮﺟﺐ ﻳﺴﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺯﻉ ﻭﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ ﻭﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ) :ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ(ﻭﻗﺪ ، ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ،ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻋﻦ ﹰﺎﺌﻧﺎﺷ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻏﲑ ،ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻟﻴﺐ ،ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﺎﺕ ،ﻣﺼﻠﺤﻴﺔ)٢( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ) :ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ:ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻠﻪ ،ﺁﺩﺍﺑﻪ ،ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ(ﺃ ،.ﺩ.ﻤﻊﺍ ،ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﲝﺚ ،ﲨﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺹ ،ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﲟﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ١٨. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ.،ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻗﺎ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ٢/٩٤١-٩٥١ﺑﺘﺼﺮﻑ ،.
174.
-١٧٤- ﺍ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻭﻣﺒﺪﺃﻣﻨﺬ
ﺗﺎﺭﳜﻪ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻓﺎﳌﺘﺘﺒﻊ ،ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺬﺍﻫﺐ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﻲ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺷﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﺎﺀ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻋﻦ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﳚﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﺄﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀﺎﻤﹶﻟ ﺃﺋﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻘﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﱵﺟﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ)١( . ﻫﺬﺍ:ﻹﻣﻜﺎ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻭﻗﺪﻓﺎﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺎﺒﺳﺒ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻻﻟﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ،ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺖ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﲟﺎ ﺑﻞ ،ﺫﺍﺗﻪ ﺣﺪ:ﻃﺮﺃﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺯﻣﻦ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻭﱂ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﰲ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-ﺇﱃ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺗﻠﱯ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪ ﻭﻻ ،ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻜﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-)) :،ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺭﺣﻰ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻻ ﺳﻴﺨﺘﻠﻔﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻻ ،ﺩﺍﺭ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺪﻭﺭﻭﺍ((ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ،:ﻧﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﺎﻗﺎﻝ ،ﺍﷲ؟)) :ﻭﻧﺸﺮﻭﺍ ،ﺍﳋﺸﺐ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲪﻠﻮﺍ ،ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﻓﻌﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺻﺪﻫﻢ ﻣﺎ ،ﺑﺎﳌﻨﺎﺷﲑ.(( ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺘﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ-ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-)) :،ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﺄﺑﺮﺩﻭﺍ ﺍﳊﺮ ﺍﺷﺘﺪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ ﻓﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻓﺈﻥ((ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻜﲑ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺒﺎﺏ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﺎﻷﺻﻞ ، ﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻐﲑﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﰲ ﺳﺘﺤﺒﺎﺑﻪ-ﺎﻀﺃﻳ-:ﺯﻣﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﺡ ﺑﻴﻊ ﲢﺮﱘ ﻭﻣﻨﻪ ،ﺑﻴﻌﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻊ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ:ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﻴﺚ ،ﺍﳋﻄﺈ ﻟﻠﻘﺘﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ-ﺎﻀﺃﻳ-:ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻴﺔﺗﻐﲑ ﻓﺈﻥ ، ﺍ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﺧﻼﻕﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﺈﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻳﻔﺘﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻌﺼﺮ)ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ(ﺣﺠﺒﻬﻢ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ،ﻳﺘﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﺩﺃﻭﻻ ﻭﻳﺘﺮﻙ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺑﻦ ﳝﻮﺕ ﺣﲔ ، ﻳﻜﻦ ﱂ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻓﻔﻲ ،ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﰲ ،ﺑﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎﻡ ﻢﺇﺧﻮﺍ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﻳﻌﺘﱪﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻡ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﺄﺳﺎﺓ؛ ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺸﻌﺮﻣﺜﻞ ﻢﻭﺃﺧﻮﺍ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﻋﺼﺮ ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ.،ﺑﻠﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺪﻻﻥ ﻏﺎﱎ ﺑﻦ ﺻﺎﱀ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻁ ،ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ،١٤٢٠ﻫـ-١٩٩٩ﺹ ،ﻡ١٣٤ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ.
175.
-١٧٥- ﻭﺍﻟﱰﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﻋﺔ
ﻏﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ ،ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻄﻔﻬﻢ ﻢﻓﻴﻐﻤﺮﻭ ،ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﻢ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻣﺮﺉ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺃﺻﺒﺢ ،ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ:ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﺛﻮﺍ ﱂ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻔﺎﺩ ﻓﻀﺎﻉ ،ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳍﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺩﻓﻊ ﳑﺎ ،ﺟﺪﻫﻢ ﻟﻮ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺃﺑﻴﻬﻢ ﺣﺼﺔﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺛﻠﺚ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺃﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺎﻴﺣ ﻛﺎﻥ)١( . )١(ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺻﺪﺭ ﻭﻗﺪ)٧١(ﻟﺴﻨﺔ١٩٤٦ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻧﺺ ،ﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﰱ ﻭﻟﺪ ﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻣﻰ ﻛﺎﳊﺮﻗﻰ ،ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ،ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺛﻠﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻄﻰ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺎﻴﺣ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻮ ﺍﳌﲑﺍﺙ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺃﻧﺜﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺮﺫﻛ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﰱ ﻭﻟﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺳﻮﺍﺀ ،ﺍﺩﻣﺘﻌﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺪﻭﺍﺣ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺍﳌ ﺃﻭﺻﻰ ﻭﺳﻮﺍﺀﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻭﲰﻰ ،ﳚﻴﺰﻭﺍ ﱂ ﺃﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﺛﺔ ﺃﺟﺎﺯ ،ﻳﻮﺹ ﱂ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺖ:،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﻧﻔﺬﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻭﺟﺐ ﻗﻠﻴ ﻏﲑ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻋﺚ ،ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻪﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﳝﻮﺕ ﻠﺔ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺎﺵ ﻟﻮ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﳌﲑﺍﺙ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺫﺭﻳﺘﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻭﳛﺮﻡ ،ﺃﺑﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﻪ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﺘﺎﻣﻰ ﻷﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﻓﻴﺠﺘﻤﻊ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺶ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻏﺪ ﰲ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻊ ،ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﺮ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻳﺼﲑ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻣﺎﻥ.
176.
-١٧٦- ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ
ﺗﻐﲑ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻭﺃﻓﻌﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻞ ،ﳎﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻘﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﻻ ،ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻵﰐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ: ١-ﺗﻘ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺧﺼﻪ ﻣﺎﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ،ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺎﺳﻴﻢ ـﺎﻧﻣﻜﺎ ﻛﻮﻧـﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﺳﻴﻢ ﺃﻭ ،ﳓﻮﻩ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻼﺳﻬ ﺃﻭ ﺎﻳﻭﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻼﺟﺒ ﹰﻻﻣﻌﺘﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺩﺑﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺣﺎ. ٢-ﻣﺎ ،ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺻﻨﻌﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻭ ،ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺔ ﺑﲔﻋﻤـﺮﺍﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﻳـﺔ ﺧﻴﻤﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﺓ. ٣-ﺍﷲ ﻷﻣـﺮ ﺫﻟـﻚ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ،ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﻘﻴﻨﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺟﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﺋﻌﲔ ﺑﻘﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﳚﻌﻞ ﳑﺎ ،ﻭﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﻭﻓﺠﻮﺭ ﻓﺴﻖ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ،ﻭﻗﺮﺑﺔ ﻃﺎﻋﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ. ٤-ﺗﻠـ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺭﺿﻮﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﺧﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻲ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻚ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﳚﻌـﻞ ﳑﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺒﻘﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻷﺣﻜـﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﻷﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺳﻼﻡ؛ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺎﺑﻜﻮ ﺗﻮﺻﻒ ﻷﻫﻠـﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻛﻔﺮ؛ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭﻩ ﻟﻺﺳﻼﻡ ﺧﺎﺿﻌﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ. ﺇ ﻓﺒﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺃﺛﺮﻩ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺭﻙ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﱃ ﲟﻌﲎ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ:ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺳﺘﺘﻐﲑ ﺎﻓﺈ ﻣﺎ ﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ. ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﰲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﰲ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-" :،ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﲡﺪﺩ ﻓﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺳ ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎﺟﺎﺀﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﻞ ،ﻋﻤﺮﻙ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻄﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲡﻤﺪ ﻭﻻ ،ﺃﺳﻘﻄﺘﻪ ﻘﻂ
177.
-١٧٧- ،ﺑﻠﺪﻩ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻋﻦ
ﻭﺍﺳﺄﻟﻪ ،ﺑﻠﺪﻙ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲣﱪﻩ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﻴﻚ؛ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻤﻚ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻮﺩ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻓﻬﻮ ،ﻛﺘﺒﻚ ﰲ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭ ﺑﻠﺪﻙ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺃﻓﺘﻪ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﺟﺮﻩ ﲟﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻭﺟﻬﻞ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺿﻼﻝ ﺍﺪﺃﺑ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﲔ")١( . ﻫﺬﺍ:ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺅﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﺺ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺷﻚ ﻓﻼ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺑﺼﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ. ﻭﺍ ،ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﻒ ،ﺍﳊﻀﺮ ﻋﻦ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻣﻦﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺩﺍﺭ ،ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﻋﻦ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻋﻦ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﻏﲑ ،ﺍﳊﺮﺏ. ﳚﻤﺪ ﻓﻼ ،ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻧﺮﺍﻋﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺪ ﻻ ﺑﻞ ،ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻐﲑﻫﺎ ﻻ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕﻭﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻟﻴﺤﻘﻖ ،ﺫﻛﺮﻧﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﱵ. ﺇﱃ ﺎﻧﺃﺣﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺗﻠﺠﺊ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﺸﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﲑ ،ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻟﻪ ﻓﺎﳌﻜﺎﻥ ،ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﺮﻧﻈ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ؛ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳌ ﺑﺘﻐﲑﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻜﺎﻥ: ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ)ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ:( ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ؛ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺃﺛﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻓﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ،ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻘﺎﳍﺎ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻋﻴﻮﺏ:ﺟﻌ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻃﻠﺐﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﻔﺮ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ٣/٣٤٧.
178.
-١٧٨- ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ-ﻋﻨﻪ
ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ-ﻋﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺧﺺ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺎﺑﻛﺘﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﻃﺄ ﻓﻜﺘﺐ ،ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻭﺷﺪﺍﺋﺪ. ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻓﺄﰉ ،ﻓﻴﻪ ﲟﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ–ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ-ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ،:ﺇ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﻓﻘﺪ ،ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺃﻣﲑ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻔﻌﻞ ﻻ،ﺃﻗﺎﻭﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﱃ ﺑﻠﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﺪﻉ ،ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺳﺒﻖ ﲟﺎ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺃﺧﺬ ،ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻭﲰﻌﻮﺍ ﻋﺰﻣﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻌﺪﻝ ،ﻷﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ)١( . ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ:ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻭ ﻓﺒﻴﺌﺔ ،ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﳚﺐ ﺍﻷ ﻋﻦ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺣﲔ ،ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﺍﳊﻀﺮﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﻋﺮﺍﺏ: ))ﻭﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻻ ﻭﺃﺟﺪﺭ ﹰﺎﻗﻭﻧﻔﺎ ﺍﺮﻛﻔ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺏ ﺣﻜﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻢ(()٢( . ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﰲ ﻭﺟﺎﺀ)) :ﺟﻔﺎ ﺑﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ(()٣( . ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻟﻴﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ؛ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪ ﻓﻼ ﺇﻟ ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﻴﻬﺎ. ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺎﻀﺃﻳ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ،ﻭﺍﳊﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻭﺓ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ،ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﻢﻭﺃﻟﻮﺍ ﺟﻠﻮﺩﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻩ ﻓﻠﻠﻤﻨﺎﺥ ،ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﱪﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﺜﻞ ،ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﰲ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ:ﺃﻫﻞ ﻭﻛﻮﻥ ،ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺣﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻭﺃﺳ ﺃﺧﺸﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩﺫﻟﻚ ﻏﲑ ﺇﱃ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺮﻉ. ﺃﻭ ،ﻭﺍﻟﱪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺜﻞ ،ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ:ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﺘﺨﺘﻠﻒ ،ﻭﺍﳉﻨﻮﰊ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺍ ﺳﻦ ﰲ ﻓﺎﻟﺼﱯ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻗﻄﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺎﻀﻭﺃﻳ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺃﺻﻮﻝﺹ ،ﺍﷲ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻟﻌﻠﻲ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ٨٥. )٢(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٩٧. )٣(،ﻣﺴﻨﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺍﻩ ،ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ٢/٣٧١ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)٨٨٢٣.(
179.
-١٧٩- ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ
ﻻ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻠﺪ ﰲ ﻭﻧﻈﲑﻩ ،ﹰﺎﻔﻣﻜﻠ ﻓﻴﺼﲑ ،ﺍﳊﻠﻢ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻠﺪ ﰲ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﹰﺎﻔﻣﻜﻠ)١( . ﺑﻞ ،ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻪ ﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻵﺧﺮ ﻭﻗﻴﺎﻣﻪ ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻓﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻈﻬﺮﺕ ﺣﺎﺭ ﺑﻠﺪ ﰲ ﻋﺎﺵ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ،ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ،ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕﺍﻷﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﱂ ،ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﻠﺪ ﰲ ﻋﺎﺵ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ)٢( . ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ)ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ-ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﻭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﺍﺭ:( ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﻼﺩ ﻛﻞ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ،ﻗﺴﻤﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ،ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻛﻞ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ. ﺩﺍﺭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﳝﻜﻦﺎﺑﺄ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ:ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﻠﺪﺓ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻳﻠﺘﺰﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻣﻴﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺎﺳﻜﺎ ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ،ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻧﻔﺬﺕ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺃﰊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﺏ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ)٣( ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ،:ﺑﻠ ﻛﻞ ﻓﻬﻲﻏﲑ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺎﺳﻜﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ،ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ)٤( . ﺃ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ.ﺩ.ﲨﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ" :،ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻭﺑﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﰲ ﻧﻌﱪ ﻭﳓﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺑﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ،ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﲔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﻨﺪﻣ ،ﺗﺎﺭﳜﻴﺔﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﲏ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺒﲎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺎ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ.ﺹ ،ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ٣٢٥ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ١٩٨٩ﻡ. )٢(ﺍﻟ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊﺴﺎﺑﻖ. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﺒﺪ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺎﻧﻣﻘﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ١/٢٧٥ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ﺩ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ.ﺕ. )٤(ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ.
180.
-١٨٠- ﺩﻭﻥ ،ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻏﲑ
ﺩﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻭﲪﻞ ،ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻣﱪﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ")١( . ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ:ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﻭﺻﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﻘ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔﰲ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﲔ ،ﺑﺼﲑﺓ ﺫﻱ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ،ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﰲ ﻴﻤﲔ ،ﻭﳓﻮﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﹴﺭﺩﺍ ﻭﲟﺤﻤﺪ ﺩﻳﻨﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺭﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺭﺿﻮﺍ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻭﻣﻊ–ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-،ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﻧﺒﻴﺎ ﺇﱃ ﲢﺘﻜﻢ ﻻ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻇﻼﻝ ﰲ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﳜﺎﻟﻔﻮﻧﻪ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻭﻣﻊ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺳﻂ ﰲ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻛﺄﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺎﺣﻭﺿﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﻭﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻬﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﲣﺎﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮﻳﺔ. ﻛﺎﳌﺎﺀ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳎﺘﻤﻌﻪ ﻇﻬﺮﺍﱐ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﺑﲔ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﺍﺭ ﰲ ﻓﺎﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻟﻠﻄﲑ ﻛﺎﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ،ﻟﻠﺴﻤﻚ،ﻳﻈﻠﻠﻪ ﻭﻋﺶ ،ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻪ ﻭﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ،ﳛﻤﻴﻪ ﳏﻀﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ، ﻭﻳﻘﻴﺲ ،ﺘﻤﻊﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ ،ﺘﻤﻊﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ،ﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺭﺓ ،ﻭﺍﳉﲑﺍﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ ،ﺘﻤﻊﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻵﺩﺍﺏ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﳌ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻢ ،ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ،ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺴﺠﺪ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻣﻦ ﲞﻼﻑ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ:ﰲ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﻻ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺘﻤﻊﺍ ﻷﻥ ،ﺃﺯﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﳏﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻬﻮ ،ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻏﲑ ﳎﺘﻤﻊ ﻋﻦ ﻭﻳﺜﺒﻄﻪ ،ﺍﳌﻨﻬﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻳﻐﺮﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﶈﺮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌ ﻓﻌﻞﺄﻣﻮﺭﺍﺕ. ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻣﻦ:ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﻥ)ﺍﳊﺮﺏ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ(،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻏﲑ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻏﲑ ﰲ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻋﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﺟﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳍﺠﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻪ ﺎﺜﺣ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ) :ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ:ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻠﻪ ،ﺁﺩﺍﺑﻪ ،ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻪ(ﺃ ،.ﺩ.ﺹ ،ﲨﻌﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ٢٤.
181.
-١٨١- ﻣ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺍﻋﻴﺔ
ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔﻋﻦ ﹰﻻﻣﻨﻌﺰ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻓﻘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻳﻨﺒﲏ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭﻩ ﺃﺻﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ،ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ. ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺟﻮﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻌﻤﺪ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻭﳛﻴ ﻓﻴﺴﺘﺪﻋﻴﻬﺎ ،ﺃﻭﻣﺘﺮﻭﻛﺔ،ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺎ؛ ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺉ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺳﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻳﻌﻤﺪ ،ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺎ ﻭﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﰲ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ،ﺍﻷﻗﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺷﻴﺠﺔ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻘ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺻﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺍﻷﻗﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞﻳﻌﲏ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻬﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﱰﻳﻞ ،ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﺑﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻭﺗﱰﻳﻞ ،ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻮﻯ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ،ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺃﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭﻳﻦ ﺃﺧﻒ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻜﺎﺏ ،ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﻭﺩﺭﺀ ،ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻔ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﳑﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻦﺩﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ،ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻧﺎﺕ ﻘﻪ ﺟﻨﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ)١( . ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ)ﻟﻸﻗﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﺑﻼﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﺔ:( ﺃﻭﻻ:،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻲ ﻤﻊﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦﺭﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﰲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻘﺪﺓ ،ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺳﻌﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺗﻪ ﰲ ،ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﲟﻜﺔ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ٢٢/١٠/١٤٢٨ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ،ﻫـ٣/١١/٢٠٠٧ﻭﻧﺼﻪ ،ﻡ: ١-ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺿﻮﺀ ﰲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻜﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ،ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺎﺳﺪ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻭﻓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻨﺎﻋﺔﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ،ﺍﻷﻗﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻘﻪ/ﺹ ،ﺑﻴﻪ ﺑﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ١٢٣،ﺟﺪﺓ ،ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ١٤٢٨ﻫـ-٢٠٠٧ﻡ.
182.
-١٨٢- ٢-ﰲ ﻭﺍﳌـﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ،ﻣـﺴﻠﻢ
ﻏﲑ ﺑﻠﺪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻃﻨﺔ ﲝﻘﻮﻕ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻠﻢ ﳚﻮﺯ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺟﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻐﻠﺒﺔ ،ﻭﳓﻮﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻗﻀﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻓﺎﻉ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﻣﺜﻞﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻳﺎ ﰲ ﺩﻭﺭﻫـﻢ ﻭﺗﻌﺰﻳـﺰ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻗﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻜﺘﺴﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﲢﺼﻴﻞ ،ﺑﻠﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ: ﺃ-ﻣـﺼﺎﱀ ﲢـﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳـﻬﺎﻡ ﲟﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻫﻢ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺃﻥ ،ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﻭﺩﺭﺀ. ﺏ-ﺇﳚﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻔﻀﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻙ ﻇﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﻐﻠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺇﻳـﺼﺎﻝ ،ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻫﻢ ﺗﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻣﻦ ،ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺒﻬﻢ. ﺕ-ﺩﻳﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻄﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﺃﻻ)١( . )١(ﻭﻳﺘﻘﺮﺭ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﻓﻠﻚ ﰲ ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺇﻥ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺃﺟﻴﺰ ﻣﻔﺴﺪﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺘﻪ ﺭﺟﺤﺖ ﻓﻤﺎ ،ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺿﻮﺀ ﰲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﻜﻢﻏﻠﺒﺖ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ،ﻣﻨﻊ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻔﺴﺪﺗﻪ ﻋﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ،ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻳﺴﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﻳﻌﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﻋﻴ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻣﻊ ،ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﺗﻮﱄ ،ﻣﺮﺿﺎﻫﻢﺍﷲ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺟﻨﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺔ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ،ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ) :ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ:ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﻬﺎ(ﺩ ،.ﳏﻤﺪ ﺹ ،ﻤﻊﺍ ﳎﻠﺔ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﳎﻤﻊ ﻭﲝﻮﺙ ﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ﲝﺚ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺪ٤٣٢ﻭﻳﻨﻈﺮ ، ﺍﻟﺪ ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻤﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻘﺪﺓ ،ﻟﻪ ،ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﺭﺓ١٠- ١٤/٣،١٤٢٧ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻫـ:- ١-ﺃ ﲝﺚ.ﺩ.ﻭﺍﺻﻞ ﻓﺮﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺮ:ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﰲ. ٢-ﺃ ﲝﺚ.ﺩ.ﺍﻟﺰﺣﻴﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﺒﺔ:ﺍﳌ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔﺴﻠﻤﲔ. ٣-ﺍﻟﻘﺎﲰﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﳎﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﲝﺚ:ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ.
183.
-١٨٣- ﺗﻐﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﻟﺘﻐﲑ
ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﲑ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻭﻷﳘﻴﺘﻪ ،ﹼﻤﺔﻠﺍﳌﺴ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺇﻥ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﰲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ–ﺍﷲ ﺭﲪﻪ-: "ﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻣﺪﺭﻛﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺇﻥ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﻟﺔ ،ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻞ ﺣﱴ ﺍﳌﻘﻠﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻼﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﺪﲡﺪﻳ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﲨﻌﻮﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺪ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺃﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺘﺒﻌﻬﻢ")١( . ﻭﻟﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺪ ﺬﻟﻚ" :ﻣﻦ ﲡﺪﺩ ﻓﻤﻬﻤﺎ ،ﻋﻤﺮﻙ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻄﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲡﻤﺪ ﻭﻻ ،ﺃﺳﻘﻄﺘﻪ ﺳﻘﻂ ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﺳﺄﻟﻪ ،ﺑﻠﺪﻙ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲣﱪﻩ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﻴﻚ؛ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻤﻚ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺟﺎﺀﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﻞ ﻭﺍﳌ ﺑﻠﺪﻙ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺃﻓﺘﻪ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﺟﺮﻩ ،ﺑﻠﺪﻩ ﻋﺮﻑﺍﳊﻖ ﻓﻬﻮ ،ﻛﺘﺒﻚ ﰲ ﻘﺮﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﲟﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻭﺟﻬﻞ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺿﻼﻝ ﺍﺪﺃﺑ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻮﺩ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ")٢( . ﻋﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺭﺟﺢ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ،ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ؛ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﺎ. ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻗﺮﺭ ﻭﻗﺪ:ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﰲ ﻳﻔﱵ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻪ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻻ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ،ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﺗﻠﻚ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻋﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﲟﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻔﻆ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﳑﺎ ﳊﻘﺎﺋﻘﻬﺎ ﹰﺎﻔﳐﺎﻟ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﻭﻋﺮﻓﻮﻩ ﺍﻋﺘﺎﺩﻭﻩ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﺤﻤﻠﻬﺎ ،ﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻜﻠﻤﲔ ﻳ ﱂ ﻓﻤﱴ ،ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﻭﺃﺿﻞ ﺿﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻔﻌﻞ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ،ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺍﰲ ،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ١١. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺍﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ١/١٧٦-١٧٧.
184.
-١٨٤- ﻋﺮﻑ ﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ
ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﲑﻛﺜ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﺑﻦ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ)١( . ﺠﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ؛ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﺭ ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ،ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ:ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺇﺫ ،ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻓﻬﻤﻲ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ)ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﺭﺃﻱ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ(ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﹰﻼﻓﺼ" :ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺒﺪﻝ"ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ،" :ﺇﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﳑﺎ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻫﻮ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﺪ ﳏﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺪﻋﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﺇﻥ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﻐﲑ")٢( . ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻗﺮﺭ ﻭﻗﺪ" :ﺍﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ")٣( . ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻃﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻭﻗﺪ)ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ(ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻠﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ)٤( . ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﰲ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﲑﺗﻐﻴ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻻ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﰲ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﺇﻣﻌﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺇﳕﺎﻳﺪﻝ ،ﻭﻣﺪﺭﻛﻪ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﻁ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ:ﻫﻮ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﺍﺪﺟﺪﻳ ﺍﺩﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻳﺮﻭﺍ ﱂ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﻭﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ. ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻘﻬﺎﺅﻧﺎ ﺎ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍ ﻣﻨﺎﻁ ﻛﺎﻥ ﲟﺎ ﺍﺪﻣﻘﻴ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﻩ ﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﳊﻜﻢ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻋﺎ ﺍﺑﻦ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﻧﺸﺮ،ﺑﺪﻳﻦ٢/١٢٣ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ،ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺙ. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺭﺃﻱ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ/ﺹ ،ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻓﻬﻤﻲ ﺃﲪﺪ٨٣ﺩ ،ﺃﻭﱃ ﻁ ،.ﺕ. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ،ﻟﻠﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻷﺷﺒﺎﻩ٨٩ﺹ ،ﳒﻴﻢ ﻻﺑﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﺋﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺒﺎﻩ ،٩٣. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻃﻲ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ،ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ٢٨٠-٢٨١.
185.
-١٨٥- ﰲ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺎﺕ
ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﰲ ﻭﻻ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺪﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻼ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﳏﻜﻤﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ)١( . ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺎﺣﺷﺎﺭ ﻠﺔﺍ ﺷﺮﺍﺡ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ)ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻳﻨﻜﺮ ﻻ:( "ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻻ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩﺗﺒﺪﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ")٢( . ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ)ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﻭﺩﺭﺀ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ(ﺑﲏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻓﻠﻮ ، ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺴﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﻘﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﺰﻡ ﹰ؛ﻻﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪﺑﻨﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﳑﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺍﳊﺮﺝ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ. ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻭﻳﺘﻔﻬﻢ ،ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻨﺘﺒﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﰲ ﺘﻬﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﰲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺻﻴﺔ ﺎﻤﺩﺍﺋ ﻭﻟﻴﺬﻛﺮ ،ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ: "ﻓﻤﻬﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺗﺮﺍﻋﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ،ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﲡﺪﺩ ﺟﺎﺀﻙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﻞ ،ﻋﻤﺮﻙ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻄﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲡﻤﺪ ﻭﻻ ،ﺃﺳﻘﻄﺘﻪ ﺳﻘﻂ ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ ،ﺑﻠﺪﻩ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﺳﺄﻟﻪ ،ﺑﻠﺪﻙ ﻋﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲣﱪﻩ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺘﻴﻚ؛ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻤﻚ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻮﺩ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻓﻬﻮ ،ﻛﺘﺒﻚ ﰲ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭ ﺑﻠﺪﻙ ﻋﺮﻑ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺃﻓﺘﻪ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﺟﺮﻩ ﺪﺃﺑ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻮﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰﻭﺍﻟﺴﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﲟﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻭﺟﻬﻞ ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺿﻼﻝ ﺍ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﲔ")٣( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ،ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ.،ﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﳌﺆﲤﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﻡ ،ﺍﻟﺒﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﻦ ﺟﱪﻳﻞ ﺹ١٥. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺹ ،ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻨﺎﱐ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻟﺮﺳﺘﻢ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﳎﻠﺔ ﺷﺮﺡ٣٦،ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻁ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺙ ﺇﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻁ ، ﺩ.ﺕ. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺍﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕ١/١٧٦-١٧٧.
186.
-١٨٦- ﻭﺗﺘﺎﺑﻌﺖ ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﲑﻛﺜ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻓﺮﺯﺕ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻭﰲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑ ﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ،ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻘ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ ﻳﺆﻫﻠﻬﻢ ﳑﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ؛ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺍﺕ ﻀﺎﻳﺎ. ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻳﻘﺮﺃ ﻭﻣﻦ–ﻣﺬﺍﻫﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ-ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺎﻣﺃﺣﻜﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳚﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻮﺟﺐ ،ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺒﺪﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ،ﺎﺯﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﰲ ﺍﺪﺟ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻟﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺼﺮﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﻻ ،ﺑﺘﺒﺪﳍﺎ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﺘﻄ ﹰﺔﻧﺘﻴﺠ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱﻗﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ،ﺍﳍﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﳊﻀﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻮﺭ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺮﻇﻬ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺘﻤﻌﺎﺕﺍ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ. ﺍﲑﻭﺃﺧ:ﻣﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻮﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪ ﻻ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﻴﺲ ،ﺍﶈﻘﻘﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ!ﰲ ﻳﻠﺘﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻞ ؛ ﺗﻐ ﳌﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺗﻪﻭﺍﻹﲨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ،ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﲑ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻘﺪﺓ. ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺎﻭﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﲨﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻭﺟﻪ ﰲ ﺎﻌﻣﻨﻴ ﺍﺪﺳ ﺗﻘﻒ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ.
187.
-١٨٧- ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ
ﺗﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﺬﺍ؛ ،ﺍﺮﻭﻓﻘ ﻭﻏﲎ ﹰﺎﻔﻭﺿﻌ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻭﻥ ﻻ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ،ﻟﻮﺻﻔﻪ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﻟﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺍﺪﺃﺣ ﳜﺺ ﱂ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻏﲑ ،ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺭﺍﻋﻰ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﺗ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﺣﺎﻝﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﱂ ﻣﺎ ،ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﳊﺼﲔ ﺑﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ ﺃﺗﻰ ﻭﻗﺪ ،ﻟﻸﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭ–ﻋﻨﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺿﻲ-ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺇﱃ–ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ-ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺑﻮﺍﺳﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﹰﻼﺳﺎﺋ –ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺻﻠﻰ-" :ﺗ ﱂ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺎﻤﻗﺎﺋ ﺻﻞﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﱂ ﻓﺈﻥ ،ﺍﺪﻓﻘﺎﻋ ﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺟﻨﺐ")١( . )١(ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ،ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ١/٣٧٦.
188.
-١٨٨- ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ
ﺑﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻒ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ،ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻭﺻﺎﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺎﻌﺗﺒ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ،ﺗﻐﲑﺕ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ. ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻝ:ﻣ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﺓ ﺑﺼﺮﻑ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥﳓﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺜﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺴﺘﺤﻘﻴﻬﺎ ﳕﻨﻊ ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ،ﹰﻼﻣﺜ ﺍﻷﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﺃﺣﺪ ﰲ ﻓﻘﲑ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﱂ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﺭﻧﺎ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ﰲ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﻓﻘﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ،ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﲑﺗﻐﻴ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻻ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﻢ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ ﳍﺬﺍ.
189.
-١٨٩- ﺍﳌﻠﺠﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ
ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ﺣ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﺤﺎﻝﳐﺘﻠﻔﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻻﻥ ﻓﻬﻤﺎ ،ﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﻜﻢ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺣﺎﻝ ،ﻜﻢ ﳏﺮﻡ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﺃﻛﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻓﻤﻦ ،ﻣﺘﻐﺎﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺣﻜﻤﺎﻥ ﳍﻤﺎ)ﻭﺍﳉﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻣﻴﺘﺔ ﺇﻻ(ﻓﻠﻮ ، ،ﺍﳌﻀﻄﺮ ﻭﺻﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻫﻠﻚ؛ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﱂ ﺇﺫﺍ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺻﺎﺭ ﰲ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﻭﱂ ،ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﰲ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻓﺎﳊﻜﻢ ،ﺍﻷﻛﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻳﺒﺎﺡﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻐﲑ ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ ،ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ. ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﰲ ﺇﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﳚﺐ ﺑﻞ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﻃﻼﻕ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﲡﺪﺭ ﹰﻼﻓﻤﺜ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ ﺣﺮﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻐﲑﻩ ﺫﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﻻ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺒﻪ: ﺍﻷﺟ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕﹼﻢﻠﺍﳌﺴ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻭ ،ﺃﻧﺜﻰ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻭﻻ ﹰﻼﺭﺟ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ،ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻊﻭﺍ ،ﺎ ﻓﺎﻷﻣﺮ ،ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺎ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ–ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ-ﺃﻧﻪ ﳛﺘ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻧﻈﺮ ﲜﻮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﺘﻐﲑ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺐﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺎﺝ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﻟﺪﻯ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻫﻮ ﲟﺎ ﹰﻼﻋﻤ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﻋﻨﺪ. ﺎﻀﻭﺃﻳ:ﻟﺸﺮﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺿﻄﺮ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ،ﺍﻟﻐﺼﺔ ﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻀﻄﺮ ﺍﳋﻤﺮ ﺷﺮﺏ ،ﺍﳋﻤﺮ ﺷﺮﺏ ﲢﺮﱘ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻓﻘﺪ ،ﺳﻮﺍﻫﺎ ﺣﻮﻟﻪ ﳚﺪ ﱂ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻏﺼﺔ ﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﳋﻤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺩﻟﺖﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﻔﻘﻮﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﺇﲨﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻤﻦ ،ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺼﺔ ﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﳋﻤﺮ ﺷﺮﺏ:ﺍﳊﻨﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﺑﻮ ﻗﺎﻝ: "ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﻣﺎ ،ﺍﳌﺨﻤﺼﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﻭﻣﺎﻝ ﺍﳋﱰﻳﺮ ﻭﳊﻢ ﺍﳌﻴﺘﺔ ﻭﺃﻛﻞ ﺍﳋﻤﺮ ﺷﺮﺏ ﺃﺑﺎﺡ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﻷﻥ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺺﻏ")١( ،ﻭﻣﻦﺍﳌﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔ:ﻗﺎﻝﰲﳐﺘﺼﺮﺧﻠﻴﻞ: "ﻣﻦﻏﺺﺑﻄﻌﺎﻡﻭﺧﺎﻑﻋﻠﻰﻧﻔﺴﻪﻟﻪﺃﻥﺯﻩﻮﳚﺑﺎﳋﻤﺮ")٢( ،ﻭﻗﺎﻝﺍﳉﻮﻳﲏﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ: "ﻭﻗﺪﻧﺺﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲ–ﺭﲪﻪﺍﷲ-ﻋﻠﻰﺃﻥﻣﻦﻏﺺ،ﺑﻠﻘﻤﺔﻭﱂﳚﺪﺇﻻﺍﺮﲬﻳﺴﻴﻐﻬﺎ؛ﻓﺈﻧﻪ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ٤/١٥٤. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻭﺍﻹﻛﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺝ٤/٣٥٣.
190.
-١٩٠- ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞﻣﻨﻬﺎﻣﺎﻳﺴﻴﻐﻬﺎ")١( ،ﺎﻀﻭﺃﻳﺍﺑﻦﻗﺪﺍﻣﺔﻣﻦﺍﳊﻨﺎﺑﻠﺔ:"ﻭﻻﳚﻮﺯﺷﺮﺑﻪ،ﻟﻠﺬﺓﻭﻻ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﺍ،ﻭﻱﻭﻻ،ﻟﻌﻄﺶﻭﻻﻏﲑﻩ؛ﺇﻻﺃﻥﻳﻀﻄﺮﺇﻟﻴﻪﻟﺪﻓﻊﻟﻘﻤﺔﻏﺺﺎﻓﻴﺠﻮﺯ")٢( ،ًﺀﻓﺒﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰﺫﻟﻚ:ﻦﻴﻳﺘﺒﺃﻥﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﺗﺘﻐﲑﰲﻫﺬﻩﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔﻟﻠﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﱘﺇﱃﺍﻹﺑﺎﺣﺔﺑﻘﺪﺭﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﻳﺢﺍﻟﻐﺼﺔ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﺬﻫﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﰲ
ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺎﻳﺔ٢/٣٠٦. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻘﻨﻊ ﻣﱳ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ١٠/٣٢٨.
191.
-١٩١- ﺗﻐﲑﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﺎﻴﲤﺸﻣﻊﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩﺑﻪ:ﻣﺎﺟﺪﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱﻣﻦﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞﻭﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔﱂﺗﻜﻦﰲﺍﻟﻌﺼﻮﺭ،ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵﺗﻌﲔﻋﻠﻰﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ،ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻛﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﳊﺎﺳﺐﺍﻵﱄﺑﱪﺍﳎﻬﺎ،ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﻣﺜﻞ: ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞﺣﺴﺎﺏ،ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﻳﺚﻭﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹﺍﳊﺎﺳﻮﺑﻴﺔﺍﻟﱵﲢﺘﻮﻱﻋﻠﻰﺁﻻﻑﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ،ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ ًﺀﻭﺑﻨﺎﻋﻠﻰﻫﺬﺍﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ:ﻓﺈﻥﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﺗﻐﲑﺕﻋﻠﻰ،ﻭﻓﻘﻪﻭﱂﻳﻈﻞﺍﳊﻜﻢﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞﺍﻟﱵﱂﺗﺮﺩ،ﺎﻟﺬﺍﻭﱂﻳﻨﻂﺍﳊﻜﻢﺎﺩﻭﻥ،ﻏﲑﻫﺎﻣﻊﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔﺃﻥﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﳚﺐﺃﻥﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮﻓﻴﻬﺎﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ،ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔﻭﺃﳘﻬﺎ: ١-ﺃﻥﺗﻜﻮﻥﻟﺪﻯﺍﳌﻔﱵﺍﳋﱪﺓﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔﰲﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ،ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺣﱴﻻ ﻳﻘﻊﰲﺍﳋﻄﺈ. ٢-ﻭﺃﻥﺗﻜﻮﻥﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕﻓﻴﻬﺎﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔ،ﻭﺃﻻﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻭﻳﻜﺘﻔﻲﺎ ﻭﻳﻬﻤﻞﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ،ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﺔﻛﺎﺧﺘﻼﻑﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀﰲﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹﰲﻗﺘﻞﺍﳉﺎﱐ ﻋﻠﻰﻣﺬﻫﺒﲔ:ﺍﻷﻭﻝ/ﻣﺎﻟﻚﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲﻭﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔﻋﻦﺃﲪﺪ:ﺃﻥﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺔﺍﻟﱵﻭﻗﻊﺎ،ﺍﻟﻘﺘﻞﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ/ﻷﰊﺣﻨﻴﻔﺔﻭﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔﻋﻦﺃﲪﺪ:ﺃﻧﻪﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ،ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻒﻭﻟﻜﻞﻣﺬﻫﺐﺩﻟﻴﻠﻪ)١( ،ﻭﻟﻴﺲﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩﲢﺮﻳﺮ،ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞﻟﺘﻐﲑﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ،ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭﻓﻌﻠﻰﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐﻓﺈﻥﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔﺍﻟﱵﻳﻜﻮﻥﻓﻴﻬﺎﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊﰲﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ؛ﺎﻓﺈﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡﹰﻼﻋﻤﺑﺎﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺈﺣﺴﺎﻥﺍﻟﻘﺘﻠﺔ. ﻭﻧﻠﺨﺺﻣﻦﻫﺬﺍ: ﺃﻭﻻ:ﺗﻐﲑﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻟﻴﺲﺎﺟﺧﺮﻭﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﹰﺎﺛﻭﺍﺳﺘﺤﺪﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ،ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﲑﺧﺎﺿﻊﻣﻦﺣﻴﺚﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥﻭﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﻐﲑﺕﰲﺣﻘﻪﻣﺴﻮﻏﺎﺕ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﻫﻮﺇﻋﻤﺎﻝﳌﺎﺃﻣﺮﺕﺑﻪﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﻭﺭﺍﻋﺘﻪﰲﺃﺻﻮﳍﺎﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺔﺎﻭﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻐﲏ١١/٥١٢.
192.
-١٩٢- ﺎﻴﺛﺎﻧ:ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻑﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﺘﻐﲑﺑﻪﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻫﻮﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢﻋﻠﻰﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉﻭﻟﻴﺲ،ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﻓﻬﺬﺍﻻﺗﺘﻐﲑﺑﻪ. ﹰﺎﺜﺛﺎﻟ:ﻛﻞﻣﺎﺳﺒﻖﻻﻳﻌﺪﺍﲑﺗﻐﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ،ﺑﻜﻠﻴﺘﻪﻭﺇﳕﺎﺗﻐﲑﺕﻣﺼﺎﺩﻳﻘﻪ ،ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺗﻪﻓﺎﳊﻜﻢﺍﻟﻜﻠﻲﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪﻟﻪﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖﺻﻮﺭﻛﺜﲑﺓﲝﺴﺐﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕﺳﺒﺒﻪ ،ﺧﺎﺻﺔﻭﻫﺬﺍﻣﺎﺃﺭﺍﺩﺍﻟﺴﻴﻮﻃﻲﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪﻩﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪ:"ﺇﻥﺍﳌﻔﱵﺣﻜﻤﻪﺣﻜﻢ،ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐﻳﻨﻈﺮﰲ ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮﻓﻴﻬﺎﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﻖﺎﲝﺴﺐﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰﺍﳊﺎﻝﻭﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ")١( ،ﻏﲑﺃﻧﻪﻻ ﺗﺼﺢﳐﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ،ﻟﻠﻨﺼﻮﺹﺃﻭﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻬﺎﺗﺄﻭﻳﻼ،ﹰﺎﻔﻣﺘﻌﺴﻭﻻﺗﻄﻮﻳﻌﻬﺎﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊﻏﲑﺇﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺑﺪﻋﻮﻯﻓﻬﻢ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊﺃﻭﺗﻐﲑ،ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥﻓﻬﺬﺍﲢﺮﻳﻒ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﻟﻠﻔﺘ ﺍﳊﺎﻭﻱﺎﻭﻱ١/٢٣٠.
193.
ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ اﻟﻔﺘﺎوىاﻟﺸﺎذة واﻹﻓﺘﺎءﻲ اﻟﻔﻀﺎ
195.
-١٩٥- ﻭﺭﺩﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪﰲﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔﻋﻠﻰﺃﻥﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﻫﻮﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝﻋﻦﺭﺃﻱ،ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﺫﻟﻚﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩﰲﺣﺪﻳﺚﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞﺍﻟﺬﻱﻗﺎﺗﻞﹰﻻﻗﺘﺎﺍﺪﺷﺪﻳ–ﻭﻗﻴﻞﺍﲰﻪﻗﺰﻣﺎﻥ-ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱﻭﺻﻒﺑﺄﻧﻪﻻ ﻳﺪﻉﻣﻦﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔﺷﺎﺫﺓﻭﻻﻓﺎﺫﺓﺇﻻﺍﺗﺒﻌﻬﺎﺎﻓﻀﺮﺑﺴﻴﻔﻪ)١( . ﻭﺟﺎﺀﰲﺷﺮﻭﺡﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ:"ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝﻭﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﺔﻋﻦﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ." ﻭﻗﺎﻝﺍﺑﻦﺣﺠﺮﰲﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﻱ:"ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓﺑﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪﺍﳌﻌﺠﻤﺔﻣﺎﺍﻧﻔﺮﺩﻋﻦ،ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻔﺎﺀﻣﺜﻠﻪﻣﺎﱂﳜﺘﻠﻂ،ﻢﻭﻗﻴﻞ:ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫ،ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺝﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺫﺍﳌﻨﻔﺮﺩ")٢( . ﻭﺃﻣﺎﺍﳌﻌﺎﺟﻢﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔﻓﻘﺪﻭﺭﺩﻓﻴﻬﺎ: ﺷﺬﻋﻨﻪﱡﺬﺸﻳﱡﹼﺬﺸﻭﻳﹰﺍﺫﺷﺬﻭ:ﺍﻧﻔﺮﺩﻋﻦ،ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭﻓﻬﻮ،ﱞﺫﺷﺎﻭﲰﻰﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺓﻣﺎﻓﺎﺭﻕ ﻣﺎﻋﻠﻴﻪﺑﺎﺑﻪﻭﺍﻧﻔﺮﺩﻋﻦﺫﻟﻚﺇﱃﻏﲑﻩ،ﺍﺫﺷﺎﻭﺷﺬﺍﻥﺍﳊﺼﻰﻣﺎﺗﻔﺮﻕ،ﻣﻨﻪﻭﻧﻘﻞﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺚ:ﺷﺬﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞﺇﺫﺍﺍﻧﻔﺮﺩﻋﻦ،ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪﻭﻛﺬﺍﻛﻞﺷﻲﺀﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩﻓﻬﻮ،ﺷﺎﺫﰒﻧﻘﻞﻋﻦ ﺍﺑﻦﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﰊ:ﻳﻘﺎﻝ:ﻣﺎﻳﺪﻉﻓﻼﻥﺍﺫﺷﺎﻭﻻﺍﺩﻧﺎﺇﻻﻗﺘﻠﻪ؛ﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺎﻋﺷﺠﺎﻻﻳﻠﻘﺎﻩﺃﺣﺪﺇﻻ ،ﻗﺘﻠﻪﻭﻳﻘﺎﻝ:ﺷﺎﺫ؛ﺃﻱ:ﻣﺘﻨﺢ)٣( . ﻭﺍﻟﺸـﺎﺫﰲﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡﺍﶈﺪﺛﲔﻟﻪ،ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻔﺎﺕﺃﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎﻣﺎﻋﺮﻓﻪﺑﻪﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﺸـﺎﻓﻌﻲ -ﺭﲪﻪﺍﷲ-ﻓﻘﺎﻝ:"ﻟﻴﺲﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﻣﻦﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚﺃﻥﻳﺮﻭﻱﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔﻣﺎﻻﻳﺮﻭﻱ،ﻏﲑﻩﺇﳕﺎﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫ ﺃﻥﻳﺮﻭﻱﺍﻟﺜﻘﺔﹰﺎﺜﺣﺪﻳﳜﺎﻟﻒﻣﺎﺭﻭﻯﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ"،ﻭﺣﻜﻰﺃﺑﻮﻳﻌﻠﻰﺍﳋﻠﻴﻠﻲﺍﻟﻘﺰﻭﻳﲏﳓﻮﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻦﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲﻭﲨﺎﻋﺔﻣﻦﺃﻫﻞ،ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺯﰒﻗﺎﻝ:"ﺍﻟﺬﻱﻋﻠﻴﻪﺣﻔﺎﻅﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚﺃﻥﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺲﻟﻪﺇﻻﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ،ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻳﺸﺬﺑﺬﻟﻚﺷﻴﺦﺛﻘﺔﻛﺎﻥﺃﻭﻏﲑ،ﺛﻘﺔﻓﻤﺎﻛﺎﻥﻏﲑﺛﻘﺔﻓﻤﺘﺮﻭﻙ ﻻ،ﻳﻘﺒﻞﻭﻣﺎﻛﺎﻥﻋﻦﺛﻘﺔﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒﻓﻴﻪﻭﻻﳛﺘﺞﺑﻪ." ﻫﺬﺍﰲﻋﻠﻮﻡﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ. )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ٤/١٥٣٩ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ
،)٣٩٦٦(ﺧﻴﱪ ﻏﺰﻭﺓ ﺑﺎﺏ ،. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻭﻱ ﺷﺮﺡ٢/١٢٣. )٣(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ٣/٤٩٤.
196.
-١٩٦- ﻭﻻﻳﺒﻌﺪﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﰲﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﺍﲑﻛﺜ،ﻋﻨﻪﻓﻤﺎﻛﺎﻥﻣﻦﺛﻘﺔﺧﺎﻟﻒﻓﻴﻪﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺕﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻓﻴﻪﻭﻻﳛﺘﺞﺑﻪ؛ﺇﻻﲟﺮﺟﺢﻣﻦﻗﺮﻳﻨﺔﺃﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞﻗﻮﻱﻋﻨﺪﺃﻫﻞ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻓﻴﺨﺮﺝﺑﺬﻟﻚﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫ،ﺍﳌﺮﺩﻭﺩﻭﻣﺎﻛﺎﻥﻋﻦﻏﲑﺛﻘﺔﻛﺎﻥﺍﺫﺷﺎ،ﺍﺩﻣﺮﺩﻭﻓﻜﻴﻒﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻧﺖﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﳑﻦ ﻟﻴﺲﻣﻦﺃﻫﻞﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ،ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺦﻭﱂﻳﺘﺄﻫﻞﳍﺎﺑﺘﻮﻓﺮﺷﺮﻭﻁﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ،ﻓﻴﻪﺃﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪﻣﻦ ﳎﺮﺩﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓﻭﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉﺩﻭﻥﹴﻉﺍﺿﻄﻼﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺍﺑﻂﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ. ﻭﻟﻘﺪﺑﺮﺯﰲﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮﻓﺌﺔﻣﻦ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱﺃﺧﺬﺕﻋﻠﻰﻋﺎﺗﻘﻬﺎﺗﺘﺒﻊﺷﻮﺍﺫﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﻭﺯﻟﻞ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀﻭﺍﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭﻋﻠﻰﺍﻷﻣﺔﺑﲔﺍﳊﲔﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺑﺄﻗﻮﺍﻝﻣﻦﺯﻟﻞﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ،ﻭﺷﻮﺍﺫﻫﻢﺑﻨﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﲑﻛﺜﺍﻣﻦﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﻔﻮﺍﺎﻋﻘﻮﻝ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱﻛﻤﻦﺃﻓﱴﺑﺄﻥﺗﺪﺧﲔﺍﻟﺴﺠﺎﺋﺮﻻ ﻳﻔﺴﺪﺻﻴﺎﻡﺍﻟﺼﺎﺋﻢﰲﺎﺭ،ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥﺃﻭﺃﻧﻪﳚﻮﺯﻟﻠﻤﺮﺃﺓﺃﻥﺗﺆﻡﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎﻝﰲ،ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓﺃﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﻕﻻﻳﻘﻊﻋﻠﻰﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓﰲﺣﺎﻝﻋﺪﻡﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺘﻬﺎ،ﻋﻠﻴﻪﺃﻭﺃﻥﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻴﺎﺕﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎﺕﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔﻭﺻﻌﻮﺑﺎﺕﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝﻭﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺳﺔﳝﻜﻦﺃﻥﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝﺍﻟﻘﺒﻞﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ،ﺯﻭﺍﺝﺃﻭﺃﻥﺍﳊﺠﺎﺏﻟﻴﺲ،ﻓﺮﻳﻀﺔﻭﺃﻧﻪﻛﺎﻥﻗﺒﻞﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡﻭﻫﻮﻃﻤﺲﳌﻌﺎﱂ،ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﻭﺃﻧﻪﰲﺍﻷﺻﻞﻣﻮﺟﻪﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀﺍﻟﻨﱯ-ﺻﻠﻰﺍﷲﻋﻠﻴﻪﻭﺳﻠﻢ-،ﻭﻻﺷﻚﺃﻧﻪﰲﺫﻟﻚﻭﺃﻣﺜﺎﻟﻪ ﻻﻳﻌﺪﻓﺘﻮﻯﻭﻻﹰﺎﺜﺣﺪﻳﰲ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦﺑﻞًﺀﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦﲟﺎﻟﻴﺲﻣﻨﻪﺃﻭﻓﻴﻪ. ﻭﳍﺬﺍﻳﻘﻮﻝﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯﰲﺿﺎﺑﻂﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ:"ﺃﻥﻣﺎﻛﺎﻥﺍﺩﻣﻌﺪﻭﰲ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝﹰﺎﻄﻏﻠﹰﻼﻭﺯﻟﻭﻫﻮﻗﻠﻴﻞﺍﺪﺟﰲ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﻭﻏﺎﻟﺐﺍﻷﻣﺮﺃﻥﺎﺃﺻﺤﺎﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩﻭﻥ،ﺎ ﻗﻠﻤﺎﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻫﻢﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﳎﺘﻬﺪ،ﺁﺧﺮﻓﺈﺫﺍﺍﻧﻔﺮﺩﺻﺎﺣﺐﻗﻮﻝﻋﻦﻋﺎﻣﺔﺍﻷﻣﺔﻓﻠﻴﻜﻦﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻙ ﺃﻥﺍﳊﻖﻣﻊﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺩﺍﻷﻋﻈﻢﻣﻦﺘﻬﺪﻳﻦﺍ")١( ،ﺇﻥﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓﲣﺎﻟﻒﺇﲨﺎﻉﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ،ﺍﻷﻣﺔﻭﻫﻲﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄﲣﺎﻟﻒﻧﺼﻮﺹﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺔﺍﻟﺜﺒﻮﺕﻭﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔ. ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻄﺮﺩﹰﻼﻗﺎﺋ:"ﻓﻤﻦﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﹰﺎﻓﺧﻼﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞﻗﻄﻌﻲﻣﻦﻧﺺﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺃﻭ ﺇﲨﺎﻉﻗﻄﻌﻲﰲﺣﻜﻢ،ﻛﻠﻲﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎﻣﺎﻳﻜﻮﻥﹰﺎﻓﺧﻼﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ،ﻇﲏﻭﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔﺍﻟﻈﻨﻴﺔ،ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ ﻛﺄﺧﺒﺎﺭﺍﻵﺣﺎﺩﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ،ﺍﳉﺰﺋﻴﺔﻓﺄﻣﺎﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻒﻟﻠﻘﻄﻌﻲﻓﻼﺇﺷﻜﺎﻝﰲ،ﺍﻃﺮﺍﺣﻪﻭﻟﻜﻦ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٤/١٧٣.
197.
-١٩٧- ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀﺭﲟﺎﺫﻛﺮﻭﻩﻟﻠﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪﻋﻠﻴﻪﻭﻋﻠﻰﻣﺎﻓﻴﻪﻻﻟﻼﻋﺘﺪﺍﺩﺑﻪ")١( ،ﻳﻔﻬﻢﻣﻦﻫﺬﺍ:ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓﻻﻳﻌﻮﻝ،ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻭﺃﻥﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎﻟﻴﺲﻣﻦ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﺑﻞﺇﻥﺗﺘﺒﻌﻬﺎﳝﺜﻞﺃﺷﻨﻊﺻﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻕ،ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑﻭﻳﺆﺩﻱﺑﺎﻵﺧﺬﻳﻦﺎﺇﱃﺍﳉﺮﺃﺓﻋﻠﻰﺍﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡﲪﻰ،ﺍﷲ))ﺃﻻﻭﺇﻥﲪﻰ ﺍﷲﳏﺎﺭﻣﻪ(()٢( ،ﻓﻬﺬﻩﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓﻻﻳﻌﻮﻝ،ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﺑﻞﻭﻻﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲﻧﺸﺮﻫﺎﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔﺎﺇﻻ ﰲﻣﻘﺎﻡﺍﻟﺮﺩﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺾﻓﻘﻂ. ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐﻋﻠﻰﻣﻦﺷﺮﺡﺍﷲﺻﺪﺭﻩﻟﻺﺳﻼﻡﺇﺫﺍﺑﻠﻐﺘﻪﻣﻘﺎﻟﺔﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔﻋﻦﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔﺃﻥﻻﳛﻜﻴﻬﺎﳌﻦ،ﻳﺘﻘﻠﺪﻫﺎﺑﻞﻳﺴﻜﺖﻋﻦﺫﻛﺮﻫﺎﺇﻥﺗﻴﻘﻦ،ﺻﺤﺘﻬﺎﻭﺇﻻﺗﻮﻗﻒﰲ ﻗﺒﻮﳍﺎ. ﺎﺒﻭﻏﺎﻟﻣﺎﻳﺘﻤﺴﻚﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﻥﺑﺎﻟﺸﻮﺍﺫﺑﺒﺎﺏ،ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀﺟﺎﻫﻠﲔﺃﻥﻫﻨﺎﻙﻣﺼﺎﱀﻣﻌﺘﱪﺓ ﻭﻣﺼﺎﱀ،ﻣﻠﻐﺎﺓﻭﻫﺬﺍﻣﺰﻟﺔ،ﺃﻗﺪﺍﻡﻭﻣﺪﺣﻀﺔ،ﺃﻓﻬﺎﻡﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍﺍﻣﺘﻨﻊﻋﻠﻰﺍﳌﻔﱵﺗﺘﺒﻊﺍﳊﻴﻞ ﺍﶈﺮﻣﺔ،ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺮﻭﻫﺔﻭﺗﺘﺒﻊﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺﳌﻦﺃﺭﺍﺩ،ﻧﻔﻌﻪﻓﺈﻥﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺼﻨﻴﻊﻓﺴﻖﳏﺮﻡ،ﺎﻋﺷﺮﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﲞﻼﻑﻣﺎﻟﻮﺣﺴﻦﻗﺼﺪﻩﰲﺣﻴﻠﺔﺟﺎﺋﺰﺓﻻﺷﺒﻬﺔ،ﻓﻴﻬﺎﻭﻻﻣﻔﺴﺪﺓﻟﺘﺨﻠﻴﺺﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵﺎ ﻣﻦﺣﺮﺝﺷﺪﻳﺪ؛=ﺟﺎﺯﻟﻪ،ﺫﻟﻚﺣﱴﻗﺎﻝﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ:"ﺃﺣﺴﻦﺍﳌﺨﺎﺭﺝﻣﺎﺧﻠﺺﻣﻦ،ﺍﳌﺂﰒ ﻭﺃﻗﺒﺢﺍﳊﻴﻞﻣﺎﺃﻭﻗﻊﰲﺍﶈﺎﺭﻡ"،ﻓﻼﻳﺼﺢﺃﻥﲢﻤﻞﺍﳌﻔﱵﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪﺓﻋﻠﻰﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﳊﻴﻞﺍﶈﻈﻮﺭﺓﺃﻭ،ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻭﻫﺔﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻪﺎﺒﻃﻠﻟﻠﺘﺮﺧﺺﻋﻠﻰﻣﻦﻳﺮﻭﻡﻧﻔﻌﻪﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻆﻋﻠﻰﻣﻦﻳﺮﻳﺪ،ﺿﺮﻩﻭﻣﻦﻓﻌﻞﺫﻟﻚﻓﻘﺪﻫﺎﻥﻋﻠﻴﻪ،ﺩﻳﻨﻪﻭﻫﺬﺍﻳﺘﻨﺎﰱﻣﻊﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻞﰲﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞﺍﳊﻼﻝﻭﺍﳊﺮﺍﻡﻟﻴﺲﺑﺎﻟﺴﻬﻞﺍﻟﻴﺴﲑ؛ﻷﻥﺍﳌﺘﺼﺪﻱﳍﺎﻳﻌﱪﻋﻦﺣﻜﻢ ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉﻭﻳﺘﺮﺟﻢﻋﻦﺍﷲ–ﺗﻌﺎﱃ-ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ-ﺻﻠﻰﺍﷲﻋﻠﻴﻪﻭﺳﻠﻢ-،ﻭﻳﻮﻗﻊﻋﻦﺭﺏ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔﻭﻫﺬﺍﳛﺘﻢﻋﻠﻴﻪﺍﻟﺘﺄﱐﻭﻋﺪﻡﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﻉﰲﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩﻗﺒﻞﺍﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎﺀﺣﻘﻬﺎﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻭﻷﻥﻳﺒﻄﺊﻭﻻﳜﻄﺊﺃﻛﻤﻞﻣﻦﺃﻥﻳﻌﺠﻞﻓﻴﻀﻞﻭ،ﻳﻀﻞﻭﻗﺪﻗﺎﻝﺑﻌﺾ )١(ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻊ ،ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ
ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ. )٢(،ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ١/٢٨ﺭﻗﻢ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ،)٥٢(ﻓﻀﻞ ﺑﺎﺏ ،ﻟﺪﻳﻨﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﱪﺃ ﻣﻦ.
198.
-١٩٨- ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔ:"ﻣﻦﺍﻛﺘﻔﻰﰲﻓﺘﻴﺎﻩﺑﻘﻮﻝﺃﻭﻭﺟﻪﰲﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔﻣﻦﻏﲑﻧﻈﺮﰲ،ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢﻭﻻﺗﻘﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ؛ﻓﻘﺪﺟﻬﻞﻭﺧﺮﻕﺍﻹﲨﺎﻉ")١( . ﻭﻭﺭﺩﻋﻦﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦﺑﻦﻣﻬﺪﻱﻗﻮﻟﻪ:"ﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥﺎﻣﺇﻣﺎﰲﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚﻣﻦﺗﺘﺒﻊﺷﻮﺍﺫ ،ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚﺃﻭﺣﺪﺙﺑﻜﻞﻣﺎ،ﻳﺴﻤﻊﺃﻭﺣﺪﺙﻋﻦﻛﻞﺃﺣﺪ")٢( . ﻭﳍﺬﺍ:ﻓﻼﻳﻜﻮﻥﺎﻣﺇﻣﺎﰲﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﻣﻦﺃﺧﺬﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺫﻣﻦ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﻭﻻﺎﻣﺇﻣﺎﰲﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﻯﻋﻦﻛﻞ،ﺃﺣﺪﻭﻻﻳﻜﻮﻥﺎﻣﺇﻣﺎﻣﻦﺭﻭﻯﻛﻞﻣﺎﲰﻊ. ﻭﻋﻠﻰﻫﺬﺍ:ﻓﺎﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓﻟﻦﺗﺼﻤﺪﺃﻣﺎﻡﻭﻫﺞ،ﺍﳊﻖﻭﻟﻴﻨﻈﺮﺍﳌﺘﻤﺴﻜﻮﻥﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺒﻌﻮﻥﳍﺎﺇﱃﻗﻮﻟﻪﺗﻌﺎﱃ:))ﻛﺬﻟﻚﻳﻀﺮﺏﺍﷲﺍﳊﻖﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞﻓﺄﻣﺎﺍﻟﺰﺑﺪﻓﻴﺬﻫﺐﺟﻔﺎﺀ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻣﺎﻳﻨﻔﻊﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱﻓﻴﻤﻜﺚﰲﺍﻷﺭﺽﻛﺬﻟﻚﻳﻀﺮﺏﺍﷲﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ(()٣( . ﻭﻣﻦﺳﻠﻚﻣﺴﻠﻚﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺫ-ﻭﺇﻥﺑﺪﺕﺻﻮﺭﺗﻪﺑﻔﻌﻞﺩﺟﻞﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔﻣﺘﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺔ-ﺳﺘﻬﻮﻱﺇﱃﺍﻷﺭﺽﻣﻨﻬﺎﺭﺓﺎﻴﻣﻐﺸ،ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻓﺈﻥﺃﺑﺴﻂﺗﺄﺻﻴﻞﺷﺮﻋﻲﳍﺎﻛﻔﻴﻞﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻘﺼﻔﻬﺎﹰﺎﻔﻗﺼﻛﻤﺎﺗﻘﺼﻒﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢﺍﳍﺸﻴﻢ. ﻭﻗﺪﺫﻛﺮﺃﻫﻞﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﺃﻥﺃﻓﺴﺪﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱﻧﺼﻒﻣﺘﻜﻠﻢﻭﻧﺼﻒﻓﻘﻴﻪﻭﻧﺼﻒﳓﻮﻱ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ،ﻃﺒﻴﺐﻫﺬﺍﻳﻔﺴﺪﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥﻭﻫﺬﺍﻳﻔﺴﺪﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥﻭﻫﺬﺍﻳﻔﺴﺪﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥﻭﻫﺬﺍﻳﻔﺴﺪ ،ﺍﻷﺑﺪﺍﻥﻻﺳﻴﻤﺎﺇﺫﺍﺧﺎﺽﻫﺬﺍﰲﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔﱂﻳﺴﺒﻘﻪﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ،ﻋﺎﱂﻭﻻﻣﻌﻪﻓﻴﻬﺎﻧﻘﻞﻋﻦ،ﺃﺣﺪ ﻭﻻﻫﻲﻣﻦﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞﺍﻟﱰﺍﻉﺑﲔﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀﻓﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭﺃﺣﺪ،ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻟﲔﺑﻞﻫﺠﻢﻓﻴﻬﺎﻋﻠﻰﻣﺎﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﺩﻳﻦﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓﻋﻦﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ–ﺻﻠﻰﺍﷲﻋﻠﻴﻪﻭﺳﻠﻢ-)٤( . ﺇﻥﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﳚﺐﻗﺒﻞﺃﻥﺗﻄﻠﻖﺃﻥﻳﻮﺟﺪﻣﻦﻫﻮﻛﻒﺀ،ﳍﺎﻭﳚﺐﻋﻠﻰﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻜﻒﺀ ﻗﺎﺋﺪﺳﻔﻴﻨﺔﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀﺃﻥﻳﻘﻮﻡﺑﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻭﻳﻀﻌﻬﺎﰲﺇﻃﺎﺭﻫﺎﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲﻭﻣﻮﺿﻌﻬﺎ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻨﲑ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻛﺐ ﺷﺮﺡ٤/٥٨٩. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:،ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻤﻲ
ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ ﺣﺎﰎ ﺃﰊ ﺑﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻟﻌﺒﺪ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﺡ٢/٣٥. )٣(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺰﺀ١٧ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ،. )٤(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﺎﺛﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ٢/٧٣٠-٧٣١،ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ،ﺍﻷﺛﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﺎﺀ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﻁ ،ﺗﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻻﺑﻦ ،ﻁ ،ﺃﻭﱃ١٤١٧ﺗﺢ ،ﻫـ/ﻋﺠﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﳏﻤﺪ.
199.
-١٩٩- ،ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢﻓﻼﻳﻬﺪﺭﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕﻭﻳﺴﺘﱰﻑﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﻝﰲﺃﻣﻮﺭﻧﺎﺩﺓ،ﻭﺷﺎﺫﺓﻭﻻﻢﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔﰲ ﺷﻲﺀ. ﻛﻤﺎﳚﺐﻋﻠﻴﻪﺃﻥﻳﻨﻈﺮ–ﻗﺒﻞﺇﻃﻼﻕﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ-ﺇﱃﻣﺪﻯﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ،ﻣﻨﻬﺎﻫﻞﻫﻲﻃﺮﻳﻖﺇﱃﻓﺘﺢﺑﺎﺏﺷﺮﻋﻠﻰ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ؟ﺃﻭﻫﻞﻫﻲﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔﲢﻮﻳﻞﺘﻤﻊﺍﺇﱃ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ؟ﺃﻡﻫﻲﺧﻄﻮﺓﺟﺎﺩﺓﳓﻮﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡﻭﺍﳋﲑ؟. ﻓﻴﺠﺐﻋﻠﻰﻣﻦﻳﺘﺘﺒﻊﺷﻮﺍﺫﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﻭﺯﻻﺕﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀﺃﻥﻳﺮﺗﻘﻲﺇﱃﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄﻣﻊﺑﻘﻴﺔﺍﻷﻣﻢﻟﻨﺘﺴﺎﺑﻖﻣﻌﻬﻢﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ،ﺍﳊﻀﺎﺭﺓﻻﺃﻥﻳﺘﺸﺒﺚﺑﺂﺭﺍﺀﺷﺎﺫﺓﻣﻦﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﺍﻟﺬﻱﻻﻳﻨﻔﻊ. ﻭﻫﺬﺍﻛﻠﻪﲟﻼﺣﻈﺔﺃﻥﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥﺯﻟﺔﻣﻦﺯﻻﺕﺍﻟﻌ،ﻠﻤﺎﺀﺗﺘﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﻊﻧﺺﺛﺎﺑﺖﻭﺍﺿﺢ،ﺍﻟﺪﻻﻟﺔﺃﻭﻣﻊﺇﲨﺎﻉ،ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮﻭﻗﺪﺗﻜﻮﻥﻣﻦﺑﺎﺏﺍﳉﺮﺃﺓﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﺑﻐﲑ،ﻋﻠﻢﺃﻭﺻﺪﺭﺕﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔﺗﺼﻮﺭﺧﺎﻃﺊﻟﻠﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ. ﻭﻋﻠﻰﻫﺬﺍ:ﻓﺈﻧﻪﻻﳚﻮﺯﺯﻟﻠﻤﻔﱵﺃﻥﻳﺘﺨﺬﺍﳋﻼﻑﺎﺟﳐﺮﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻞﻣﻦﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﹰﺍﺫﺷﺬﻭﰲ،ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀﻓﺈﺫﺍﺳﺌﻞﻋﻦﺭﺃﻱﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔﰲﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔﻳﻘﻮﻝﻫﺬﺍﻓﻴﻪ ،ﺧﻼﻑﻭﺭﲟﺎﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﰲﻫﺬﺍﺍﳋﻼﻑﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺍﻟﻀﻌﻴﻒﻭﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀﺍﳌﻬﻤﻠﺔﺍﻟﱵﻻﻋﱪﺓﺎ ﻭﻻﻭﺯﻥﳍﺎﰲﳏﻞ،ﺍﳋﻼﻑﻭﻫﺬﺍﲞﻼﻑﻣﺎﻟﻮﻛﺎﻥﰲﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔﺧﻼﻑﻣﻌﺘﱪﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐﻣﻦﺍﳌﻔﱵﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁﻟﻜﻞﻣﻦﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉﻭﻣﻦﻃﺎﻟﺐ،ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔﺎﻴﻣﺮﺍﻋﺣﻖﺍﷲﻭﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ،ﺎﻌﻣﻓﻤﻦﺳﺄﻟﻪﳑﻦﻳﺮﻳﺪﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝﻣﻦﻓﺘﺎﺓﺭﺿﻌﺖﻣﻦﺃﻣﻪﺭﺿﻌﺔﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻓﺈﻧﻪﻳﻔﺘﻴﻪ ﲟﺬﻫﺐﺍﳊﻨﻔﻴﺔ،ﻭﺍﳌﺎﻟﻜﻴﺔﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦﻳﺮﻭﻥﺃﻥﻗﻠﻴﻞﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎﻉﻭﻛﺜﲑﻩﺳﻮﺍﺀﰲ،ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﱘﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞﻗﺪﺗﺰﻭﺝﹰﻼﻓﻌﻣﻦﺍﻣﺮﺃﺓﻭﺍﻛﺘﺸﻒﺫﻟﻚﺍﻟﺮﺿﺎﻉﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎﻓﺈﻥﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻔﱵﺃﻥﳛﺘﺎﻁ،ﻟﻸﻭﻻﺩﻭﻳﻔﱵﻟﻪﲟﺬﻫﺐ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔﻭﻫﺬﺍﻛﻠﻪﺑﺸﺮﻁﺃﻥﺗﻜﻮﻥﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﺤﺖ،ﻟﺪﻳﻪﻭﻻﻳﺮﻯﺍﺪﻭﺍﺣﻣﻨﻬﺎﺎﻌﻗﺎﻃﰲﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ. ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ:ﻛﺎﻥﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐﻋﻠﻰﺍﳌﻔﱵﺃﻥﳚﺘﻬﺪﻣﺎﺃﻣﻜﻦﰲ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻓﻼﻳﺘﺮﻙﻣﺎﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀﻭﻳﻔﱵ،ﲞﻼﻓﻪﻷﻥﺫﻟﻚﻳﺆﺩﻱﺇﱃﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻞﻣﻦﻗﻴﻮﺩﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺀ.
200.
-٢٠٠- ﺃﻣﺎﻋﻦ= ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﺎﳌﻼﺣﻆﺃﻥﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡﺍﺣﺘﻠﺖﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﺔﺍﻷﻭﱃﰲﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﻋﻠﻰﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻟﺪﻯ،ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺏﻭﺃﳘﻴﺘﻬﺎﺗﺄﰐﰲﺎﻛﻮﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ،ﺍﺭﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﻭﺍﻷﻭﺳﻊ،ﻣﺪﻯﻭﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ،ﺎﺑﺟﺬﻭﺍﻷﻫﻢ،ﺎﻌﻧﻔﺣﱴﺃﺿﺤﺖﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞﺍﻷﻭﱃﻭﺍﳌﻔﻀﻠﺔﺑﲔﻋﺎﻣﺔ،ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻭﺳﺎﻋﺪﺕﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ-ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ)ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ(-ﻋﻠﻰﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺏﺍﻷﻣﻢﻣﻦ،ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎﺣﱴ ﺃﺻﺒﺢﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂﻛﻘﺮﻳﺔﺻﻐﲑﺓ. ﻭﻣﻦﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡﺃﻥﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﻴﺔﺳﻼﺡﺫﻭ،ﺣﺪﻳﻦﳝﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎﰲﺍﳋﲑ ﻭﻧﻔﻊ،ﺍﻷﻣﺔﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﻭﺏﻣﻊ،ﳘﻮﻣﻬﺎﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﺸﺔﺁﻻﻣﻬﺎ،ﻭﺁﻣﺎﳍﺎﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓﺇﱃﺍﷲﺑﺎﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻋﻈﺔﺍﳊﺴﻨﺔ. ﻛﻤﺎﳝﻜﻦﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎﰲ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻦﻃﺮﻳﻖ،ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻠﻴﻞﻭﺍﻟﺘﱪﻳﺮ،ﻟﻠﻈﻠﻢﻭﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙﺍﻟﻔﱳ ﻭﺍﳊﲑﺓﺑﲔﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ. ﻭﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻲ)١( ﺗﻨﺸﺮﻋﱪﻫﺬﻩ،ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞﺎﻭﺷﺄﺷﺄﻥﲨﻴﻊﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵﻗﺪﺗﺴﺨﺮﻟﻠﺤﻖﺃﻭﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ. ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮﺇﱃﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻹﳚﺎﰊﺩﻭﻥﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺇﱃﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻟﺴﻠﱯ؛ﻳﻼﺣﻆﺃﻥﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯﻻﻗﺖ ﺎﺟﺭﻭﺍﺎﻌﺳﺮﻳﻋﱪﻫﺬﻩ،ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞﺣﱴﺩﺧﻠﺖﻛﻞﺑﻴﺖﻭﻣﻮﻃﻦﰲﺷﱴﺃﳓﺎﺀ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂﺍﺮﻧﻈ ﻟﻠﺘﻄﻮﺭﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﰲﻫﺬﻩ،ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪﺍﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞﺃﺳﺮﻉﻣﻦﻛﻞﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ )١(ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ
ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺇﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﻉ ﺃﻣﺎ ،ﻣﺮﺋﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ،ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻉ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻛﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﺗﻌﺘﲏ)ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﺮﻳﺪ(،)ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﺭ(،)ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ(،)ﻓﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ(ﻓﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﺮﺋﻲ ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ،ﻛـ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ)ﺍﻟﻜﺎﰲ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ(، ﻭ)ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﲰﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻊ(،...ﻫﺬﺍ ،ﺇﱁ:ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﺘﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺭﻣﻘﺼﻮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﺜﲑ ،ﺷﱴ ﺑﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻳﺘﺎﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﳑﻦ ﺍﳌﻼﻳﲔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﻞ ،ﻭﺣﺪﻫﻢﺑﻔﺎﺭﻍ ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮﻫﺎ ،ﺧﲑﻫﺎ ﻭﻳﻌﻢ ،ﻧﻔﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻌﻈﻢ ،ﺎﻴﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ،ﺍﻟﺼﱪ ﻢﻭﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎ ،ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﻫﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ،ﻭﻣﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻘﺮﻭﺀﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﰲ ﺑﺜﻬﺎ ﻳﻌﺎﺩ ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﳌﻦ ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﳍﺎ ،ﻧﺸﺮﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔ ،ﲢﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ.
201.
-٢٠١- ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ؛ﻷﻥﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔﻛﺎﻧﺖﺗﺄﺧﺬﺎﺘﻭﻗﺃﻃﻮﻝﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﱃﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ،ﺍﳌﻌﺘﱪﺓﺎﺘﻭﻭﻗﺁﺧﺮﺃﻃﻮﻝﻣﻨﻪﻟﻺﺟﺎﺑﺔﻋﻨﻪﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪﺇﱃﺻﺎﺣﺒﻪ. ﺃﻣﺎﻋﻦﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺍﻟﺴﻠﱯﳍﺬﻩﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ:ﺍﺮﻓﻨﻈﻟﻼﻧﻔﺘﺎﺡ،ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﻲﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ،ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﻻﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩﰲﺣﺠﻢﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ،ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔﳑﺎﺃﺩﻯﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩﺇﱃﻛﺜﺮﺓﺍﳌﻔﺘﲔﻣﻦﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﲔﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﲔ. ﻭﻟﺌﻦﻛﺎﻧﺖﻫﻨﺎﻙﻓﻀﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕﺇﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔﺗﺪﺭﻙﻣﺪﻯﺃﳘﻴﺔﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﻷﻛﻔﺎﺀﻣﻦ،ﺍﳌﻔﺘﲔ ﻭﺗﺪﺭﻙﻣﺪﻯﺃﳘﻴﺔﺳﻼﻣﺔﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ،ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎﻓﺈﻥﻫﻨﺎﻙﺎﻀﺃﻳﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﻣﻦﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻻﺗﻌﲑﺫﻟﻚﺎﻣﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎ،ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻓﺘﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞﻣﻊﻏﲑﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﲔﺎﻤﻋﻠ،ﺎﻋﻭﻭﺭﻭﺭﲟﺎﺗﺘﻌﻤﺪﺎﻧﺃﺣﻴﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻀﺎﻓﺔﻣﻦﺗﻌﻠﻢﻗﻠﺔﺑﻀﺎﻋﺘﻪﻣﻦﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﳌﲔ،ﺍﻷﺩﻋﻴﺎﺀﺃﻭﺃﻫﻞﺍﻟﺒﺪﻉﻭﺍﻷﻫﻮﺍﺀ؛ﻷﺟﻞﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻏﺎﻳﺔﺳﻴﺌﺔﰲ،ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻬﻢﺃﻭﺗﱪﻳﺮﺑﻌﺾﻢﺗﻮﺟﻬﺎ،ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻓﺔﺃﻭﻹﺑﺮﺍﺯﺭﺃﻱﺷﺎﺫﻳﺴﻌﻮﻥ ﻟﺘﻜﺮﻳﺴﻪﰲ،ﺘﻤﻊﺍﻭﺗﻮﻃﲔﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱﻋﻠﻰﻗﺒﻮﻟﻪﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻳﺶ،ﻣﻌﻪﻫﺬﺍﺃﻣﺮﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻻﻳﻨﻜﺮﻩ ﺇﻻﻣﻜﺎﺑﺮ. ﻭﻣﻦﺳﺒﻞﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔﻓﻮﺿﻰﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯﰲﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﰲﺍﻵﻭﻧﺔﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ: ﻣﺎﻧﺼﺖﻋﻠﻴﻪﺗﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻖﻣﻦﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲﻟﻠﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔﺑﺪﻭﻟﺔﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ: )ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀﰲﻋﺎﱂﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ-ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﳌﺎﺛﻞﻭﺍﻷﻣﻞﺍﳌﺮﲡﻰ(،ﰲﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓﻣﻦ٩-١١ ﲨﺎﺩﻯ،ﺍﻷﻭﱃﺳﻨﺔ١٤٢٨ﻫـ،ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ٢٦-٢٨،ﻣﺎﻳﻮ٢٠٠٧،ﻡﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱﺟﺎﺀﺑﺎﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ: ١-ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﻣﻦﻓﻮﺿﻰﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀﰲﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ،ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﺑﺈﺑﺮﺍﺯﺁﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ،ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺪﺻﻔﺎﺕﻣﻦﻳﺘﺼﺪﻯ،ﳍﺎﳑﻦﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮﻓﻴﻬﻢﺃﻫﻠﻴـﺔ،ﺍﻹﻓﺘـﺎﺀﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓـﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ. ٢-ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﳌﻔﺘﲔﻣﻦﺫﻭﻱﺍﳋﱪﺓﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔﻟﻺﻓﺘﺎﺀﻣﻦﺧﻼﻝﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕ. ٣-ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺲﺟﻬﺎﺯﺇﺷﺮﺍﰲﻭﺭﻗﺎﰊﺧﺎﺹﺑﺎﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀﻣﻜﻮﻥﻣﻦﳑﺜﻠﻲﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞﺍﻻﺗـﺼﺎﻝ ،ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔﻭﳑﺜﻠﲔﻋﻦﺎﻣﻊﺍ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔﻳﻬﺘﻢﲟﺎﻳﻠﻲ:
202.
-٢٠٢- ﺃ-ﲢﺪﻳﺪﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀﻋﻠﻰﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ،ﻋﺎﻣـﺔﻭﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼـﺼﺔﰲ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀﺧﺎﺻﺔ. ﺏ-ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓﺇﱃﻋﻘﺪﻣﺆﲤﺮﺍﺕﻭﻧﺪﻭﺍﺕ،ﻟﻺﻓﺘﺎﺀﻳﺸﺎﺭﻙﺎﺍﳌﻔﺘـﻮﻥﻭﺃﺻـﺤﺎﺏ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕﻟﻠﻮﻗﻮﻑﻋﻠﻰﻣﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀﻋﱪ،ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕﻭﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡﺎ. ﺕ-ﺩﻋﻮﺓﻱﺪﻣﻌﻭﻣﻘﺪﻣﻲﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ،ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔﻭﳏـﺮﺭﻱﺍﻟـﺸﺆﻭﻥﺍﻹﺳـﻼﻣﻴﺔﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ،ﻼﺕﻭﺍﻭﺳﺎﺋﺮﻃﺮﻕﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ؛=ﺇﱃﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓﺍﻻﺳـﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀﺍﻟﺸﺮﻉ،ﺍﳌﻮﺛﻮﻗﲔﻟﻺﺷﺮﺍﻑﻋﻠﻰ،ﺑﺮﺍﳎﻬﻢﻭﻋﺪﻡﻓﺘﺢﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏﺃﻣﺎﻡﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﲔﻟﻠﻌﺒﺚﺎ. ﻭﻟﻌﻞﻫﺬﺍﻫﻮﺍﳌﻘﺼﺪﺍﻷﲰﻰﻣﻦﻓﻄﻨﺔﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﲔﻋﻠﻰﺷﺆﻭﻥﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻊﺍﻷﲰﻰﻣﻦﻭﺭﺍﺀﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﻲﻟﻠﺮﺻﺪﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ،ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔﺍﻟﺬﻱﺗﺒﲎ ﻓﻜﺮﺗﻪﻭﺩﻓﻌﻬﺎﺎﻌﺩﻓﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ،ﺍﻷﻛﱪﺷﻴﺦ،ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫﺍﻟﺪﻛﺘﻮﺭ/ﺃﲪﺪﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ- ﺣﻔﻈﻪﺍﷲﻭﺭﻋﺎﻩ-؛ﺎﻧﺻﻮﻟﻠﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﺀﻣﻦﻋﺒﺚ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺑﺜﲔﻭﺯﻟﻞ،ﺍﳌﻐﺮﺿﲔﺇﻥﺷﺎﺀﺍﷲ ﺭﺏﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ. ﻫﺬﺍ؛ﻭﻗﺪﻓﻄﻦﻠﺲﺍﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰﻟﻺﻋﻼﻡﺇﱃﺧﻄﺮﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓﻭﻓﻮﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ،ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔﻓﺄﺻﺪﺭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺗﻪﻣﻦﺧﻼﻝﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝﺗﻌﺎﻭﻥﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎﻭﺑﲔﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮ،ﲰﻴﺔﳑﺜﻠﺔﰲﺍﻷﺯﻫﺮ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻒﻭﺩﺍﺭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ،ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻳﺔﲟﻨﻊﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻱﻟﻠﻔﺘﻮﻯﰲﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡﻟﻐﲑﺍﶈﺪﺩﻳﻦﻣﻦﻫﺬﻩﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔﻭﺍﻟﱵﻗﺮﺭﺕﺎﻧﺑﻴﺎﺪﺑﻌﻭﺣﺼﺮﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﲔ. ﻭﳑﺎﲡﺪﺭﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓﺇﻟﻴﻪﻫﻮﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻖﺑﲔﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔﻭﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﻴﺔﹰﻘﲢﻘﻴﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥﺍﳌﺜﻤﺮﺑﲔﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔﻭﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕ،ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻣﻴﺔﻭﳚﺐﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖﺑﲔﺎﻣﻊﺍﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺕﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ،ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﺑﻐﺮﺽﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡﻋﻠﻰﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔﰲﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ،ﺑﺎﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﲔﻭﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓﻋﻦﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ،ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺘﻬﺎﻭﺣﺚ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻓﲔﻭﺍﳌﻔﺘﲔﻋﻠﻰﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕﻋﻠﻰﺗﺪﻋﻴﻢﻓﺘﺎﻭﺍﻫﻢﺑﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻴﺎﺕ
203.
-٢٠٣- ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ،ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓﻋﻠﻰﺃﻥﻳﻜﻮﻥﻟﺘﻠﻚﺎﻣﻊﺍﺍﳊﻖﰲﳏﺎﺳﺒﺔﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦﳜﻠﻮﻥﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓﰲﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺼﺪﺩ. ﻭﻗﺪﺃﻭﺟﺰﺩ.ﻋﻠﻲﳏﻴﻲﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦﺍﻟﻘﺮﻩﺩﺍﻏﻲﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕﰲ ﺍﻵﰐ: ١-ﺗﺴﺮﻉﺑﻌﺾﺍﳌﻔﺘﲔﺩﻭﻥﺃﻥﻳﺴﺘﻮﻋﺐ،ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝﻭﻫﺬﺍﻣﻦﺳﻠﺒﻴﺎﺕﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖﻛﻞﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱴﻓﻴﻬﺎﳚﺎﺏﻋﻨﻬﺎﰲﺑﻀﻊ،ﻥﺛﻮﺍﺑﻞﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞﲢﺘﺎﺝﺇﱃﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﰲ،ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞﻭﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝﻣﻦﺳﺒﻖﻣﻦﺃﻫﻞ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﻭﺭﲟﺎﺍﺣﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺇﱃﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ،ﻭﲢﻠﻴﻞﻭﻻﳛﺴﻦﻓﻴﻪ،ﺍﻹﲨﺎﻝﻭﺭﲟﺎﻛﺎﻧﺖﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔﻣﻦﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔﺍﳌﺴﺘﺠﺪﺓﳑﺎﲢﺘﺎﺝﺇﱃﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔﻭﺗﺄﻣﻞﻭﺇﻋﻤﺎﻝ،ﻓﻜﺮﻭﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔﻣﻦﺍﳌﻔﱵ ،ﻭﲝﺚﻭﺳﺆﺍﻝﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﲔﻋﻦ،ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﻬﺎﻭﳓﻮﺫﻟﻚ. ٢-ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺑﻠﺒﻠﺔﻭﺣﲑﺓﺑﲔﺻﻔﻮﻑﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ. ٣-ﺍﻹﳚﺎﺯﰲﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﺑﺴﺒﺐﻭﻗﺖ،ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞﻭﻛﺜﺮﺓ،ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﲔﻭﺗﻌﺪﺩﺍﻷﺳﺌﻠﺔﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ. ٤-ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑﻋﻠﻰﻫﻴﺒﺔﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀﻭﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﻬﻢﺑﲔ،ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱﺑﻞﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻚﰲﻢﻗﺪﺭﺍﺃﻭ ،ﻧﺰﺍﻫﺘﻬﻢﻭﺫﻟﻚﻣﻦﺧﻼﻝﺇﳚﺎﺩﻣﱪﺭﺍﺕﺎﻣﺎﺕﻻﻋﺎﻣﺔﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔﻻﺗﺼﺪﻕﺇﻻﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺌﺔ،ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔﻭﻟﻜﻦﻟﻸﺳﻒﺗﻌﻢﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ. ﻭﳋﻄﻮﺭﺓﻫﺬﻩﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔﻋﻦﻫﺬﻩﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯﻧﻮﻗﺸﺖﻋﻠﻰﺃﻋﻠﻰﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔﻓﻘﺪﻧﻮﻗﺶﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻭﺿﻮﺍﺑﻄﻬﺎﰲﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﺓﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﺸﺮﺓﻤﻊﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ،ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄﺍﻟﱵﺍﻧﻌﻘﺪﺕﰲﻋﻤﺎﻥ،ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺩﻥﰲﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓﻣﻦ٢٤-٢٨ﲨﺎﺩﻯ ،ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓﺳﻨﺔ١٤٢٧،ﻫـ،ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ٢٠٠٦،ﻡﻭﺻﺪﺭﺎﺑﺸﺄﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﻵﰐ: "ﺇﻥﳎﻠﺲﳎﻤﻊﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄﺍﳌﻨﺒﺜﻖﻋﻦﻣﻨﻈﻤﺔﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲﺍﳌﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﰲﺩﻭﺭﺗﻪﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻌﺔﻋﺸﺮﺓﺑﻌﻤﺎﻥ)ﺍﳌﻤﻠﻜﺔﺍﻷﺭﺩﻧﻴﺔﺍﳍﺎﴰﻴﺔ(ﺑﻌﺪﺍﻃﻼﻋﻪﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ
204.
-٢٠٤- ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓﺇﱃﻤﻊﺍﲞﺼﻮﺹﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ)ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ:ﺷﺮﻭﻃﻪﻭﺁﺩﺍﺑﻪ(،ﻭﺑﻌﺪﺍﺳﺘﻤﺎﻋﻪﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺸﺎﺕﺍﻟﱵﺩﺍﺭﺕﺣﻮﻟﻪ؛=ﻗﺮﺭﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ: ١-ﻻﺗﺆﺧﺬﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻣﻦﻏﲑﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﲔﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻓﲔﻟﻠﺸﺮﻭﻁﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓﹰﺎﻔﺁﻧ. ٢-ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﺍﻟﱵﺗﻨﺸﺮﰲﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔﺍﲑﻛﺜﻣﺎﻻﺗﺼﻠﺢﻟﻐﲑﺍﻟـﺴﺎﺋﻞ ،ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺇﻻﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﺣﺎﻝﺍﳌﻄﻠﻊﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﻛﺤﺎﻝ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵﻭﻇﺮﻓﻪﻛﻈﺮﻓﻪ. ٣-ﻻﻋﱪﺓﺑﺎﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔﻟﻠﻨﺼﻮﺹ،ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺔﻭﻣﺎﻭﻗﻊﻋﻠﻴﻪﺍﻹﲨـﺎﻉ ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ")١( . ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ؛ﻛﺎﻥﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻟﻐﲑﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﲔﺎﻣﳏﺮ،ﺎﻋﺷﺮﺫﻟﻚﻢﻷﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍﹰﻼﺃﻫﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮﰲ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔﻭﻓﻬﻢ،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﻭﻣﺎﺩﺍﻣﻮﺍﻛﺬﻟﻚﻓﻠﻦﻳﻮﺻﻠﻬﻢﻧﻈﺮﻫﻢﰲﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔﺇﱃﺣﻜﻢ ،ﺍﷲﻭﺳﻴﻔﻀﻲﻢﺇﱃ،ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚﳚﺐﻋﻠﻰﻫﺆﻻﺀﺃﻥﻳﺴﺄﻟﻮﺍﻋﻦﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡﺍﷲﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ؛ﹰﻼﻋﻤﺑﻘﻮﻟﻪﻋﺰﻭﺟﻞ:))ﻓﺎﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍﺃﻫﻞﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮﺇﻥﻛﻨﺘﻢﻻﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ(()٢( ،ﻷﻥﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮﻣﺎ،ﻳﺴﻌﻬﻢﻭﻗﺪﻗﺎﻝﺍﷲﺗﻌﺎﱃ:))ﻻﻳﻜﻠﻒﺍﷲﺎﺴﻧﻔﺇﻻﻭﺳﻌﻬﺎ(()٣( . ﻓﺎﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ–ﺣﱴﳑﻦﳝﻠﻚﺃﺩﻭﺍﺗﻪ-ﺃﻣﺮﰲﻏﺎﻳﺔ،ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺭﺓﻓﻜﻴﻒﲝﺎﻝﻣﻦﻻﳝﻠﻚ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺗﻪ؟!،ﰒﺇﻥﻣﻦﱂﳝﻠﻚﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺇﺫﺍﺃﻓﱴﻓﺈﻥﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩﺳﻮﻑﲢﻤﻞﺇﱃﺍﻵ،ﻓﺎﻕ ﻭﺗﺘﻠﻘﺎﻫﺎﺍﻷﻣﺔﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ،ﲟﻘﺘﻀﺎﻫﺎﻭﻗﺪﻭﺭﺩﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﻣﻦﺍﻹﻗﺪﺍﻡﻋﻠﻰ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻭﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﻉﰲ ﺃﺧﺬﺯﻣﺎﻣﻬﺎﺑﺪﻭﻥﻋﻠﻢ؛ﰲﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊﻛﺜﲑﺓﻣﻦ،ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥﻣﻨﻬﺎﻗﻮﻝﺍﷲﻋﺰﻭﺟﻞ:))ﻗﻞ ﺃﺭﺃﻳﺘﻢﻣﺎﺃﻧﺰﻝﺍﷲﻟﻜﻢﻣﻦﺭﺯﻕﻓﺠﻌﻠﺘﻢﻣﻨﻪﺣﺮﺍﻣﺎﻭﺣﻼﻻﻗﻞﺁﷲﺃﺫﻥﻟﻜﻢﺃﻡﻋﻠﻰﺍﷲ ﺗﻔﺘﺮﻭﻥ(()٤( ،ﻭﻛﻔﻰﺬﻩﺍﻵﻳﺔﺯﺍﺟﺮﺓﺍﺮﺯﺟﺎﻐﺑﻠﻴﻋﻦﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﺯﻓﻴﻤﺎﻳﺴﺄﻝﻋﻨﻪﻣﻦ،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺩ ﻣﻘﺎﻝ ،ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ
ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ.ﻋﺪﺩ ،ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻳﺔ ﲜﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ،ﺩﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻲ ٢٨٩٧٤،ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ ،٢٠٠٦ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﱪ ،ﻡ:www.islamtoday.net )٢(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻞ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٤٣. )٣(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٢٨٦. )٤(ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ،ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ٥٩.
205.
-٢٠٥- ﹰﺔﻭﺑﺎﻋﺜﻋﻠﻰﻭﺟﻮﺏﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ،ﻓﻴﻪﻭﺃﻥﻻﻳﻘﻮﻝﺃﺣﺪﰲﺷﻲﺀ:"ﺟﺎﺋﺰﺃﻭﻏﲑﺟﺎﺋﺰ"ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪﺇﻳﻘﺎﻥ،ﻭﺇﺗﻘﺎﻥﻭﻣﻦﱂﻳﻮﻗﻦﻓﻠﻴﺘﻖﺍﷲ،ﻭﻟﻴﺼﻤﺖﻭﺇﻻﻓﻬﻮﹴﺮﻣﻔﺘﻋﻠﻰﺍﷲ)١( . ﻓﻴﺠﺐﻋﻠﻰﺃﻭﱄﺍﻷﻣﺮﺃﻥﻳﻘﻴﻤﻮﺍﰲﺍﻷﻣﺔﻣﻦﻫﻢﻋﻠﻰﻗﺪﺭﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺎ؛ﺑﻔﻨﻮﻷﻥﺍﻗﺘﺤﺎﻡﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥﺎﻝﻻﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﻟﻪ،ﺑﻔﻨﻮﻧﻪﻭﻻﺩﺭﺍﻳﺔﻟﻪﺑﺄﺻﻮﻟﻪ؛ﺃﻣﺮﻣﺮﻓﻮﺽ ﹰﻼﻋﻘﺎ؛ﻋﻭﺷﺮﻷﻧﻪﰲﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡﺍﻷﻭﻝﻣﺆﲤﻦﻋﻠﻰ،ﺃﻣﺔﻭﻷﺟﻞﻫﺬﺍﻛﺎﻥﺭﺃﻱﺑﻌﺾﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔﺗﻀﻤﲔﺍﳌﻔﱵﺇﺫﺍ،ﺃﺧﻄﺄﻛﺎﻟﺸﻴﺦﺃﰊﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕﺍﻹﺳﻔﺮﺍﻳﻴﲏﻣﻦ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻴﺔﻓﻘﺪﻧﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﻪﺍﺑﻦﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ:"ﺃﻥﺍﳌﻔﱵﺇﺫﺍﻛﺎﻥﹰﻼﺃﻫﻟﻠﻔﺘﻮﻯﻭﺧﺎﻟﻒﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻊ،ﻳﻀﻤﻦﻭﺇﻥﱂﻳﻜﻦﹰﻼﺃﻫ ﻓﻼﺿﻤﺎﻥﻋﻠﻴﻪ؛ﻷﻥﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵﺮﺼﻗﰲﺍﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺋﻪﻭﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻩ")٢( ،ﹰﻻﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﺑﻘﻮﻝﺍﻟﻨﱯ–ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲﻋﻠﻴﻪﻭﺳﻠﻢ-:))ﻣﻦﺗﻄﺒﺐﻭﱂﻳﻌﺮﻑﻣﻨﻪﻃﺐﻓﻬﻮﺿﺎﻣﻦ(()٣( . ﻭﻭﺟﻪﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﳍﻢﺑﺎﳊﺪﻳﺚ:ﲪﻞﺍﻟﻨﱯ-ﺻﻠﻰﺍﷲﻋﻠﻴﻪﻭﺳﻠﻢ-ﻣﻦﻣﺎﺭﺱﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﻦﻏﲑﺩﺭﺍﻱﺿﻤﺎﻥﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞﺳﻮﺀ،ﻋﻤﻠﻪﻭﻫﺬﺍﻳﺴﺮﻱﺇﱃﻛﻞ،ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﺎﺕﻭﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻫﺬﺍﻣﻦﺑﺎﺏﺃﻭﱃﺃﻥﳛﺎﻝﺑﲔﻣﻦﻟﻴﺴﺖﻟﻪﺩﺭﺍﻳﺔﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲﹲﺔﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺑﺄﺻﻮﻟﻪ ،ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪﻩﻭﺑﲔﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻱﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯﻓﻴﻪ. ﻭﺑﺘﺼﻔﺢﺳﺠﻞﺣﻴﺎﺓﻛﻞﻓﻘﻴﻪ:ﻳﻼﺣﻆﺃﻥﻛﻞﻭﺍﺣﺪﻣﻨﻬﻢﻛﺎﻥﻳﻘﺪﺭﻏﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔﺍﳌﻠﻘﺎﺓﻋﻠﻰ،ﻋﺎﺗﻘﻬﻢﻓﻬﻢﻻﻳﺼﺪﺭﻭﻥﺎﻤﺣﻜﺇﻻﺑﻌﺪﺃﻥﻳﺄﺧﺬﻭﺍﺍﳊﻴﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻠﺔ. ﻳﻘﻮﻝﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯﻋﻦﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡﻣﺎﻟﻚ: "ﻛﺎﻥﺇﺫﺍﺳﺌﻞﻋﻦﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔﻗﺎﻝﻟﻠﺴﺎﺋﻞ:ﺍﻧﺼﺮﻑﺣﱴﻳﻨﻈﺮ،ﻓﻴﻬﺎ،ﻓﻴﻨﺼﺮﻑﻭﻳﺮﺩﺩ ،ﻓﻴﻬﺎﻓﻘﻴﻞﻟﻪﰲ،ﺫﻟﻚ،ﻓﺒﻜﻰﻭﻗﺎﻝ:ﺇﱐﺃﺧﺎﻑﺃﻥﻳﻜﻮﻥﱄﻣﻦﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞﻳﻮﻡﻭﺃﻱﻳﻮﻡ. ﻭﻛﺎﻥﺇﺫﺍﺟﻠﺲﻧﻜﺲ،ﺭﺃﺳﻪﻭﺣﺮﻙ،ﺷﻔﺘﻴﻪﻳﺬﻛﺮ،ﺍﷲﻭﻻﻳﻠﺘﻔﺖﺎﻨﳝﻴﻭﻻ،ﹰﻻﴰﺎ ﻓﺈﺫﺍﺳﺌﻞﻋﻦﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔﺮﻴﺗﻐ،ﻟﻮﻧﻪﻭﻛﺎﻥﺃﲪﺮ،ﻓﻴﺼﻔﺮﻭﻳﻨﻜﺲ،ﺭﺃﺳﻪﻭﳛﺮﻙ،ﺷﻔﺘﻴﻪﰒ )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﻟﻌ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ،ﻛﺜﲑ
ﻻﺑﻦ ،ﻈﻴﻢ٣/٣٤٥. )٢(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﻗﻌﲔ ﺇﻋﻼﻡ٥/٩٣. )٣(،ﺳﻨﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻪ٤/٢٤١ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪ ﻭﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺔ ﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ،ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺪ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﺏ ،...
206.
-٢٠٦- ﻳﻘﻮﻝ:ﻣﺎﺷﺎﺀ،ﺍﷲﻻﺣﻮﻝﻭﻻﻗﻮﺓﺇﻻ،ﺑﺎﷲﻓﺮﲟﺎﺳﺌﻞﻋﻦﲬﺴﲔﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔﻓﻼﳚﻴﺐﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ،ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓﻭﻛﺎﻥﻳﻘﻮﻝ:ﻣﻦﺃﻥﺃﺣﺐﺃﻥﳚﻴﺐﻋﻦﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔﻓﻠﻴﻌﺮﺽﻧﻔﺴﻪﻗﺒﻞﺃﻥﳚﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰﺍﳉﻨﺔ،ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭﻭﻛﻴﻒﻳﻜﻮﻥﺧﻼﺻﻪﰲ،ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓﰒﳚﻴﺐ")١( . )١(ﻳﻨﻈﺮ:ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕ٤/٢٨٦.
207.
اﻟـﺨﺎﺗﻤﺔ
209.
-٢٠٩- ﺍﳊﻤﺪﷲﺭﺏ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔﺃﲪﺪﻩﻋﻠﻰﻋﻈﻴﻢﻧﻌﻤﻪﺍﻟﱵﺗﺘﻢﺎ،ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺎﺕﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡﻋﻠﻰﺍﻟﻨﱯﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘﺍﳍﺎﺩﻱﺇﱃﺳﺒﻴﻞ،ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺎﺩﻭﺭﺿﻲﺍﷲﻋﻦﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﲔ ﻛﺘﺎﺋﺐﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭﻭﻫﺪﺍﻳﺔﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻜﲔﺇﱃﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖﺍﻟﺴﻮﻱ،ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢﻭﺣﻴﺚﺍﻻﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭﺑﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻌﻤﺔﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖﻹﲤﺎﻡﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻞﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﳘﺔﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﻟﻴﺴﲑﰲﺷﺄﻥﻣﻼﻣﺢﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﻊﻋﻦﺭﺏﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ؛ﻓﻬﺬﻩﺃﻫﻢ،ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞﻭﻣﺎﻗﺪﻳﺴﻤﻰﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺔﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ:- ١-ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔﻟﻜﺎﻓﺔﻣﺎﳛﺘﺎﺟﻪﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﻣﻦﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡﻟﻨﻮﺍﺯﳍﻢﻭﺃﻣﻮﺭ ،ﻢﺣﻴﺎﻓﻬﻲﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺔﻟﻜﻞﺯﻣﺎﻥ،ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝﻭﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡﹰﺎﻘﲢﻘﻴﳌﺼﺎﱀﺍﳋﻠﻖﻛﻤﻘﺼﺪﻣﻬﻢﻣﻦﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ. ٢-ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻣﻬﻤﺔﺟﻠﻴﻠﺔﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ،ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵﻣﻮﻗﻊﻋﻦﺭﺏ،ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔﺍﻟﱵﻳﻘﻮﻡﻓﻴﻬﺎﺍﳌﻔﱵﻣﻘﺎﻡﺍﻟﻨﱯ–ﺻﻠﻰﺍﷲﻋﻠﻴﻪﻭﺳﻠﻢ-،ﳍﺬﺍ ﺟﺎﺀﺕﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔﺑﺘﺤﺮﱘﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝﻋﻠﻰﺍﷲﺑﻐﲑﻋﻠﻢ. ٣-ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻣﻬﻢﻭﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔﺿﻮﺍ،ﺑﻄﻬﺎﺣﻴﺚﺇﻧﻪﻻﻳﻨﺎﻝﺷﺮﻑﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﺐﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻊﺇﻻﻣﻦﺗﺄﻫﻞ،ﻟﻪﻭﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﺕﻓﻴﻪﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓﻟﺪﻯﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﺎﺀ. ٤-ﻻﳚﻮﺯﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﺭﻟﻺﻓﺘﺎﺀﺑﺪﻭﻥﲢﺼﻴﻞﺷﺮﻭﻁﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔﻭﺍﻟﱵﻣﻦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ:ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰﺩﻳﻦ،ﺍﷲﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﻓﻘﻪﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ،ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔﻭﺍﻹﺣﺎﻃﺔﲝﺎﻝﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ ﻭﻇﺮﻭﻑﻣﺴﺄﻟﺘﻪ. ٥-ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉﰲﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔﺍﳊﻜﻢﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲﺇﱃﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ،ﺍﻷﺛﺒﺎﺕﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺩﳍﻢ ﺑﺴﻌﺔ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢﻭﺩﻗﺔ،ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ،ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊﻭﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺭﻉﻭﻻﳚﻮﺯ ﺃﻥﳜﻠﻮﺃﻱﳎﺘﻤﻊﻣﺴﻠﻢﻣﻦﺃﻫﻞﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻭ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻭﺇﻻﺃﺩﻯﺫﻟﻚﺇﱃﲣﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱﰲ،ﺩﻳﻨﻬﻢﻭﺍﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩﻫﻢﻋﻦﺷﺮﻉ،ﻢﺭﻭﺳﻨﺔﻧﺒﻴﻬﻢ–ﺻﻠﻰﺍﷲﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ-.
210.
-٢١٠- ٦-ﻻﳚﻮﺯﻟﻠﻤﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔﺗﺒﲏﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯﺍﳋﺎﻃﺌﺔﻭﺍﻵﺭﺍﺀﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓﻭﺇﺫﺍﻋﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﲔﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱﺑﺪﻋﻮﻯﺍﻟﺘﻴﺴﲑ،ﺃﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓﺃﻭﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ،ﺃﻭﻓﻬﻢﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ؛ﻷﻥﻫﺬﺍ ﻻﻳﻌﲏﺗﻄﻮﻳﻊﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ،ﻟﻸﻫﻮﺍﺀﻭﺇﳕﺎﻳﻌﲏﲤﻜﻦﺍﳌﻔﱵﻣﻦﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢﺑﺎﳊﻖ. ٧-ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻣﻦﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔﻭﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔﺎﻣﺸﻜﻼﺍﳌﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ،ﺍﻵﻥ ﺧﺎﺻﺔﰲﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕﻭﳓﻮﻫﺎﻣﻦﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ،ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻗﺾﰲ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻭﺗﺼﺪﻱﻏﲑﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﲔﺎﻭﻏﲑ،ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﲔﳑﺎﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ،ﺍﳌﻔﱵﻭﻣﻨﻊﻏﲑﻩﻣﻦﺍﻟﺘﺼﺪﻱﳍﺬﺍﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥﺍﻟﺮﻓﻴﻊﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻖ. ٨-ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔﺻﻠﺘﻬﺎﺎﻣﻊﺑﺎﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔﺍﳌﻮﺛﻮﻗﺔﻭﺍﳌﻨﺘﺸﺮﺓ ﰲﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔﻭﺍﻟﱵﻳﺴﻬﻢﰲﲝﻮﺛﻬﺎﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻮﻥﻣﻬﺘﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﺪﺛﺔﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ،ﺎﺑﺸﺄﺍﺪﺑﻌﻴﻋﻦﺍﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓﻋﻦﻣﻘﺼﺪﻫﺎﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ. ٩-ﻣﻦﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐﲢﺮﻳﺮﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐﺑﺸﻜﻞ،ﺩﻗﻴﻖﺣﱴﻻﻳﻘﻊﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱﰲ ﻛﺜﲑﻣﻦﺍﳋﻠﻂﻭﺍﻟﱰﺍﻉ،ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻘﺎﻕﻭﰲﻫﺬﺍﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﻣﻦﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ–ﺎﻀﺃﻳ- ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻋﻤﻞﺇﻋﻼﻣﻲﺇﺳﻼﻣﻲ،ﻧﺎﺻﺢﻳﻘﻮﻡﻋﻠﻰﻧﺸﺮﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦﺍﳊﻨﻴﻒﺑﲔﻋﻤﻮﻡﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ. ﻭﻣﻦﺃﻫﻢﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ: ١-ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓﺇﻳﻀﺎﺡﺃﻥﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡﺩﻳﻦﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ،ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﻝﻭﺃﻥﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔﻣﻨﻬﺞﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﰲ،ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪﻭﺃﻧﻪﳚﺐﻋﻠﻰﺍﳌﻔﱵﺗﺮﻙﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﺩﰲ،ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩﻭﻛﺬﺍﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻂ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻫﻞﲟﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓﻣﻌﲎﺍﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺪﻳﺪﰲﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ.
211.
-٢١١- ٢-ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡﺍﻟﺒﺎﺣﺜﲔﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﺻﻴﻞﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻌﻴﺪﻣﻊﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻊﻭﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂﺍﳉﻴﺪﺑﲔﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺫﻟﻚﰲﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔﻟﻠﺤﺎﺟﺔﺇﱃﺫﻟﻚﰲﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ،ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﺣﻴﺚﺗﻨﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔﺑﺎﳉﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ. ٣-ﻭﺿﻊﻣﻨﻬﺞﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲﺃﺻﻮﻝﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀﰲﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺎﺕﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔﻭﻧﻈﺎﺋﺮﻫﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ. ٤-ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡﺑﺎﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﻲﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ؛ﺍﺮﻧﻈﳌﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﻳﻬﺎﻣﻦﻣﺸﻜﻼﺕ. ٥-ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴﻞﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ،ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺘﲔﻭﺫﻟﻚﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪﻭﻛﻠﻴﺎﺕﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔﰲﻫﺬﺍﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥﺗﺴﺘﻤﺪﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪﳍﺎﻣﻦﻣﻨﻬﺞﺍﻟﻜﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔ. ٦-ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓﺗﻮﻋﻴﺔﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱﺑﺄﳘﻴﺔ،ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻭﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﻫﻢﺇﱃﺧﻄﻮﺭﺓﺍﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺀﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻫﻠﲔﳍﺬﺍﺍﻷﻣﺮ،ﺍﳋﻄﲑﻭﺫﻟﻚﻣﻦﺧﻼﻝﺍﳌﺆﲤﺮﺍﺕﻭﺍﻟﻨﺪﻭﺍﺕﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ. ٧-ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖﺑﲔﺎﻣﻊﺍﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔﻭﺑﲔﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡﻭﲞﺎﺻﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻴﺎﺕﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎﺑﻌﺪﻡﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔﰲﺷﺆﻭﻥﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦﺑﻐﲑﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﲔﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﺔﹰﻼﻓﻀﻋﻦﻭﺿﻊﻣﻴﺜﺎﻕﻟﻠﻔﺘﻮﻯﳝﺜﻞﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻛﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥﻣﻦﺎﻣﻊﺍﺍﻟﻔﻘﻬﻴﺔﻭﺩﻭﺭﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ. ﻭﺍﷲﻣﻦﻭﺭﺍﺀ،ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺪﻭﻫﻮﺍﳍﺎﺩﻱﺇﱃﺳﺒﻴﻞﺍﻟﺮﺷﺎﺩ
213.
أﻫﻢاﻟﻤﺮاﺟ
215.
-٢١٥- ﺳﺄﻛﺘﻔﻲﺑﺒﻴﺎﻥﺃﻫﻢﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊﺍﻷﺻﻮﻟﻴﺔﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎﻫﻲﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱﰲﻫﺬﺍ،ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ: ١-ﺎﺝﺍﻹﰲﺷﺮﺡ،ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺎﺝﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡﺍﻟﺴﺒﻜﻲ،ﻭﻭﻟﺪﻩﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ،ﺍﻷﻭﱃ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ ١٩٨٤ﻡ. ٢-ﺍﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡﰲﺃﺻﻮﻝ،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﻟﺴﻴﻒﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ،ﺍﻵﻣﺪﻱﻃﺒﻌﺔﺩﺍﺭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ. ٣-ﺍﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡﰲﲤﻴﻴﺰﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯﻋﻦ،ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡﻟﺸﻬﺎﺏﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ،ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﰲﻧﺸﺮﺍﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﰲﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ،ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ،ﻣﺼﺮﻃﺒﻌﺔ١٩٨٩ﻡ. ٤-ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﰲﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔﺩ.ﻋﺒﺪﺍﳊﻤﻴﺪ،ﻣﻴﻬﻮﺏﺩﺍﺭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ،ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻲ،ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ١٩٧٨ﻡ. ٥-ﺁﺩﺍﺏﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻭﺷﺮﻭﻁﺍﳌﻔﱵﻭﺻﻔﺔﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵ،ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻪﻷﰊﻋﻤﺮﻭﻋﺜﻤﺎﻥﺍﺑﻦ ،ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ،ﺍﳋﺎﳒﻲ،ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ١٩٩٢ﻡ. ٦-ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻱﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺩﰲﺿﻮﺀﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ،ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺩ.ﻗﻄﺐ،ﺳﺎﻧﻮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ،ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮ،ﺑﲑﻭﺕ٢٠٠٠ﻡ. ٧-ﺃﺻﻮﻝﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲﺩ.ﺑﺪﺭﺍﻥﺃﺑﻮ،ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥﻃﺒﻌﺔ١٩٨٤ﻡ. ٨-ﺃﺻﻮﻝﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ/ﳏﻤﺪﺃﰊﺯﻫﺮﺓ. ٩-ﺃﺻﻮﻝﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲﺩ.ﳏﻤﺪﻭﻫﺒﺔ،ﺍﻟﺰﺣﻴﻠﻲ١٩٨٦ﻡ. ١٠-ﺃﺻﻮﻝﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲﺩ.ﺯﻛﻲﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ،ﺷﻌﺒﺎﻥﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔﺍﻷﻭﱃ. ١١-ﺃﺻﻮﻝ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪﻟﻠﺨﻀﺮﻱ،ﺑﻚﻃﺒﻌﺔ١٩٦٩ﻡ. ١٢-ﺃﺻﻮﻝﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ،ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲﻟﻠﺸﻴﺦ/ﻋﻠﻲﺣﺴﺐ،ﺍﷲ١٩٧٦ﻡ, ١٣-ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ،ﺍﶈﻴﻂﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ،ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻛﺸﻲﻃﺒﻌﺔ١٩٩٢ﻡ. ١٤-،ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻌﻲﻃﺒﻌﺔﺍﳌﻜﺘﺒﺔ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔﺑﲑﻭﺕ. ١٥-ﺷﺮﺡﺍﻟﻜﻮﻛﺐ،ﺍﳌﻨﲑﻻﺑﻦﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺭ،ﺍﳊﻨﺒﻠﻲ١٩٩٣ﻡ.
216.
-٢١٦- ١٦-ﺷﻔﺎﺀ،ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻞﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡﺃﰊﺣﺎﻣﺪ،ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﱄ١٩٧١ﻡ. ١٧-ﺻﻔﺔﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ،ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﱵﻻﺑﻦﲪﺪﺍﻥ،ﺍﳊﻨﺒﻠﻲ١٣٩٤ﻫـ. ١٨-،ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻭﻕﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡﺷﻬﺎﺏﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ،ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﰲ١٣٤٧ﻫـ. ١٩-ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻴﻪ،ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻔﻘﻪﻟﻠﺨﻄﻴﺐ،ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ١٩٨٠ﻡ. ٢٠-ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀﺑﲔﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ،ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊﺩ.ﻋﻠﻲ،ﲨﻌﺔ٢٠٠٧ﻡ. ٢١-ﺍﻟﻠﻤﻊﰲﺃﺻﻮﻝ،ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪﻷﰊﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ،ﺍﻟﺸﲑﺍﺯﻱ١٩٣٩ﻡ. ٢٢-ﺍﶈﺼﻮﻝﰲﻋﻠﻢ،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ،ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻱ١٩٨٨ﻡ. ٢٣-ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺼﻔﻰﻣﻦﻋﻠﻢ،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ،ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﱄﻃﺒﻌﺔﺩﺍﺭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ،ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﲑﻭﺕ. ٢٤-ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺎﺕﰲﺃﺻﻮﻝ،ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ،ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻃﱯﻃﺒﻌﺔﺩﺍﺭﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ. ٢٥-ﻧﻔﺎﺋﺲﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝﰲﺷﺮﺡ،ﺍﶈﺼﻮﻝﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ،ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﰲ٢٠٠٠ﻡ. ٢٦-ﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﺴﻮﻝﰲﺷﺮﺡﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡ،ﺍﻹﺳﻨﻮﻱﻋﺎﱂ،ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ١٩٨٢ﻡ. ٢٧-ﺎﻳﺔﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﰲﺩﺭﺍﻳﺔ،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝﻟﻺﻣﺎﻡﺻﻔﻲﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ،ﺍﳍﻨﺪﻱ١٩٩٦ﻡ. ٢٨-ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝﺇﱃ،ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝﻻﺑﻦﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ،ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱﻃﺒﻌﺔ،ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ١٩٨٤ﻡ.
217.
-٢١٧- ﻓﻬﺮساﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ٥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺸﺘﺒﻪ
ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ٩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ٣٣ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳌﻔﺘـﻲ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ٥٣ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ ٨١ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﻟﻠﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻛﺄﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻴﺔ ١١١ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻛﺄﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ١٢٩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻐﲑ ١٦١ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﻭﻯ ١٩٣ ﺍﳋﺎﲤﺔ٢٠٧ ﺍ ﺃﻫﻢﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ٢١٣
Download